94-1592. Proposal To Establish Procedures for the Safe Processing and Importing of Fish and Fishery Products  

  • [Federal Register Volume 59, Number 19 (Friday, January 28, 1994)]
    [Unknown Section]
    [Page ]
    From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
    [FR Doc No: 94-1592]
    
    
    [Federal Register: January 28, 1994]
    
    
    _______________________________________________________________________
    
    Part II
    
    
    
    
    
    Department of Health and Human Services
    
    
    
    
    
    _______________________________________________________________________
    
    
    
    Food and Drug Administration
    
    
    
    _______________________________________________________________________
    
    
    
    21 CFR Parts 123 and 1240
    
    
    
    Proposal To Establish Procedures for the Safe Processing and Importing 
    of Fish and Fishery Products; Proposed Rule
    DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES
    
    Food and Drug Administration
    
    21 CFR Parts 123 and 1240
    
    [Docket Nos. 90N-0199 and 93N-0195]
    
    
    Proposal To Establish Procedures for the Safe Processing and 
    Importing of Fish and Fishery Products
    
    AGENCY: Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
    
    ACTION: Proposed rule.
    
    -----------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    SUMMARY: The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is proposing to adopt 
    regulations to ensure the safe processing and importing of fish and 
    fishery products (hereinafter referred to as seafood). These procedures 
    include the monitoring of selected processes in accordance with Hazard 
    Analysis Critical Control Point (HACCP) principles. HACCP is a 
    preventive system of hazard control that can be used by food processors 
    and importers. FDA is proposing these regulations because a system of 
    preventive controls is the most effective and efficient way to ensure 
    that these products are safe.
    
    DATES: Written comments by March 29, 1994. The agency is proposing that 
    any final rule that may be issued based upon this proposal become 
    effective 1 year following its publication.
    
    ADDRESSES: Written comments, data, or information to the Dockets 
    Management Branch (HFA-305), Food and Drug Administration, rm. 1-23, 
    12420 Parklawn Dr., Rockville, MD 20857.
    
    FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Philip Spiller, Center for Food Safety 
    and Applied Nutrition (HFS-401), Food and Drug Administration, 200 C 
    St. SW., Washington, DC 20204, 202-254-3885.
        For further information concerning the guidance entitled ``Fish and 
    Fishery Products Hazards and Controls Guide,'' contact: Donald W. 
    Kraemer (address above).
        For further information concerning the economic impact analysis 
    contained in this proposal, contact: Richard A. Williams, Jr., Center 
    for Food Safety and Applied Nutrition (HFS-726), Food and Drug 
    Administration, 200 C St. SW., Washington, DC 20204, 202-205-5271.
    
    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
    
    I. Overview
    
        The purpose of these proposed regulations is to establish mandatory 
    preventive controls to ensure the safety of seafood products sold 
    commercially in the United States and exported abroad. These preventive 
    controls will be based on a system known as HACCP. HACCP is a system by 
    which food processors and importers can evaluate the kinds of hazards 
    that could affect their products, institute controls necessary to keep 
    these hazards from occurring, monitor the performance of these 
    controls, and maintain records of this monitoring as a matter of 
    routine practice.
        FDA is proposing to require that domestic and foreign processors 
    and importers adopt HACCP controls to prevent the occurrence of hazards 
    that could affect the safety of these seafood products for consumers. 
    If these regulations are adopted, FDA will review the adequacy of HACCP 
    controls as part of its program of mandatory inspections and import 
    examinations. Such a review will occur in addition to traditional 
    inspection activities. FDA is also encouraging, but not proposing to 
    require, that processors and importers adopt the same types of controls 
    for nonsafety hazards relating to economic adulteration and quality.
        FDA is proposing to make HACCP mandatory for the seafood industry 
    for the following reasons:
        1. Adoption of HACCP controls by the seafood industry, coupled with 
    inspections by FDA based on the HACCP system, will produce a more 
    effective and more efficient system for ensuring the safety of seafood 
    products than currently exists. The current inspection system places 
    too great a burden on Government inspectors to uncover problems and to 
    take regulatory action to address those problems. HACCP places primary 
    responsibility upon the industry to demonstrate that hazards are 
    understood and are being prevented.
        2. A nationally mandated HACCP system will provide a basis for 
    enhanced consumer confidence in the safety of seafood products. 
    Consumers should not be afraid to eat foods, such as seafood, that are 
    recommended as useful lower fat and lower saturated fat substitutes for 
    higher fat meats (Ref. 1, p. 13; Ref. 2, p. 21).
        3. The know-how for applying HACCP to seafood is in an advanced 
    state of development. A considerable amount of work on applying HACCP 
    to seafood has already been done by some States, academia, and the 
    Federal Government as well as through cooperative activities between 
    the Federal Government and industry and through independent industry 
    efforts.
        4. Seafood industry representatives have urged the Federal 
    Government to institute a mandatory, HACCP-type inspection system for 
    their products.
        5. A nationally mandated HACCP-type system of controls appears to 
    be a prerequisite for continued access to world markets.
    
    II. Safety
    
    A. Background
    
        Ensuring the safety of seafood presents special challenges to both 
    the industry that produces it and to Government agencies charged with 
    protecting the public health. Seafood is unique in many respects. While 
    often thought of as homogeneous in nature, seafood is actually a 
    variety of products encompassing literally hundreds of species that 
    have little in common other than an aquatic origin. Collectively, 
    seafoods have perhaps the most diverse and complex microbiology of any 
    food commodity (Ref. 3, p. xi).
        The range of habitats for edible species is also extraordinary and 
    diverse ranging from cold to warm water, bottom dwelling to surface 
    feeding, deep sea to near shore, and fresh water to saltwater. Fish are 
    exposed to the bacteria and viruses that naturally occur in their 
    environment as well as to those that enter the water through pollution. 
    Chemicals, some of which are toxic to humans, can accumulate in fish as 
    well. Fish can also accumulate natural toxins and parasites that are 
    specific to marine animals. As a consequence, fish are subject to a 
    wide range of hazards before harvest.
    
    B. The Safety Data
    
        The question of how safe is the seafood in the marketplace has been 
    the subject of public debate in recent years. This debate has occurred 
    partly because precise data on the numbers and causes of foodborne 
    illnesses in the United States do not exist. Foodborne illnesses tend 
    to be significantly underreported to public health authorities. Data on 
    foodborne illnesses that are meaningful from an epidemiological 
    standpoint are difficult and expensive to develop.
        The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDCP) of the U.S. 
    Public Health Service (PHS) compiles data in its Foodborne Disease 
    Surveillance System that are reported from State and local health 
    authorities. All foodborne illnesses are underreported to this system 
    (Ref. 4).
        Nonetheless, CDCP data are the best available and can at least be 
    used to identify trends and emerging concerns about various diseases 
    (Ref. 5, p. 219). The data suggest that most seafood-related illnesses 
    result from certain natural toxins in finfish and from viruses in 
    molluscan shellfish consumed raw or partially cooked (Ref. 4). The wide 
    range of other hazards that can affect seafood undoubtedly result in 
    illnesses, but the available data indicate that such illnesses are not 
    as common. Thus, according to the CDCP data, the actual occurrence of 
    problems tends to be limited relative to the range of hazards that 
    could cause problems and tends to be associated with a minority of 
    commercially available species.
        In the CDCP system, seafood accounted for 4.8 percent of reported 
    cases of foodborne illness for the period 1973 to 1987 (Ref. 4). 
    However, as CDCP has pointed out, variations in rates of underreporting 
    among different foods and varying etiologies make it impossible to 
    compare safety among different foods based solely on CDCP data (Ref. 
    4). This is certainly true for seafood. Some seafood-related illnesses 
    tend to be overreported to CDCP's system relative to other foodborne 
    diseases, due largely to their distinctive characteristics, while 
    others are probably underreported relative to other causes because they 
    are less distinctive and more difficult to diagnose (Ref. 4).
        FDA has attempted to determine the relative safety of seafood 
    through risk assessment. The results of this effort indicate that the 
    risk of illness associated with molluscan shellfish consumed raw or 
    partially cooked is greater than for any cooked flesh food. However, 
    seafood overall is as safe or safer than other flesh foods in terms of 
    frequency of illness (Refs. 5, p. 25; and 6).
        The conclusions of the National Academy of Sciences' (NAS) 
    Institute of Medicine, in its 1991 report entitled ``Seafood Safety,'' 
    are consistent with the CDCP data and the FDA risk assessment. 
    According to NAS, ``Most seafoods available to the U.S. public are 
    wholesome and unlikely to cause illness in the consumer'' (Ref. 7, p. 
    1). Moreover, in reviewing the CDCP data, the report noted that the 23 
    percent increase in seafood consumption in the United States in the 10-
    year period ending 1989 was not accompanied by a concomitant increase 
    in reported seafood-borne illnesses (Ref. 7, p. 27). Nevertheless, as 
    NAS pointed out, ``there are areas of risk'' (Ref. 7, p. 1). The report 
    addressed at some length virtually every possible risk that could 
    affect seafood and made numerous recommendations relating to existing 
    and proposed control measures. NAS recommended that improvements be 
    made in the present system of regulatory control (Ref. 7, p. 1) and 
    repeatedly recommended HACCP controls wherever appropriate. 
    ``Inspection and testing should focus on actual problems (as in HACCP 
    systems),'' NAS concluded (Ref. 7, p. 16).
    
    C. The Principal Hazards
    
        The most notable seafood-related hazards involve the following:
    1. Bacteria
        Because bacteria either naturally live in, or can survive in, 
    aquatic habitats, there are a large number of pathogenic bacteria that 
    can be found in seafood, particularly molluscan shellfish. Many of 
    these bacteria are far more harmful to specific human subpopulations, 
    such as the elderly, immunocompromised, or persons with specific 
    underlying diseases, than to the population as a whole. The size of 
    these subpopulations is increasing, however. Therefore, concerns about 
    bacterial contamination of seafood, particularly molluscan shellfish, 
    are increasing.
        In the United States, 4.4 percent of botulism outbreaks have been 
    attributed to seafood. The predominant type of botulism organism in 
    aquatic environments is the kind most readily destroyed by heat. Thus, 
    many types of processing, if done properly, can negate the risk of 
    botulism from seafood. Nonetheless, with the trend toward greater use 
    of modified atmosphere and vacuum packaging (i.e., packaging that 
    excludes oxygen) to enhance the shelf life and the desirability of 
    refrigerated foods, traditional controls need to be enhanced because 
    Clostridium botulinum can grow in the absence of oxygen.
        Other bacteria of concern include Listeria monocytogenes, a 
    hazardous foodborne microorganism that is ubiquitous in nature and is 
    commonly found in food processing environments; Salmonella, which is 
    not a marine organism but can contaminate seafood through improper 
    handling and sanitation practices; and Staphylococcus aureus, another 
    pathogen associated with sanitation and handling (Ref. 8, pp. 14 and 
    15).
    2. Viruses
        Several viruses that are infectious to humans enter aquatic 
    habitats through sewage. These viruses can concentrate in shellfish and 
    be present and infective even when bacterial indicators of fecal 
    pollution are absent. Viruses probably cause the bulk of seafood-
    associated disease, particularly the Norwalk and Norwalk-like agents, 
    which are linked to the consumption of contaminated raw or undercooked 
    molluscan shellfish (Ref. 7, p. 30).
    3. Natural Toxins
        Problems associated with naturally occurring toxins in fish have 
    been recognized for centuries. Ciguatera poisoning is perhaps the most 
    significant problem associated with a natural toxin. The toxin is 
    produced by microscopic organisms and can be transmitted to humans 
    through the consumption of finfish that have eaten these organisms 
    through the food chain (Ref. 7, p. 89). The larger, more predacious 
    fish (groupers, snappers, barracuda, amberjack) and reef fish belonging 
    to the crevally or ulua (Carangidae) family are generally more likely 
    to contain ciguatoxin than other types of fish (Ref. 7, p. 89). Because 
    the toxin is heat stable, cooking does not make the fish safe to eat 
    (Ref. 9, p. 1).
        On average, 70 cases of ciguatera poisoning are reported annually 
    in the United States and its possessions and territories (Ref. 7, p. 
    89). Deaths are rare, and the acute symptoms of the disease are usually 
    of short duration; however, neurological symptoms can persist for 
    extended periods. Ciguatera is geographically localized, with the 
    majority of illnesses reported from tropical or subtropical areas.
        Other toxins of public health concern include domoic acid, which 
    was detected in seafood from the U.S. Pacific coast for the first time 
    in the fall and winter of 1991-1992 (Ref. 10, p. 1,113); and saxitoxin, 
    or paralytic shellfish poison, which has periodically made molluscan 
    bivalves toxic and has recently affected Pacific Northwest crab 
    harvests (Ref. 11).
    4. Parasites
        Parasites, such as anasakid nematodes (round worms), naturally 
    infect certain fish and ocean mammals (Ref. 12, p. 724). Human 
    parasitic infections almost always occur from the consumption of raw 
    (sushi, sashimi) or undercooked fish. Historically, probably no more 
    than five cases are reported on average in the United States each year 
    and the likelihood of occurrence is estimated to be very low (Ref. 5, 
    p. 25). Problems with parasites are avoidable through commercial 
    freezing of the raw fish before consumption.
    5. Chemical Contaminants
        The presence of toxic chemicals in the aquatic environment creates 
    the potential for contamination of seafood products. These chemicals 
    include pesticides; other industrial chemicals, such as polychlorinated 
    biphenyls; heavy metals, such as lead, cadmium, and mercury; and 
    petroleum hydrocarbons.
        Marine species, especially deep sea varieties, comprise the 
    majority of seafood consumed in this country. This seafood has little 
    potential to contain most chemical contaminants at levels of 
    toxicological concern (Ref. 13, p. 6). However, there are some 
    contaminants that can be present at significant levels, methylmercury 
    in certain species being perhaps the most notable. Fresh water species, 
    especially nonmigratory bottom feeders, are generally the most exposed 
    to a variety of chemical contaminants (Ref. 13, p. 6).
    6. Decomposition
        Finfish are generally regarded as being much more perishable than 
    terrestrial flesh foods (Ref. 14, p. 3). Decomposition is a problem 
    with seafood products frequently encountered by FDA and is the subject 
    of the majority of regulatory actions taken by the agency against 
    violative seafood products (Ref. 15). It is largely an economic and 
    aesthetic problem; however, in some species it can lead to illness 
    because of the formation of scombrotoxin (histamine) during 
    decomposition. Scombroid poisoning is completely preventable by proper 
    handling, i.e., by proper time and temperature controls.
    
    D. Additional Factors Affecting Safety
    
        Unlike beef and poultry, seafood is still predominately a wild-
    caught flesh food that frequently must be harvested under difficult 
    conditions and at varying distances from processing, transport, and 
    retail facilities. There are nearly 100,000 vessels in the U.S. fishing 
    fleet alone (Ref. 7, p. 22). These conditions, distances, and duration 
    of fishing trips, can tax any system of controls designed to ensure 
    safety and prevent spoilage.
        In addition, several hundred vessels are seagoing processing 
    factories, many of which operate in remote waters. For regulators, 
    these ships that process at sea can be difficult and expensive to reach 
    while they are operating, and individual inspectors face hazards such 
    as ship-to-ship transfers on the high seas.
        There may be as many as 350 commercially marketed species (Refs. 
    16; and 19, p. 35). Consumer preferences for one species over another 
    and significant price differences between species can lead to economic 
    fraud through the substitution of cheaper species for more expensive 
    ones.
        Unlike beef and poultry, seafood is subject to significant 
    recreational harvest. Beyond the 15 pounds of seafood consumed per 
    capita from commercial channels, an additional 4 pounds may be consumed 
    from recreational sources. Some recreational catch finds its way into 
    commercial channels as well.
        Thus, recreational fishing can have a bearing on the safety of 
    commercial seafood. Commercial fishermen avoid or are prohibited from 
    harvesting from polluted areas, but recreational fishermen, especially 
    recreational harvesters of molluscan shellfish, might not be as aware 
    of, or might ignore, local advisories or water closures. Processors 
    need to be aware of and control the source of their raw materials, and 
    importers must ensure that their shipments are obtained from acceptable 
    sources.
        An additional complicating factor in ensuring the safety of seafood 
    is the fact that no other flesh food is imported in the quantity, or 
    from as many countries, as seafood. Imports include finished products 
    as well as products to be further processed domestically. Over 55 
    percent of seafood consumed in this country is imported. It comes from 
    approximately 135 countries. Several of these countries have advance 
    regulatory structures for seafood safety, but many others are 
    developing nations that lack structures for seafood regulation 
    comparable to those in more developed nations (Ref. 35, pp. 113 and 
    114).
        Therefore, it is of utmost importance, that those who handle and 
    process seafood commercially, including importers, understand the 
    hazards associated with this type of food, know which hazards are 
    associated with the types of products with which they are involved, and 
    keep these hazards from occurring through a routine system of 
    preventive controls. The seafood industry, indeed, the food industry as 
    a whole, must be primarily responsible for the safety and quality of 
    the food that it produces. The regulator's primary role should be to 
    verify that the industry is meeting this responsibility and to take 
    remedial action when it is not. The alternative of relying solely on 
    Government inspectors to identify problems and provide solutions would 
    involve enormous costs to the public and would be extremely 
    inefficient, assuming it could be done at all.
        For the most part, seafood processors and importers are not 
    required, through licensure or examination, to understand seafood 
    hazards as a prerequisite to being able to do business. (There are 
    exceptions. A few States, such as Alaska, do require processors to 
    conform to HACCP as a condition of doing business (Ref. 17).) While 
    many processors and importers have such an understanding, this 
    knowledge is not universal. It is not unusual for FDA to receive 
    inquiries about safety requirements and related matters from those who 
    wish to process or import seafood, or who already do, that indicate a 
    lack of awareness of hazards specific to their products. Most of the 
    industry does not have HACCP-trained personnel, and many firms lack 
    dedicated quality assurance personnel (Ref. 18, p. 35).
        Seafood processing in the United States is done by several thousand 
    businesses, many of which are small, old, and family operated (Ref. 19, 
    p. 35). This situation is in contrast to the beef and poultry 
    industries, in which market share is concentrated among a small number 
    of large processors. Seafood firms tend to be small, fragmented 
    operations sized in reference to anticipated benefits, because of the 
    significant, uncontrollable risks involved in this business (Ref. 5, p. 
    225). Also, because many harvests are seasonal, many of their 
    operations are intermittent (Ref. 20). The seasonal nature of the 
    industry can affect worker skills and practices relating to safety, 
    while older facilities and equipment can be more difficult to maintain 
    in terms of adequate sanitation and proper processing and storage 
    temperatures (Ref. 20).
    
    III. The Need for Regulations
    
    A. The Current Inspection System Is Not Well-Suited to Seafood
    
        Seafood processors are subject to periodic, unannounced, mandatory 
    inspection by FDA. Seafood processors and importers are also able to 
    purchase inspection services from the National Marine Fisheries Service 
    (NMFS) of the U.S. Department of Commerce. These inspection services 
    have been primarily trade-related, such as grading.
        Until recently, FDA's overall regulatory program for seafood 
    received slightly over $20 million per year. Because much of the 
    program involves activities such as research, laboratory analyses, and 
    technical assistance and training to States, a substantial portion of 
    it has tended to be invisible to the general public. Public interest 
    and debate tends to focus on the more visible aspects of regulation, 
    primarily inspection. The congressional debate of the past several 
    years over the adequacy of the Federal regulatory program for seafood 
    has been framed, more often than not, in terms of the need for 
    mandatory inspection. Traditionally, FDA inspected the equivalent of a 
    quarter of its total domestic inventory of seafood establishments per 
    year.
        Since 1990, however, FDA has received significant funding increases 
    for seafood. The current budget of slightly over $40 million has 
    permitted the agency to increase the frequency of its inspections. It 
    now inspects so-called high risk processors at least once per year and 
    all others at least biennially. (Because States also inspect 
    processors, the collective frequency is actually higher.)
        Even so, because of seafood's unique characteristics (e.g., the 
    fact that it is predominantly wild caught and presents a wide range of 
    possible hazards), it is questionable whether the current regulatory 
    system, which was developed for the general food supply, is best suited 
    for the seafood industry. The current system provides the agency with a 
    ``snapshot'' of conditions at a facility at the moment of the 
    inspection. However, assumptions must be made about conditions before 
    and after that inspection on the basis of the ``snapshot,'' as well as 
    about important factors beyond the facility that have a bearing on the 
    safety of the finished product. The reliability of these assumptions 
    over the intervals between inspections creates questions about the 
    adequacy of the system, particularly, as the congressional hearings on 
    the subject over the past several years have shown, for seafood.
        FDA's inspections are based upon the regulations on current good 
    manufacturing practice in manufacturing, packing, or holding human food 
    at part 110 (21 CFR part 110). For the most part, these guidelines 
    consist of broad statements of general applicability to all food 
    processing on sanitation, facilities, equipment and utensils, 
    processes, and controls. HACCP-type controls are listed as one of 
    several options available to prevent food contamination 
    (Sec. 110.80(b)(13)(i)) but they are otherwise not integral to the 
    guidelines.
        Current Federal inspection and surveillance strategies verify the 
    industry's knowledge of hazards and preventive control measures largely 
    by inference, i.e., whether a company's products are in fact 
    adulterated, or whether conditions in a plant are consistent with 
    current good manufacturing practice (CGMP). Consequently, the current 
    system places the burden on the Government to prove that a problem 
    exists rather than on the firm to establish for itself, for the 
    regulator, and for consumers, that adequate controls exist to ensure 
    safety. The current approach is inefficient and, unless Government 
    inspections are conducted with some frequency, can lead to conditions 
    that can elevate risk and erode public confidence. It also has the 
    potential to cause some inequities. While the same standards of 
    adulteration apply to all products in interstate commerce, processors 
    and importers who use a system of preventive controls coupled with 
    adequate monitoring must compete against those who do not.
        A survey conducted by FDA in 1992-1993 of manufacturers of ready-
    to-eat seafood products revealed conditions that strongly suggest the 
    need for a system that emphasizes preventive controls to ensure that 
    products are safe by design. Ready-to-eat products require special care 
    in processing because they do not require, and are unlikely to receive, 
    any further cooking by consumers that would destroy pathogenic 
    microorganisms. The survey focused on whether preventive controls exist 
    rather than on the results of expensive end-product sampling. The 
    agency found that, in significant measure, firms have not been 
    employing the types of preventive processing steps necessary to ensure 
    a safe and wholesome product. Some of the preliminary results are as 
    follows (Ref. 21).
        1. Fifty-four percent of the firms that pasteurized products had 
    not established the adequacy of their pasteurization process to destroy 
    pathogenic microorganisms such as the spores of C. botulinum, type E, 
    which can cause significant illness and death in humans. The 
    pasteurization process is not simple and must be done with precision in 
    order to consistently deliver a thermal process that will inactivate 
    the spores of C. botulinum, type E and prevent recontamination of the 
    product after it has been heat treated. The CGMP at part 110 state that 
    pasteurization must be adequate. Realistically, the only way for FDA to 
    determine, or at least infer, the adequacy of the process now is to 
    analyze samples of finished product for the presence of pathogens.
        2. Twenty-seven percent of the firms that pasteurized products did 
    not have temperature-indicating devices on their pasteurizers, and 35 
    percent did not have temperature-recording devices. Temperature 
    monitoring is essential to ensure that a thermal process is properly 
    controlled. Part 110 addresses temperature indicating and recording 
    devices only for refrigeration, while pasteurization involves cooking. 
    A temperature-recording device is important for purposes of preventive 
    control because it provides a continuous history of the cooking step.
        3. Forty-two percent of firms that pasteurized products did not 
    perform can seam evaluations or performed them less frequently than 
    every 12 hours. Such evaluations are necessary to ensure that there 
    will not be microbiological contamination of the finished pasteurized 
    product. FDA's regulations for the processing of low acid canned food 
    (parts 108 and 113 (21 CFR parts 108 and 113)) require such evaluations 
    every 4 hours as an HACCP-type control, but products that need 
    refrigeration (e.g., pasteurized products) are outside the scope of 
    those regulations. Again, part 110 states only that the pasteurization 
    process should be adequate. FDA must conduct end-product sampling and 
    analysis to determine, or at least infer, whether a pasteurization 
    process is adequate.
        4. Forty-three percent of firms that pasteurized products did not 
    perform cooling water sanitizer strength checks to ensure that the 
    pasteurized product would not be contaminated during this process. The 
    presence of a sanitizer in the cooling water is important to prevent 
    contamination of the product after pasteurization because during 
    cooling, some water can be drawn into hot cans. Part 110 does not 
    specifically mention a cooling water sanitizer. The ``adequate'' 
    provision cited above is the closest relevant provision, and FDA must 
    conduct end-product sampling and analysis to determine, or at least 
    infer, whether a pasteurization process is adequate.
        5. Eighty-four percent of the firms did not monitor the internal 
    temperature of products during the various stages of processing. Such 
    monitoring is important because time/temperature abuse can result in 
    the growth of pathogenic microorganisms, decomposition, and, in some 
    cases, the formation of histamine. Part 110 states that all reasonable 
    precautions should be taken to prevent contamination and recommends 
    temperature control as one type of precaution. Again, end-product 
    sampling is the only practical way for FDA to measure compliance.
        6. Fourteen percent of the firms did not have temperature-
    indicating devices on their finished product coolers, and 89 percent 
    did not have temperature-recording devices. Part 110 states that 
    processors should have one or the other but does not specifically 
    require that processors monitor either one. While 14 percent were out 
    of compliance, most who were in compliance opted for the control that 
    did not provide a continuous record.
        7. Thirty-one percent of the temperature-indicating devices on 
    finished product coolers were more than 5  deg.F out of adjustment. 
    Fifty-five percent of these were giving readings that were too low. For 
    these, the deviation would permit the growth of pathogenic 
    microorganisms, decomposition, and histamine formation. Part 110 
    specifically states that thermometers should be accurate. Five degree 
    deviations are clearly out of compliance. A significant percentage of 
    firms surveyed were not paying attention to a significant preventive 
    control.
        8. Twenty-three percent of temperature-indicating devices on 
    pasteurizers and 80 percent of such devices on finished product coolers 
    were never calibrated. Again, part 110 calls for accuracy. The failure 
    to calibrate means that these firms have no assurance that their 
    devices are accurate. A preventive control is not being applied, and 
    thus a significant percentage of processors are apparently relying on 
    Government investigators to determine accuracy during inspections. 
    Also, this deficiency may account in part for the deviations described 
    in section III.A.7. of this document.
        9. Twenty-nine percent of temperature-recording devices on finished 
    product coolers were never checked for accuracy, while 34 percent of 
    such devices on pasteurizers and 74 percent on finished product coolers 
    were checked less frequently than once a month. Temperature-recording 
    devices are easily jarred out of calibration and must be routinely 
    adjusted to agree with an accurate temperature-indicating device. Thus, 
    they need to be checked for accuracy at least at the start and the end 
    of each processing day in order to determine whether they remained 
    accurate throughout the day's production.
        10. Forty-eight percent of the firms cleaned and sanitized the 
    processing equipment less frequently than every 4 hours, while 13 
    percent cleaned and sanitized less than every 12 hours. Part 110 states 
    that sanitation practices should occur as frequently as necessary. In 
    order to control salmonella and other undesirable bacteria within a 
    facility, the frequency should be at least every 4 hours, and more 
    frequently if feasible. This frequency helps reduce the likelihood that 
    these microorganisms will enter a rapid phase of growth during which 
    their numbers increase logarithmically (Ref. 22, p. 114; Ref. 23, p. 
    2).
        11. Twenty-two percent of the firms did not perform plant or 
    equipment sanitation audits (i.e., inspections), and 35 percent did not 
    check the strength of hand or equipment sanitizing solutions. These 
    results reveal that a significant number of plants are not checking up 
    on themselves to ensure that they were doing an adequate job of 
    sanitation. In such plants, the only check on sanitation is provided by 
    the Government investigators who visit the plant.
        Other survey and inspection findings by FDA and others strongly 
    indicate that the seafood industry does not always operate on the basis 
    of preventive controls. For example, recent FDA and State surveys 
    showed that many processors of smoked and smoke-flavored fish are 
    operating outside of the parameters that have been demonstrated through 
    scientific research to be necessary to ensure that the hazard from 
    botulism is adequately controlled. These parameters are process times 
    and temperatures and salinity levels. A number of firms surveyed did 
    not even know their own operating parameters, let alone the 
    scientifically established ones (Refs. 24, 25, and 26). For seafood 
    products such as these that require no cooking by the consumer, 
    preventive measures by the processor to eliminate C. botulinum, type E 
    to the maximum extent possible are critically important.
    
    B. Alternatives Other Than HACCP
    
        Continuous visual inspection of seafood is not a viable 
    alternative. Few hazards associated with seafood are detectable through 
    visual inspection. Moreover, the costs of such a system would likely 
    exceed the nearly half-billion-dollar public outlay now required to 
    operate this kind of system for meat and poultry.
        Another alternative would be to direct significant additional 
    resources toward greatly increasing the frequency of FDA's inspection 
    of seafood, as well as increasing the agency's sampling, laboratory 
    analysis, and related regulatory activities with respect to seafood. 
    While thousands of samples of domestic and imported seafood products 
    are collected each year for analysis in FDA laboratories, and these 
    samples are scientifically designed to represent a broad range of 
    products, they are generally perceived by the public to represent only 
    a small fraction of the total poundage of seafood consumed in this 
    country. Substantial new expenditures would be needed to increase 
    laboratory analyses to nationally statistically significant levels.
        Even if the funds for increased inspection and increased sampling 
    and analysis were available (which they are not), this approach alone 
    would likely not be the best way for the agency to spend its money to 
    protect the public health. Reliance on end-product testing involves a 
    certain amount of inefficiency that can require very large sample sizes 
    to overcome. NAS recently observed that ``the statistical uncertainties 
    associated with lot sampling make this an unreliable method for 
    ensuring safety of food products * * *'' (Ref. 7, p. 283). FDA has 
    traditionally sought to minimize this type of inefficiency by targeting 
    its efforts based on its experiences, but some inefficiency is 
    unavoidable. NAS recommended the HACCP system as an alternative (Ref. 
    7, p. 283).
    
    C. Current Import System Is Not Well-Suited to Seafood
    
        Similar considerations apply to imports. FDA does not generally 
    inspect processing facilities in other countries to determine whether 
    seafood products are being prepared, packed, or held there under 
    appropriate conditions. Such inspections are extremely costly and 
    require an invitation from the foreign country. Traditionally, 
    therefore, FDA's primary strategy for seafood imports has involved: (1) 
    Reviewing all customs entries documents to determine which imported 
    products to examine or sample; (2) conducting wharf examinations of 
    selected products based on that review; and (3) sampling and laboratory 
    analyses as appropriate.
        One concern about this process that has been voiced with some 
    regularity in the media, Congress, and elsewhere is that FDA physically 
    looks at less than 5 percent of all imports. This figure is somewhat 
    misleading because it refers to seafood lots that can vary 
    substantially in size. Also, it does not take into account such factors 
    as the representative nature of the examinations, FDA's automatic 
    detention program for imports that requires importers of products with 
    a history of problems to obtain a laboratory analysis and certification 
    prior to entry, or the fact that imports receiving further processing 
    in the United States become subject to domestic inspection. 
    Nonetheless, it is certainly true that most imported seafood is not 
    physically sampled or examined by a Federal health official.
        The total number of customs entries for seafood each year is 
    approaching 200,000 (Ref. 27) from about 135 countries (compared to 
    about 33 countries for beef and poultry (Ref. 28)), and huge sums of 
    money would be needed to enable FDA to increase its physical 
    examination and sampling program to nationally, statistically 
    significant levels. Still, many developing countries export seafood 
    products to this country, and their regulatory protections tend to be 
    comparatively weak, if they exist at all. Processing conditions in such 
    countries do not always meet U.S. standards for sanitation.
        While many importers are conscientious about the safety and quality 
    of the products that they import, others have little understanding of 
    potential hazards. The denial of entry of a violative lot may be 
    regarded as simply a cost of doing business, which is offset in many 
    cases by insurance purchased against just such an eventuality. Such 
    policies are identified as ```FDA rejection' insurance'' and usually 
    the premium is 2 to 3 percent of the value of the shipment (Ref. 29). 
    It is reasonable to assume that this cost is being passed on to the 
    consumer. The insurance also permits importers to buy seafood from 
    foreign processors without first ensuring that it meets FDA 
    requirements, i.e., that it is safe, wholesome, and properly labeled.
        This system leaves much to be desired. It, too, is a ``snapshot''-
    type approach that places a significant burden on the Government to 
    uncover problems without fostering or promoting industry 
    responsibility. It lacks the preventive controls that the agency has 
    tentatively concluded are the minimum necessary to ensure safety. 
    Moreover, it has not provided full public confidence in the safety of 
    imported seafood.
    
    D. Public Confidence
    
        Continuing public concerns about the safety of seafood provide 
    additional evidence that the current regulatory system is not well-
    suited for seafood. Consumers have become increasingly concerned about 
    the effects of pollution on seafood. Medical wastes washing up on 
    beaches, ocean dumping of toxic wastes, chemical run-off, and multiple 
    oil spills continually dramatize the fact that bodies of water, no 
    matter how large, can be adversely affected by human activity.
        Media and other public attention on seafood safety and quality, and 
    on the adequacy of the current regulatory program for seafood, has been 
    substantial in recent years, and there is no reason to expect that this 
    attention will decrease. Problems with some seafood products draw 
    attention to, and has tended to raise concerns about, all seafood, a 
    situation that is bad for consumers because seafood is a low fat 
    product, and bad for an industry that can ill afford it.
        Several hearings on the sufficiency and direction of the Federal 
    seafood safety program have been held in both houses of Congress since 
    in 1989. In addition, numerous bills have been introduced in Congress 
    for the stated purpose of establishing a Federal program of mandatory 
    inspection of seafood. Different bills passed the House and the Senate 
    in 1990 but were not reconciled before the end of the 101st Congress.
        This legislative activity has tended to reinforce the view that the 
    public is placed at some risk because no Federal mandatory program for 
    seafood exists. While this view is inaccurate in a number of respects, 
    it is fueled in part by the notable differences in the frequency with 
    which regulatory agencies inspect the processors of different types of 
    flesh foods. As stated above, beef and poultry slaughterhouses are 
    subject to continuous visual inspection under programs operated by the 
    U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA).
        Public concerns about seafood regulation persist despite the recent 
    increases in Federal resources and inspections for seafood. A major 
    U.S. newspaper recently published an article entitled ``A Sea of 
    Uncertainties,'' which expressed anxiety about the coverage of seafood 
    inspection. ``The odds are,'' it observed, ``that the bit of fish you 
    cook tonight got to your table without ever being poked or prodded or 
    even glanced at by a government inspector'' (Ref. 30).
        No realistic system, however, could possibly look at every piece of 
    fish. Moreover, in the current budget climate, improvements in the 
    system for ensuring the safety of seafood will likely have to be 
    qualitative rather than quantitative. Estimated combined Federal, 
    State, and local outlays for regulatory activities relating to seafood 
    are about $100 million annually (Ref. 31), but pressures to cut back 
    funding exist at all of these levels.
    
    IV. The HACCP Option
    
        Thus, the Government must find new approaches to food safety that 
    enable it to become more efficient and minimize costs wherever 
    possible. A new paradigm is needed for seafood inspection, one that 
    provides an ongoing, scientifically established system of intensive, 
    preventive monitoring but that does not require undue resources.
        When faced with similar pressures, Canadian health authorities 
    responsible for seafood safety came to the following conclusion:
    
        One of the key challenges will be to endure the scrutiny of the 
    informed consumer and demanding marketplace * * *. The Canadian 
    Government, as well as other western governments will be under 
    constant pressure to limit spending as the aging population places 
    more and more demands on services and as the Federal deficit is 
    addressed. This means inspection programs cannot expect to have ever 
    increasing resources to meet the challenges of the 1990's. Smarter 
    and more cost effective ways must be developed to carry out their 
    mandate.
    
    (Ref. 32, p. 502.)
    
        The ``smarter and more cost effective way'' chosen by the Canadians 
    is HACCP.
    
    A. What is HACCP?
    
        HACCP is a preventive system of hazard control. Its application to 
    food production was pioneered by the Pillsbury Company (Pillsbury) 
    during that company's efforts in the early 1960's to create food for 
    the U.S. space program. Pillsbury concluded that then existing quality 
    control techniques could not provide adequate assurance that the food 
    being produced was not contaminated. The end-product testing necessary 
    to provide such assurance would be so extensive that little food would 
    be left for space flights. According to Howard E. Bauman:
    
        We concluded after extensive evaluation that the only way we 
    could succeed would be to develop a preventive system. This would 
    require us to have control over the raw materials, process, 
    environment, personnel, storage, and distribution as early in the 
    system as we possibly could. We felt certain that if we could 
    establish this type of control, along with appropriate record 
    keeping, we should be able to produce * * * a product we could say 
    was safe. For all practical purposes, if this system was implemented 
    correctly, there would be no testing of the finished packaged 
    product other than for monitoring purposes.
    
    (Ref. 33, p. 2.)
    
        In the succeeding years, the system devised by Pillsbury has been 
    recognized worldwide as an effective system of controls. The system has 
    undergone considerable analysis, refinement, and testing. FDA believes 
    that HACCP concepts have matured to the point where they can be 
    formally implemented for seafood on an industry wide basis.
        HACCP consists first of an identification of the likely hazards 
    that could be presented by a specific product, followed by the 
    identification of the critical control points in a specific production 
    process where a failure would likely result in a hazard being created 
    or allowed to persist. These critical control points are then 
    systematically monitored, and records are kept of that monitoring. 
    Corrective actions are also documented.
        The National Advisory Committee on Microbiological Criteria for 
    Foods (NACMCF), which was established by USDA in conjunction with FDA 
    at the recommendation of NAS, has developed seven widely accepted HACCP 
    principles that explain this process in greater detail (Ref. 34). These 
    HACCP principles follow.
    1. Hazard Analysis
        The first step in the establishment of an HACCP system for a food 
    process is the identification of the hazards associated with the 
    product. NACMCF defined a hazard as a biological, chemical, or physical 
    property that may cause a food to be unsafe for consumption (Ref. 34, 
    p. 186). The hazard analysis step should include an assessment of both 
    the likelihood that these hazards will occur and their severity if they 
    do occur. It should also involve the establishment of preventive 
    measures to control them. To be addressed by the HACCP system, the 
    hazards must be such, according to NACMCF, that their prevention, 
    elimination, or reduction to acceptable levels is essential to the 
    production of a safe food. Even factors beyond the immediate control of 
    the processor, such as how the food will be distributed and how it will 
    be consumed, must be considered because these factors could influence 
    how it should be processed. Hazards that involve low risk and that are 
    not likely to occur need not be considered for purposes of HACCP.
        NACMCF has developed numerous issues to be considered during hazard 
    analysis. These issues relate to matters such as ingredients, 
    processing, distribution, and the ultimate intended use of the product. 
    FDA urges seafood processors and importers to become familiar with 
    these issues. They include, for example, whether a food contains any 
    sensitive ingredients that may present microbiological hazards, 
    chemical hazards, or physical hazards; whether sanitation practices can 
    affect the safety of the food that is being processed; and whether the 
    finished food will be heated by the consumer. For seafood, this 
    analysis is particularly important because it is consumed raw or 
    partially cooked to an extent unrivaled for other flesh foods. Examples 
    of seafoods that are consumed in this way include raw molluscan 
    shellfish, sushi, steamed clams, and cold smoked salmon.
    2. Identify the Critical Control Points in the Process
        Points in a manufacturing process that may be critical control 
    points, as listed by the NACMCF, include cooking, chilling, specific 
    sanitation procedures, product formulation control, prevention of cross 
    contamination, and certain aspects of employee and environmental 
    hygiene. For example, a cooking step that must be operated at a 
    specific temperature and for a specified time in order to destroy 
    microbiological pathogens is a critical control point. Likewise, 
    refrigeration required to prevent hazardous microorganisms from 
    multiplying or toxins from forming is a critical control point.
    3. Establish Critical Limits for Preventive Measures Associated With 
    Each Identified Critical Control Point
        In essence, this step involves establishing a criterion that must 
    be met for each preventive measure associated with a critical control 
    point. Critical limits can be thought of as boundaries of safety for 
    each critical control point and may be set for preventive measures such 
    as temperature, time, physical dimensions, moisture level, water 
    activity, Ph, available chlorine, or sensory information such as 
    texture, aroma, or visual appearance. Critical limits may be derived 
    from sources such as regulatory standards and guidelines, literature 
    surveys, experimental studies, and experts.
    4. Establish Procedures To Monitor Critical Control Points
        Monitoring is a planned sequence of observations or measurements to 
    assess whether a critical control point is under control and to produce 
    an accurate record for future use in verification. NACMCF identifies 
    three main purposes for monitoring: (1) It tracks the system's 
    operation so that a trend toward a loss of control can be recognized, 
    and corrective action can be taken to bring the process back into 
    control before a deviation occurs; (2) it indicates when loss of 
    control and a deviation has actually occurred, and corrective action 
    must be taken; and (3) it provides written documentation for use in 
    verification of the HACCP plan.
        As NACMCF points out, continuous monitoring is possible with many 
    types of physical and chemical methods. For example, temperature and 
    time for a scheduled thermal process can be recorded continuously on 
    temperature-recording charts. When it is not possible to monitor a 
    critical limit on a continuous basis, monitoring intervals must be 
    reliable enough to permit the manufacturer to determine whether the 
    hazard is under control.
    5. Establish the Corrective Action To Be Taken When Monitoring Shows 
    That a Critical Limit Has Been Exceeded
        While the HACCP system is intended to prevent deviations in a 
    planned process from occurring, perfection is rarely, if ever, 
    achievable. Thus, NACMCF states that there must be a corrective action 
    plan in place to: (1) Determine the disposition of any food that was 
    produced when a deviation was occurring; (2) fix or correct the cause 
    of noncompliance to ensure that the critical control point is under 
    control; and (3) maintain records of corrective actions.
    6. Establish Effective Recordkeeping Systems That Document the HACCP 
    System
        This principle requires the preparation and maintenance of a 
    written HACCP plan that sets out the hazards, critical control points, 
    and critical limits identified by the firm, as well as the monitoring, 
    recordkeeping, and other procedures that the firm intends to take to 
    implement the plan. Secondly, this principle requires the maintenance 
    of records generated during the operation of the plan.
        Ultimately, it is the recordkeeping associated with HACCP 
    procedures that makes the system work, both from the standpoint of the 
    HACCP operator (industry) and the regulator. One conclusion in a study 
    of HACCP performed by the Department of Commerce is that correcting 
    problems without recordkeeping almost guarantees that problems will 
    reoccur (Ref. 35, p. 85). The requirement to record events at critical 
    control points on a regular basis ensures that preventive monitoring is 
    occurring in a systematic way.
    7. Establish Procedures to Verify That the HACCP System Is Working
        This process involves: (1) Verifying that the critical limits are 
    adequate to control the hazards; (2) ensuring that the HACCP plan is 
    working properly, e.g., that it is being followed, and that appropriate 
    decisions are being made about corrective actions; and (3) ensuring 
    that there is documented, periodic revalidation of the plan to make 
    sure that it is still relevant to raw materials as well as to 
    conditions and processes in the plant. Government regulatory activities 
    also help ensure that the HACCP system is working.
    
    B. Specific Applications to Seafood
    
        As NAS has pointed out, most health risks associated with seafood 
    originate in the environment (Ref. 7, p. 1). Many of these risks are 
    the subject of research by FDA, the National Oceanic and Atmospheric 
    Administration (NOAA) of the Department of Commerce, the Environmental 
    Protection Agency (EPA), and others. This research is designed both to 
    produce information that will provide a better understanding of the 
    toxins, bacteria, chemical contaminants, and other phenomena and to 
    provide a basis for developing more advanced types of controls for 
    them. Within the limits of existing scientific knowledge, however, the 
    industry can and should use HACCP to control the source and condition 
    of raw materials based on an understanding of the likely hazards that 
    need to be prevented.
        The Pillsbury team that first applied HACCP to food production 
    began with a systematic review of raw materials to ensure that they 
    were not bringing hazards into the plant. As Bauman pointed out:
    
        This required the development of a familiarity with the raw 
    materials that was not a normal process in food product development 
    *  *  *. The areas of concern ranged from the potential presence of 
    pathogens, heavy metals, toxins, physical hazards and chemicals, to 
    the type of treatments the ingredients might have received such as 
    pesticide applications or a pasteurization step. (Ref. 33, pp. 2 and 
    3.)
    
        While all these areas that were of concern to Pillsbury are not 
    germane to all seafoods, they certainly cover the range of hazards to 
    which seafoods are susceptible.
        Of the three most frequently reported seafood-related illnesses, 
    two are environmentally related: ciguatera in warm water reef fish, as 
    described previously, and water-borne viruses in molluscan shellfish 
    consumed raw and partially cooked. While a rapid test to detect 
    ciguatoxin in fish continues to be the target of research at FDA and 
    elsewhere, processors and importers can exercise control by ensuring 
    that they are obtaining fish from responsible sources that are not 
    harvesting from waters where ciguatoxin is being found.
        Ciguatera has been associated with recreational fishing. Processors 
    and importers should address through HACCP any safety considerations 
    that might exist with the commercial sale of recreational catch 
    generally, depending upon species and locale.
        For viruses from molluscan shellfish to be controlled, HACCP 
    measures must be in place to ensure that molluscan shellfish harvested 
    from polluted waters are not entering commerce. Other key safety 
    controls relate to proper refrigeration to keep potentially harmful 
    microbes from reaching dangerous levels.
        The third seafood-related illness, scombroid poisoning, is caused 
    by a toxin created as part of the process of decomposition after a fish 
    has died. The formation of scombrotoxin can be triggered by time/
    temperature abuse anywhere in the commercial system and beyond, 
    including as early as on the harvesting vessel if good handling 
    controls are not followed.
        FDA is considering whether to develop good handling practice 
    requirements (not necessarily HACCP) specific to fishing vessels and 
    invites comment on this matter. FDA has traditionally refrained from 
    directly regulating fishing vessels, largely because of the huge number 
    of such vessels in the U.S. fleet, even though it has authority to do 
    so. FDA invites comment on whether those boats that harvest 
    scombrotoxin-forming species, or any other specific component of the 
    fleet, should be subject to mandatory HACCP controls.
        Meanwhile, processors and importers of scombrotoxin-forming species 
    can exercise HACCP controls aimed at ensuring that their incoming raw 
    materials or imported shipments have not been time/temperature abused. 
    Because any HACCP plans for such processors or importers would be 
    clearly inadequate if scombrotoxin were not identified as a hazard and 
    appropriate controls were not in place and systematically monitored, 
    processors and importers should consider placing time/temperature 
    requirements on vessel owners as a prerequisite to doing business.
        HACCP can also be applied to control of hazards from chemical 
    contaminants, even though the full range of possible chemical hazards 
    is still imperfectly understood. Government and academia have important 
    roles to play in researching the toxicities of these chemicals, in 
    monitoring them, and in performing various forms of risk assessment. In 
    some cases, these efforts may result in the establishment of national 
    maximum limits. In other cases, regional advisories may be more 
    appropriate. The seafood industry has a responsibility to know whether 
    chemical hazards are associated with the species they are handling, 
    whether the occurrence of such hazards depends on harvest site or other 
    factors, and whether a sampling and analysis program on their part 
    would be appropriate. Processors and importers should monitor the 
    origin of raw materials and imported shipments to ensure, for example, 
    that harvest did not occur in locations subject to public health 
    advisories.
        These are but a few examples of environmentally related hazards to 
    which HACCP can be applied. HACCP controls can also ensure that hazards 
    are not being created inside a processing facility through improper 
    handling, cooking, or storing.
    
    C. Regulatory Considerations
    
        From a regulatory standpoint, inspections of processing facilities 
    and of importers' plans and records would become more efficient and 
    would be likely to have a much greater impact if HACCP controls were in 
    place. A key feature of an inspection system tied to implementation of 
    HACCP is access by Government investigators to the HACCP plan and to 
    monitoring records kept under that plan. In contrast to the 
    ``snapshot'' provided by current inspections, examination of HACCP 
    records will enable an investigator to see how the processing facility 
    or the importer operates over time. It will enable an investigator to 
    determine whether problems have occurred, and how they were addressed. 
    It will also enable an investigator to spot trends that could lead to 
    problems, and thus to help prevent them from occurring. Additionally, 
    it will enable the regulator to review the adequacy of the processor's 
    or importer's preventive control system itself. Under such an 
    inspection system, inadequate preventive controls would warrant 
    remedial or regulatory action regardless of whether the processor's or 
    importer's product is actually contaminated or unsafe.
        HACCP is not a zero risk system, however. Problems in food 
    production and processing will still occur. HACCP systems are designed 
    to detect and document those problems, so that they can be corrected as 
    quickly as possible. Thus, regulatory action would not be warranted on 
    the basis of the mere occurrence of processing problems. It would be 
    warranted, though, if the HACCP system is not functioning properly to 
    detect and correct the problems, or if adulterated food is allowed to 
    enter into commerce.
        An inspection program tied to mandatory industry adoption of the 
    HACCP system would not be industry self-certification, nor would it be 
    deregulatory. An investigator under such a program would perform HACCP 
    reviews but not to the exclusion of other inspection activities. Thus, 
    it is highly doubtful whether any falsification of records would go 
    undetected. Investigators are taught to recognize falsification of 
    records, and the inspection techniques they use would likely reveal any 
    instances in which the records do not reflect actual conditions and 
    practices. Falsification of records carries strict penalties under 
    Federal law.
        Unlike the other inspection options discussed previously that would 
    involve continuous or high-frequency inspection and commensurate costs, 
    an inspection system tied to HACCP would not necessarily require an 
    increase over current inspection frequencies. Recordkeeping and record 
    inspection will provide the inspector, however, with a broader view. 
    Moreover, to the extent that States adopt equivalent inspection 
    programs in response to these proposed regulations, the resultant 
    network of consistent inspections would, in effect, increase the 
    frequency of inspections at no additional cost. The value to the nation 
    of such a network would be substantial.
        FDA recognizes that many States are under considerable pressure to 
    cut back funding in areas where a Federal presence also exists. For 
    seafood, however, FDA urges that the States maintain their programs, 
    strengthen them to the extent possible, and work with the agency to 
    integrate them into a HACCP-based, Federal/State network. Such an 
    approach would be consistent with recommendations relating to the role 
    of States made by NAS in its 1991 report on seafood safety (Ref. 7, p. 
    16). FDA especially invites comment on how the proposed FDA program 
    should mesh with an existing State HACCP program for seafood, such as 
    the program that exists in Alaska, so that inconsistent Federal and 
    State HACCP requirements are not imposed.
    
    V. The Proposal
    
    A. Decision To Propose To Make Use of HACCP Mandatory
    
        For the foregoing reasons, FDA has tentatively concluded that a new 
    system of regulatory controls for seafood is necessary, and that HACCP 
    is the appropriate system. Therefore, FDA is proposing to add part 123 
    to establish procedures for the safe processing and importing of fish 
    and fishery products. FDA is proposing these procedures under sections 
    402(a)(1), 402(a)(4), and 701(a) of the Federal Food, Drug, and 
    Cosmetic Act (the act) (21 U.S.C. 342(a)(1), 342(a)(4), and 371(a)), in 
    conjunction with section 361 of the Public Health Service Act (the PHS 
    Act) (42 U.S.C. 264). Section 402(a)(1) of the act states that food is 
    adulterated if it bears or contains any poisonous or deleterious 
    substance that may render it injurious to health. Section 402(a)(4) of 
    the act was included in the act to provide additional control over 
    insanitary and contaminated foods. (H.R. Rept. No. 2139, 75th Cong., 3d 
    sess. 6 (1938).) Section 701(a) of the act authorizes the agency to 
    adopt regulations for the efficient enforcement of the act. Section 361 
    of the PHS Act authorizes the agency to adopt regulations to prevent 
    the spread of communicable diseases.
        The proposed regulations set out those requirements that the agency 
    tentatively has concluded are the minimum necessary to ensure that, to 
    the extent possible, the processing and importation of fish and fishery 
    products will not result in a product that is injurious to health. 
    These requirements include the establishment of HACCP preventive 
    controls that take into account the unique characteristics of seafood 
    products. If a processor or an importer fails to adopt and implement an 
    HACCP plan that complies with the requirements that FDA is proposing, 
    or otherwise fails to operate in accordance with these proposed 
    provisions, it will be preparing, packing, or holding the food under 
    insanitary conditions under which the food may be rendered injurious to 
    health. Thus the food will be adulterated under section 402(a)(4) of 
    the act and subject to regulatory action by FDA. The agency has 
    reflected this fact in proposed Sec. 123.6(d).
        FDA's tentative decision to adopt regulations that require the 
    implementation of HACCP principles by the seafood industry is grounded 
    in the statutory objective of preventing food safety and sanitation 
    problems. Section 402(a)(4) of the act does not require that FDA 
    demonstrate that food is actually hazardous or contaminated in order to 
    deem the food adulterated and to exclude it from commerce. Instead, 
    under section 402(a)(4) of the act, food producers must assure that the 
    food is not ``prepared, packed, or held under insanitary conditions 
    whereby it may have been contaminated with filth, or whereby it may 
    have been rendered injurious to health.'' [emphasis added.]
        In enforcing section 402(a)(4) of the act, FDA has considered, 
    among other things, prevailing industry standards and the technical 
    state-of-the-art in determining on a case-by-case basis whether the 
    conditions under which a company is processing or handling food satisfy 
    section 402(a)(4) of the act. This proposed regulation would codify an 
    appropriate state-of-the-art means of assuring seafood safety and of 
    preventing sanitation problems under FDA's authority to promulgate 
    regulations for the ``efficient enforcement'' of the act (section 
    701(a) of the act (21 U.S.C. 371(a))).
        The factual record that FDA has developed concerning the safety and 
    sanitation issues posed by seafood illustrates the need for codifying 
    appropriate preventive methods consistent with the emerging technical 
    state-of-the-art and explains why FDA's initial focus in implementing 
    HACCP is on seafood. Proof that any particular process or set of 
    manufacturing conditions in the production of seafood has in fact 
    caused injuries or sanitation problems is not, however, a legal 
    prerequisite to this rule.
        The proposed adoption of this rule is supported by several 
    additional factors. First, as stated above, the application of HACCP to 
    the seafood industry has been the subject of a substantial amount of 
    work, by the Federal government, some States, academia, and the seafood 
    industry itself, to develop specific HACCP models and otherwise to 
    apply HACCP to seafood processing and importation. The Model Seafood 
    Surveillance Project (MSSP) was conducted by NOAA at the request of 
    Congress in 1986 to design an inspection system for seafood consistent 
    with HACCP principles. This project resulted in the development of 16 
    regulatory models for specific seafood products that describe the basis 
    for a mandatory seafood inspection system. Each model applies many of 
    the NACMCF principles described above in the context of a specific 
    product, such as breaded shrimp, raw fish, and molluscan shellfish 
    (Ref. 35, pp. 67 to 73).
        The MSSP was conducted with significant industry involvement. The 
    importance of industry participation in the development of HACCP 
    systems was stressed by NAS in its 1985 study of HACCP (Ref. 36, pp. 
    13, 309, and 310). As part of the MSSP project, 49 workshops were 
    conducted involving 1,200 industry, State, and university participants. 
    HACCP controls were considered for economic fraud and plant sanitation/
    hygiene as well as for safety because economic fraud and sanitation 
    have been problems in the seafood industry. The MSSP models cover 
    nearly all the types of seafood products consumed in the United States 
    except for low acid canned seafood, which is already subject to a 
    mandatory HACCP control and inspection system under the low acid canned 
    food regulations adopted by FDA.
        Low acid canned seafood products represent about 25 percent of all 
    seafoods consumed in the United States (Ref. 7, p. 23). The regulatory 
    system in place for them represents the first formal application of 
    HACCP principles to food by a regulatory agency. As with this proposal, 
    the regulations for low acid canned foods were requested by industry, 
    and they were developed through cooperation between Government and 
    industry.
        Although the low acid canned food regulations apply HACCP concepts 
    to two hazards only, i.e., botulism in canned foods and contamination 
    because of poor container integrity, they are regarded as a major 
    success and demonstrate the benefits that HACCP can provide. Botulism 
    in canned goods has been effectively controlled under the low acid 
    canned food regulations and is no longer a particular source of 
    consumer concern. NAS recently concluded that canned fish is among the 
    safest of seafood items. (Ref. 7, p. 320).
        Seafood industry associations have been active in developing HACCP 
    systems that their members could use. For the past several years, the 
    New England Fisheries Development Association (NEFDA) has been 
    assisting firms in the northeast to implement HACCP systems through 
    Federal grants. NEFDA's activities include a pilot project for 15 
    processing firms and participation in a retail seafood HACCP pilot 
    (Ref. 18, p. 26).
        Academia has been active as well. For example, the Oregon Sea 
    Grant, which services the Oregon marine community as part of the 
    national Sea Grant extension service, has issued a publication, 
    ``Hazard Analysis & Critical Control Point Applications to the Seafood 
    Industry'' (Ref. 37). This publication explains the fundamentals of 
    HACCP, inventories microbial hazards of seafoods, and describes model 
    HACCP systems for specific types of seafood processing operations.
        As a result of efforts like these by Government, industry, and 
    academia, a considerable amount of literature and expertise now exist 
    to facilitate the development of HACCP systems by seafood processors 
    and importers, significantly more than for most other major segments of 
    the food industry. Given the advanced state of knowledge about the 
    application of HACCP to the seafood industry, FDA is proposing to make 
    the use of HACCP mandatory for the seafood industry to ensure that 
    there is compliance with section 402(a)(1) and 402(a)(4) of the act.
        Second, seafood industry representatives have been urging the 
    Federal Government to adopt a mandatory, HACCP-based system for years. 
    The National Fisheries Institute, the largest seafood industry trade 
    association, and others from the seafood industry testified repeatedly 
    at congressional hearings from 1989 through 1992 in support of 
    legislation that would mandate such a system.
        Indeed, nearly all of the seafood bills introduced in the Congress 
    since the late 1980's, including the bills that passed both chambers in 
    1990, contained HACCP elements. While there were different views on the 
    merits of these legislative proposals, virtually all Government 
    agencies, both Federal and State, that testified on these proposals--as 
    well as most other witnesses--expressed support for the HACCP concept 
    as it applies to seafood. The Chairman of the Interstate Shellfish 
    Sanitation Conference (ISSC), an organization of States, Federal 
    agencies, and industry that considers issues relating to molluscan 
    shellfish safety, testified that a HACCP-type approach is now being 
    used for aspects of the shellfish program and endorsed HACCP for all 
    seafood.
        Significant elements of the seafood industry continue to press for 
    the Federal Government to institute a HACCP-based program. An article 
    in a 1992 edition of a seafood trade publication on the advantages of 
    HACCP concluded: ``With the seafood industry under a continuing barrage 
    of negative press regarding the wholesomeness and safety of product, 
    the industry is impatient to get started with a seafood inspection 
    program that will reassure consumers * * *'' (Ref. 19, p. 39).
        In February, 1993, the Executive Vice President of the National 
    Fisheries Institute wrote to the Secretary of Health and Human Services 
    asking that she ``initiate a state-of-the-art program for seafood which 
    would be of significant benefit to consumers * * *. HACCP-based 
    regulation is very feasible for the seafood industry * * *. There is no 
    reason to wait for congressional action to put this modern technology 
    in place'' (Ref. 38). As recently as April, 1993, the President of the 
    Pacific Seafood Processors wrote to FDA expressing support for a 
    mandatory seafood HACCP program (Ref. 39). The members of that 
    organization process the majority of domestically harvested seafood. 
    These requests provide further evidence of the appropriateness of this 
    proposal.
    
    B. Preparing for HACCP
    
        FDA recognizes that this proposal involves a significant departure 
    from current practices for most processors and importers and intends to 
    work cooperatively with the industry in the establishment of this 
    proposed system. The agency's experiences under both its HACCP-based 
    low acid canned food regulations and the HACCP-based pilot programs for 
    seafood that it conducted with NOAA in 1991 demonstrate the need for 
    cooperation and technical support between the agency and the industry 
    in order to establish HACCP and to make it work.
        The FDA/NOAA joint pilot programs involved the development and 
    implementation of HACCP-based systems by seafood processors and HACCP-
    based inspections by the two agencies. Even though the FDA/NOAA pilots 
    involved highly motivated seafood firms that volunteered to adopt 
    HACCP, the firms found it difficult initially to identify hazards and 
    critical control points associated with their own products and 
    processes (Ref. 40). As both the agencies and the firms discovered, 
    HACCP involved new ways of thinking and behaving that were not readily 
    understood or implemented. A considerable amount of consultation and 
    assistance between the firms and the Government proved to be extremely 
    helpful.
        This experience reinforces the view that regulations that impose a 
    HACCP-based system are needed for the seafood industry and thus 
    represents a third factor supporting the appropriateness of this 
    proposal. The systematic kind of preventive thinking that HACCP 
    requires is not universal, but it can be adopted. Regulations will 
    ensure that processors and importers do so. Significantly, once 
    participants in the pilot programs made the transition to HACCP, they 
    were able to identify benefits from using HACCP to themselves and to 
    consumers in terms of product safety and quality, as well as plant 
    sanitation and organization (Ref. 40).
    
    VI. International Trade
    
        Although not a public health issue, international trade is also a 
    major consideration in determining the advisability and benefits of a 
    new system of seafood regulation and therefore will be addressed here. 
    It is estimated that close to 40 percent of the fish and shellfish 
    harvested from the world's oceans, lakes, and other bodies of water 
    entered international trade in 1991 (Ref. 41). This movement reflects 
    the need to match supplies with demand. Nations often have species in 
    their waters for which there is little or no demand among their 
    consumers, while consumers in other countries may prefer these species. 
    In addition, sometimes foreign markets are willing to pay higher prices 
    than domestic markets.
        Participation in the international trade in seafood is critical to 
    U.S. consumers and industry. Approximately 55 percent of the U.S. 
    supply of edible seafood is imported. In 1991, 3,014,819,000 pounds 
    were imported, worth $5,617,887,000, making the United States the 
    world's second largest seafood importing nation (Ref. 42).
        At the same time, the United States is the world's largest exporter 
    of fishery products. In 1991, the United States exported more than $3 
    billion worth of seafood, making a significant positive contribution to 
    this country's balance of payments as well as to the many coastal State 
    economies in which these products are produced (Refs. 42 and 43). Our 
    largest market is Japan, followed by the European Community (EC) and 
    Canada. Both Canada and the EC have implemented or are in the process 
    of implementing mandatory HACCP-based seafood inspection systems (Refs. 
    32 and 44).
        Given the significance of both international and domestic trade, 
    ongoing efforts to harmonize or make equivalent country inspection 
    systems and requirements takes on great significance. The current 
    multilateral round of trade negotiations under the General Agreement on 
    Tariffs and Trade (GATT) has resulted in further focus on this area. 
    The draft text on sanitary and phytosanitary measures acknowledges the 
    desire of the contracting parties, including the United States, to 
    support ``the use of harmonized sanitary and phytosanitary measures 
    between contracting parties, on the basis of international standards, 
    guidelines, and recommendations developed by the relevant international 
    organizations including the Codex Alimentarious Commission * * *'' 
    (Ref. 45, p. L.35). This move toward harmonization, coupled with the 
    current recommendations of the Codex Committee on Food Hygiene 
    encouraging the international use of the HACCP system (Ref. 46), 
    clearly argue for the adoption of this approach in the United States 
    for seafood. Failure by the United States to adopt a mandatory, HACCP-
    based inspection system may ultimately undermine its export success, 
    with considerable economic consequences. For example, in addition to 
    the EC, Canada, Iceland, Australia, and many other fishing nations have 
    moved to a mandatory HACCP approach that could affect United States 
    competitiveness in the major seafood markets.
        The EC is the United States' second largest export market, 
    purchasing $441 million worth of U.S. products in 1991. On July 22, 
    1991, EC Council Directive 91/493 was issued to set out the conditions 
    for the production and placing on the EC market fish and fishery 
    products (Ref. 44). This Directive requires, as of January 1, 1993, 
    that both member States and third countries:
    
        * * * take all necessary measures so that, at all stages of the 
    production of fishery products * * * persons responsible must carry 
    out their own checks based on the following principles:
    
    --Identification of critical control points in their establishments 
    on the basis of the manufacturing processes used;
    --establishment and implementation of methods for monitoring and 
    checking such critical control points; * * *
    --keeping a written record * * * with a view to submitting them to 
    the competent authority * * *.
    
        While the directive provides some flexibility in terms of 
    equivalence, it is clear that the EC is looking for a mandatory HACCP 
    system along the lines proposed in this regulation. Maintaining and 
    expanding this export market is likely to be facilitated if this 
    proposal is adopted.
        Similarly, ongoing discussions with Canada under the terms of 
    section 708 of the U.S./Canada Free Trade Agreement (FTA) to harmonize 
    or make equivalent the two nations' respective inspection systems and 
    standards have made it clear that this proposed HACCP regulation will 
    significantly facilitate the process (Ref. 47). Canada has recently 
    completed implementation of a mandatory, HACCP-based seafood inspection 
    program. Because Canada is the United States' third largest export 
    market and largest supplier of imported seafood, adoption of an 
    equivalent system would not only achieve the objectives of the FTA but 
    potentially would save resources currently devoted to monitoring 
    shipments between our two countries. Similar potential benefits could 
    be expected under the proposed North American FTA, particularly at this 
    formative stage in that process. Thus, facilitation of international 
    trade is a fourth factor supporting the appropriateness, and thus 
    providing a rational basis, for FDA's proposed course of action.
    
    VII. The Proposed Regulations
    
        These proposed regulations consist of a subpart of general 
    applicability (subpart A) and one subpart that sets forth specific 
    additional provisions for raw molluscan shellfish (subpart C). The 
    agency is also setting forth guidelines, in the form of appendices, 
    that will provide assistance to processors of cooked, ready-to-eat 
    products (Appendix A), and to processors of scombrotoxin forming 
    species (Appendix B), on how to meet various requirements in subpart A 
    relating to the development and implementation of HACCP plans. The 
    products addressed in the guidelines involve special considerations or 
    special hazards for which additional guidance would be useful. 
    Processors and importers that follow these guidelines will increase the 
    likelihood that FDA will find their preventive controls acceptable. FDA 
    requests comments on the need for, and the substance of, the guidelines 
    that it has set forth. Comments should address whether it would be more 
    appropriate for FDA to adopt the guidelines as regulations. If the 
    comments provide a convincing basis for doing so, FDA will include some 
    or all of the guidelines in the regulations in any final rule that 
    results from this rulemaking.
        FDA is also including a guideline on how to ensure product 
    integrity relating to economic adulteration (Appendix D). FDA is 
    including this guideline because economic adulteration is a particular 
    problem in the seafood industry.
        In Appendix 1 to this document, FDA is also providing samples from 
    a package of general guidance, to be published separately, for 
    processors to use in understanding and implementing HACCP principles in 
    their operations. One of these samples is specific guidance on the 
    processing of smoked and smoke-flavored fish. FDA requests comments on 
    whether the latter guidance should remain as such, be provided as 
    guidelines in an appendix to the regulations, or be made mandatory by 
    incorporating them into any final rule that results from this 
    proceeding.
    
    A. Definitions
    
        The agency is relying generally on the definitions contained in the 
    act, in the umbrella good manufacturing practice guidelines in part 
    110, and in other agency regulations. The agency is using these 
    definitions because it considers consistency in how it uses terms in 
    its regulations to be necessary and appropriate. Thus, Sec. 123.3(o) is 
    derived from Sec. 113.3(s), and Sec. 123.3(r) is derived from 
    Sec. 110.3(q). Additional definitions are proposed in Sec. 123.3 that 
    are specific to the proposed HACCP program for fish and fishery 
    products.
        The agency is proposing to define ``certification number'' in 
    Sec. 123.3(a) as a unique combination of letters and numbers assigned 
    to a shellfish processor by a shellfish control authority, usually the 
    State. These numbers are used to identify the processor on tags and 
    labels and in recordkeeping required under proposed Sec. 123.28. States 
    issue certification numbers to processors who receive shellfish from 
    safe sources, keep requisite records of shellfish purchases and sales, 
    and operate in accordance with CGMP and the other certification 
    requirements of the State. This system of State issued numbers is used 
    to identify the approximately 2,000 State certified shellfish dealers 
    that are included on the Interstate Certified Shellfish Shippers List.
        The agency is proposing in Sec. 123.3(b) to define ``cooked, ready-
    to-eat fishery product'' as a fishery product that is subjected by a 
    commercial processor to either a cooking process before being placed in 
    a final container, or to pasteurization in the final container, or to 
    both. Cooked, ready-to-eat products undergo a heat treatment by a 
    processor that results in the coagulation of the protein. Because their 
    organoleptic qualities suggest that they are fully cooked, and thus 
    ready-to-eat, these products will likely be eaten without any further 
    heat treatment by the consumer sufficient to eliminate pathogenic 
    microorganisms and preformed toxins.
        As defined, cooked, ready-to-eat fishery products include products 
    that must be stored either frozen or refrigerated. Products such as 
    canned seafoods that are subjected to a cooking process after being 
    placed in a final container, while technically considered cooked, 
    ready-to-eat products, are not included in the definition because they 
    are virtually sterile in the final container. As used in these proposed 
    regulations, the term applies to cooked, ready-to-eat products that do 
    not receive a heat treatment in the final container by the processor 
    sufficient to destroy all pathogens and create a shelf-stable product 
    that does not need refrigeration.
        The agency is proposing in Sec. 123.3(c) to define ``critical 
    control point'' for purposes of these regulations as a point in a food 
    process where there is a high probability that improper control may 
    cause, allow, or contribute to a hazard in the final food. This is a 
    modification of the definition of the same term in Sec. 110.3(e). Under 
    that definition, a ``critical control point'' is a point where an 
    improper control could cause, allow, or contribute to ``filth in the 
    final food or decomposition in the final food'' as well as to a 
    ``hazard'' in the final food. Clearly, that definition is intended to 
    apply both to human food safety and to certain quality issues that 
    would not normally cause illness. In this document, FDA is proposing to 
    require the identification of critical control points for safety only 
    and is encouraging, but not requiring, the identification of certain 
    critical control points for hazards not normally related to safety. The 
    modification of the part 110 definition being proposed here represents 
    the least revision necessary to achieve that purpose.
        The agency is proposing to define ``critical limit'' in 
    Sec. 123.3(d) as a maximum or minimum value to which a physical, 
    biological, or chemical parameter must be controlled at a critical 
    control point to minimize the risk of occurrence of the identified 
    hazard. This definition is consistent with that of NACMCF, which 
    defined ``critical limit'' as ``a criterion that must be met for each 
    preventive measure associated with a critical control point'' (Ref. 34, 
    p. 186), but FDA's proposed definition is somewhat more explanatory. 
    Critical limits can be either maximum values, such as the maximum 
    amount of histamine that can be allowed in a fish, or minimum values, 
    such as the minimum temperature needed during a cooking step to kill 
    pathogens.
        The proposed definition states that control is for the purpose of 
    minimizing risk. While complete prevention of a hazard is obviously the 
    most desirable of all possible outcomes, the proposed definition 
    recognizes that, in reality, complete prevention cannot always be 
    ensured. A processor can minimize a microbiological hazard with a 
    cooked, ready-to-eat product by proper cooking, but the hazard could 
    still occur if the product is contaminated or otherwise abused 
    elsewhere in the distribution system or in the home. This aspect of the 
    definition is consistent with the view of NACMCF, which states that: 
    ``Each CCP [critical control point] will have one or more preventive 
    measures that must be properly controlled to assure prevention, 
    elimination or reduction of hazards to acceptable levels'' (Ref. 34, p. 
    196).
        The agency is proposing in Sec. 123.3(e) to define ``fish'' and 
    broadly to encompass the range of seafood products that are processed 
    or marketed commercially in the United States. Thus, the term ``fish'' 
    includes all fresh or saltwater finfish, molluscan shellfish, 
    crustaceans, and other forms of aquatic animal life. Birds are 
    specifically excluded from the definition because commercial species of 
    birds are either nonaquatic or, as in the case of aquatic birds such as 
    ducks, regulated by USDA. Mammals are also specifically excluded 
    because no aquatic mammals are processed or marketed commercially in 
    this country.
        ``Fishery products'' in proposed Sec. 123.3(f) are any edible human 
    food product derived in whole or in part from fish, including fish that 
    has been processed in any manner. This definition reflects the 
    tentative conclusion of the agency to propose mandatory HACCP 
    requirements at this time to control hazards associated with processing 
    and importing seafood products intended for human consumption. The 
    proposed definition includes products that contain ingredients other 
    than seafood in keeping with the scope of FDA's regulatory authority. 
    The control of hazards is as important for products that contain 
    ingredients other than fish as it is for products consisting of fish 
    alone.
        The agency is proposing in Sec. 123.3(g) to define ``harvester'' as 
    a person who commercially takes molluscan shellfish from their growing 
    waters, by any means. Harvester is defined because, under this 
    proposal, this person has responsibility for tagging the product as to 
    where it was harvested and when. Harvesters are expected to have an 
    identification number issued by a shellfish control authority. 
    Harvesting is generally illegal without such a number.
        The agency is proposing to define the term ``importer'' in 
    Sec. 123.3(h) as the owner of the imported goods or his representative 
    in the United States. This is the person who is responsible for 
    ensuring goods being entered are in compliance with all laws affecting 
    the importation. Importers may not always directly handle the imported 
    food, but they are responsible for the safety and wholesomeness of 
    products they offer for entry into the United States and therefore are 
    subject to part 123.
        The agency recognizes that the term ``importer'' is often used to 
    describe not only the owner of the goods or his representative in the 
    United States (that is, the importer of record) but also includes 
    freight forwarders, food brokers, food jobbers, carriers, and steamship 
    representatives. These other agents often represent the importer for 
    legal and financial purposes that are not necessarily related to the 
    safety of the product. Therefore, the agency has tentatively concluded 
    that it is inappropriate to focus the HACCP requirements that bear on 
    imports on these persons if they do not have authority to make 
    decisions affecting the product's safety or wholesomeness.
        FDA is proposing to define a ``lot of molluscan shellfish'' in 
    Sec. 123.3(i) as no more than one day's harvest from a single, defined 
    growing area, by one or more harvesters. This definition establishes 
    the quantity of shellfish that represents a single lot for tagging or 
    labeling purposes. Lot distinctions are needed to differentiate 
    shellfish harvested from different growing areas or at different times. 
    The time limit of one day is imposed because the safety of a harvesting 
    area can change daily as the result of rainfall, tides, winds, and 
    other events that can bring contaminants into the area. The ultimate 
    safety of raw molluscan shellfish is contingent on the water quality of 
    the harvesting area. To ensure product safety, shellfish harvesting 
    areas that are subject to appropriate state control are closed to 
    harvesting within 24 hours of a finding of adverse conditions. The lot 
    definition, coupled with the harvest date on the harvesting tag, 
    provides evidence that the shellfish were harvested when the area was 
    safe and open for harvesting.
        The agency is proposing in Sec. 123.3(j) that ``molluscan 
    shellfish'' means any edible species, or edible portion of fresh or 
    frozen oysters, clams, mussels, and scallops, except were the scallop 
    product consists entirely of the shucked adductor mussel. The 
    distinction between molluscan shellfish and crustacean shellfish, which 
    include crabs, shrimp, and lobsters, is made because molluscan 
    shellfish are commonly eaten whole and raw, while crustacean shellfish 
    are not. The safety of molluscan shellfish therefore reflects the 
    quality of the waters from which they are harvested and requires 
    special public health controls. Furthermore, the agency is proposing to 
    amend the definition of ``shellfish'' in Sec. 1240.3(p) (21 CFR 
    1240.3(p)) to make it consistent with the proposed definition in 
    Sec. 123.3(j). The agency is proposing to amend the term ``shellfish'' 
    in Sec. 1240.3(p) to read ``molluscan shellfish'' to make the terms 
    consistent between parts 123 and 1240. Because the term shellfish in 
    its common usage, i.e., an edible mollusk or crustacean, includes crabs 
    and lobsters, the agency believes that it is necessary to be more 
    specific and accurate in its definition and consequent application of 
    the requirements in its regulations. The proposed requirements for 
    tagging do not apply to crabs and lobsters or to scallops when the 
    final product is the shucked adductor muscle only. The agency is 
    proposing to expand the definition in Sec. 1240.3(p) to include 
    scallops to make it consistent with the definitions in proposed part 
    123 and with requirements under NSSP.
        The agency is proposing to define ``potable water'' in 
    Sec. 123.3(k) as water that meets EPA's primary drinking water 
    regulations as set forth in 40 CFR part 141. Those regulations provide 
    limits for certain microbiological, chemical, physical, and 
    radiological contaminants that can render water unsafe for human 
    consumption.
        The proposed definition is slightly different from the definition 
    of ``potable water'' in Secs. 1240.3(k) and 1250.3(j) (21 CFR 
    1250.3(j). That definition also references the regulations of EPA in 40 
    CFR part 141 but further includes FDA sanitation requirements in 21 CFR 
    parts 1240 and 1250. Those sanitation requirements apply to interstate 
    travel conveyances that must take on water at watering points. Such 
    requirements are not relevant to these proposed regulations and thus 
    were not included in the proposed definition.
        FDA is proposing to define ``processing'' and ``processor'' in 
    Sec. 123.3(m) and (n) broadly to ensure the safety of seafood through 
    the application of HACCP principles throughout the seafood industry. 
    The definition of ``processor'' is intended to include all seafood 
    processors that handle products in interstate commerce, such as 
    shuckers and other processors of raw molluscan shellfish, factory 
    ships, packers, repackers, wholesalers, and warehouses. Those who 
    process low acid canned foods are also included, even though they are 
    subject to the HACCP controls of part 113. Those controls are targeted 
    toward a limited number of safety hazards. These proposed regulations 
    require that processors apply HACCP controls to all likely safety 
    hazards.
        Consistent with the regulations at part 113, the proposed 
    definition of ``processor'' also includes persons engaged in the 
    production of foods that are to be used in market or consumer tests. 
    FDA has tentatively concluded that HACCP controls are needed for such 
    products because the hazards associated with them are no different from 
    those that can affect other commercial products.
        There are, however, certain handlers of seafood that are not 
    included in the coverage of the proposed definition. Fishing vessels 
    that essentially only harvest are not covered by the proposed HACCP 
    regulations. As explained earlier, FDA has traditionally refrained from 
    directly regulating fishing vessels. The agency anticipates that the 
    regulations being proposed here would affect vessels indirectly through 
    processor and importer controls over raw materials and imported 
    shipments, e.g., preventive controls such as the purchasing of raw 
    materials only from fishing vessels that engage in proper sanitation 
    and time/temperature practices and that harvest only from approved 
    areas.
        Transportation companies that carry, but do not otherwise process, 
    fish and fishery products are also outside the scope of the proposed 
    definition, although the agency expects that transporters will be 
    affected indirectly in the same manner as fishing vessels (see also 
    Sec. 110.93). FDA invites comment on this aspect of the coverage of the 
    proposed regulations. Proper refrigeration during transport is 
    important for the safety of scombroid species products and of cooked, 
    ready-to-eat products. Time and temperature conditions during shipment 
    can also affect decomposition related to other factors bearing on 
    seafood quality. These proposed regulations will affect transportation 
    companies indirectly through the preventive controls the processor or 
    importer will need to impose to ensure that the raw materials or 
    imported shipments that it receives are free of relevant hazards and 
    have been appropriately handled. FDA invites public discussion on 
    whether this approach is adequate, and, if not, whether HACCP 
    requirements should be applied directly to transportation companies. 
    This issue is complex, especially because it is not unusual for 
    transporters to deliver a variety of food products, including seafood, 
    to several consignees during a single shipment.
        The agency has also tentatively decided to exclude retail 
    establishments from the definition of ``processor.'' As with fishing 
    vessels, FDA has traditionally exercised enforcement discretion with 
    regard to retail establishments. The number of retail establishments in 
    this country--literally in the hundreds of thousands--would totally 
    overwhelm any rational Federal inspection system. FDA has traditionally 
    provided training and other forms of technical assistance to States and 
    local governments to inspect retail food establishments through the 
    agency's retail Federal/State cooperative program. A major part of that 
    cooperative program involves the development of model codes, some of 
    which have been widely adopted by State and local governments. FDA is 
    now consolidating those model codes into a single, updated food code 
    for the retail sector. Appropriate HACCP-based controls are included to 
    address seafood hazards at retail. Consequently, FDA will continue to 
    operate through the Federal/State cooperative mechanism and has not 
    included a retail component in proposed part 123. FDA requests comments 
    on this tentative approach.
        States are strongly encouraged, however, to consider how the 
    principles in these regulations could be applied to seafood at retail 
    and to shift to HACCP-type inspection systems as appropriate. Because 
    of the high perishability of fresh seafood and the sometimes lengthy 
    and complex distribution chain, these products can have relatively 
    short shelf lives by the time they reach fresh fish counters and 
    restaurants. In addition, seafood can be subject at retail both to 
    cross-contamination because of poor handling practices and to species 
    substitution.
        Improper handling of seafood and other problems at retail have been 
    documented in recent years. NAS has concluded that a significant number 
    of reported acute health problems were likely linked to handling and 
    preparation practices in food service establishments (Ref. 7, p. 27). 
    The February, 1992 edition of Consumer Reports magazine reported on a 
    number of such problems with regard to seafood that were observed in 
    retail establishments. A number of studies have found lack of adequate 
    temperature controls in retail facilities (Ref. 48, p. 75).
        The agency is proposing to define ``shellfish control authority'' 
    in Sec. 123.3(p) as the government entity responsible for implementing 
    a comprehensive shellfish sanitation program. The shellfish control 
    authority, among other things, is responsible for classifying shellfish 
    growing waters, performing inspections of shellfish processors, and 
    issuing certification numbers to shellfish processors. FDA relies on 
    recognized governmental public health and food control agencies, both 
    domestic and foreign, to carry out these functions.
        The agency is proposing to define ``shellstock'' in Sec. 123.3(q) 
    as meaning raw, in-shell molluscan shellfish. This specific product 
    form designation is needed because the applicability of the tagging, 
    labeling, and recordkeeping requirements proposed in Sec. 123.28(b) and 
    (c) is determined by whether the product is shellstock or shucked 
    product, respectively.
        The agency is proposing to define ``shucked shellfish'' in 
    Sec. 123.3(s) as meaning molluscan shellfish that have one or both 
    shells removed. The labeling and recordkeeping requirements proposed in 
    Sec. 123.28(c) apply to shucked shellfish.
        The agency is proposing to define ``tag'' in Sec. 123.3(t) as a 
    record of harvesting information attached to a container of shellstock 
    by the harvester or processor. Under proposed Sec. 1240.60(b), the tag 
    or bill-of-lading will identify the processor, harvester, date of 
    harvest, and State, including the specific location of harvest. Most 
    shellfish-producing States and countries currently require that 
    shellfish harvested in their waters bear documentation with such 
    information. This information is the minimum necessary to permit ready 
    identification of site and time of harvest of the shellfish. Because 
    raw molluscan shellfish directly reflect the quality of the harvesting 
    area, this information is necessary to provide assurance that the 
    shellfish were harvested from an area that was safe and open for 
    harvesting.
    
    B. Purpose and Criteria
    
        Section 123.5(a) of the proposed regulations references the 
    umbrella CGMP guidelines in part 110 as providing general guidance with 
    regard to such matters as facility design, materials, personnel 
    practices, and cleaning and sanitation procedures. Because part 110 
    provides guidance of general applicability to all foods, the agency 
    intends that this guidance will continue to be valid for seafood 
    processors when the proposed regulations at part 123 are issued in 
    final form. Proposed Sec. 123.5(b) makes clear that the purpose of 
    subpart A of part 123 is to set forth requirements specific to the 
    processing and importation of fish and fishery products.
    
    C. HACCP Plans
    
    1. Summary
        FDA is proposing to require in Sec. 123.6 that commercial 
    processors and importers of fish and fishery products develop and 
    implement HACCP plans in keeping with Principle 6 of the NACMCF 
    discussed previously. Development and implementation of an HACCP plan 
    requires that processors think through the entire process flow from raw 
    materials to finished product shipping to ensure that safety hazards 
    are controlled by design, and that they operate that process as a 
    matter of daily routine. For importers, the thought process will begin 
    with a decision from whom and from where to buy fishery products and 
    follow through to arrangements for shipment to the United States, 
    storage in the United States, and end when the product leaves the 
    control of the importer. The plan provides the structure for the 
    preventive controls, including the recordkeeping associated with those 
    controls, that a processor or importer is to employ.
        In summary, FDA has tentatively concluded that the essential 
    elements of this structure must include: (1) The identification of 
    hazards to ensure that the processor or importer knows what the hazards 
    are, so that it controls them by design rather than by chance (proposed 
    Sec. 123.6(b)(1)); (2) the identification of critical control points to 
    ensure that the processor or importer knows where to monitor to prevent 
    or minimize the occurrence of the relevant hazard (proposed 
    Sec. 123.6(b)(2)); (3) the identification of critical limits that must 
    be met at each critical control point, so that the processor or 
    importer has objective standards in place by which to determine whether 
    it is controlling the relevant hazard (proposed Sec. 123.6(b)(3)); (4) 
    the identification of procedures for how and when the processor or 
    importer will monitor the critical control points to ensure both that 
    monitoring is done as a matter of routine, and that it is done in an 
    appropriate manner and with sufficient frequency to establish 
    preventive control (proposed Sec. 123.6(b)(4)); and (5) a recordkeeping 
    system for that monitoring that will establish for the processor's or 
    importer's benefit that it is effectively implementing a system of 
    preventive controls, and record how those controls are operating over 
    time (proposed Sec. 123.6(b)(5)).
        The recordkeeping system is the key to HACCP. As explained above, 
    the records will enable the processor or importer, and ultimately the 
    regulator, to see the operations of the processor or importer through 
    time, rather than only how they are functioning at a particular moment 
    in time. Among other things, HACCP records can reveal trends that might 
    otherwise go undetected until significant problems occurred.
        All of these requirements reflect the HACCP principles developed by 
    NACMCF.
        FDA is not proposing to require that the HACCP plan be signed by 
    any official of a company, but invites comment on the merits of such a 
    requirement in the final regulations as a means of both ensuring and 
    demonstrating formal adoption of the plan by that company. FDA also 
    invites comment on who in the firm would be the appropriate individual 
    to sign the plan.
    2. Guidelines and Other Assistance
        FDA recognizes that HACCP plans will vary in complexity, from those 
    having many critical control points, such as plans for multicomponent, 
    ready-to-eat products, to those having only a few critical control 
    points, such as a plan for a fish filleting plant. Plan development can 
    be facilitated by technical assistance from many sources and by the 
    detailed advice provided in the literature. NACMCF, for example, has 
    recommended that, to facilitate the development of HACCP plans, 
    processors should create an HACCP team, identify the intended use and 
    likely consumers of the food, and prepare a flow diagram of the entire 
    manufacturing process to help identify critical control points.
        The agency favors simplicity and the rapid development of HACCP 
    plans without undue expense. The appendices at the end of the proposed 
    regulations are intended to facilitate plan development by setting 
    forth certain critical control points, critical limits, controls, and 
    records that, if incorporated into or prepared under a HACCP plan, 
    would be acceptable to the agency for the types of products mentioned. 
    To further facilitate the development of HACCP plans, FDA intends to 
    issue separate HACCP guidance for seafood that will provide information 
    on hazards and appropriate controls by species and by product type.
        The guidance will provide a broad spectrum of information from 
    which firms will be able to identify likely hazards and critical 
    control points that apply to them. The agency believes that the number 
    of critical control points will range, roughly, between 2 and 12 per 
    product.
        The guidance will also contain a fill-in-the-blank type of HACCP 
    plan with instructions on how to complete the plan based on information 
    in the guidance. The agency has tentatively concluded that a plan that 
    follows this model is likely to be acceptable to FDA. The agency is 
    including samples of the guidance it is developing in Appendix 1 to 
    this document. FDA intends to issue a separate draft guidance document 
    for public comment and to make the completed guidance available to the 
    public at the time that the regulations are finalized.
        In addition, seafood trade associations, university Sea Grant 
    extension offices, and others have already developed work sheets and 
    other aids to facilitate HACCP planning for seafood. Industry members 
    are encouraged to contact their trade associations and state 
    universities or Sea Grant extension offices on such matters.
    3. Effective Date
        Even with these forms of assistance, however, FDA recognizes that 
    HACCP plans cannot be written and implemented overnight. As has already 
    been discussed, the HACCP system of controls can involve new ways of 
    thinking and performing on a routine basis. Consequently, FDA is 
    proposing that these regulations will become effective 1 year after 
    issuance of the final rule in this proceeding. The agency has 
    tentatively concluded that this period of time is sufficient to permit 
    the development and implementation of HACCP plans by the industry. FDA 
    specifically invites comment on whether 1 year will be adequate. The 
    agency's objective is to provide enough time to permit processors and 
    importers to understand HACCP, analyze the relevant hazards, and 
    develop an appropriate HACCP plan, but also to avoid unnecessary delay.
        After the proposed effective date, inspection of HACCP plans will 
    occur as part of routine, mandatory plant inspections and import 
    examinations. FDA is not proposing to require that HACCP plans be 
    submitted to FDA in advance, or that preapproval by FDA be a condition 
    of their adoption or implementation. FDA is not requiring preapproval 
    for two reasons. First, HACCP plans can only properly be judged in the 
    context of the facility itself. Thus, while FDA investigators will 
    consider the adequacy of the plan during their inspections, preapproval 
    does not seem warranted. Second, the agency simply does not have the 
    resources to make preapproval a requirement. Given the protections that 
    are built into the HACCP approach, FDA tentatively finds that 
    preapproval is not necessary to ensure that fish and fishery products 
    are not produced under conditions whereby they may be adulterated under 
    section 402(a)(4) of the act.
    4. Location and Product Type
        FDA is proposing in Sec. 123.6(a) to require that every processor 
    and importer have and implement an HACCP plan that is specific both to 
    each location where that processor engages in processing and to each 
    kind of fish and fishery product being processed. A plan should be 
    specific to each location because the likely hazards, critical control 
    points, critical limits, and monitoring procedures can vary from one 
    facility to the next depending on such factors as type of equipment, 
    conditions and procedures, and location. A plan also should be specific 
    to each type of fish and fishery product for the same kinds of reasons. 
    Hazards can vary depending on species, location of catch, and other 
    factors.
        FDA does not intend, however, to require a processor or importer to 
    write a separate plan, or separate part of a plan, for each fish and 
    fishery product it handles if the likely hazards, critical control 
    points, critical limits, and monitoring procedures are identical for 
    each of them. For example, the preventive controls necessary to ensure 
    safety for most deep water species of finfish from the north Atlantic 
    may be virtually identical. The agency has tentatively concluded that, 
    in such cases, a processor or importer may group the fish or fish 
    products together in an HACCP plan.
    5. Safety Hazards Only
        FDA is proposing to require at Sec. 123.6(b)(1) that HACCP plans 
    identify the human food safety hazards that must be controlled for each 
    fish and fishery product being processed by a processor or importer. 
    There exists a range of opinion on whether HACCP should apply solely to 
    safety hazards, as this provision proposes to require, or whether HACCP 
    should apply to other types of hazards, such as decomposition not 
    normally associated with illness in humans. One school of thought holds 
    that HACCP should apply to safety hazards only in order to keep it 
    focused and to not overwhelm operators with an unnecessarily large 
    number of critical control points that have no bearing on the primary 
    concern of safety. Another view holds that, for seafood at least, 
    HACCP-type controls can be applied to various consumer risks without 
    generating an excessive number of critical control points. The Codex 
    Committee on Food Hygiene came to the latter conclusion (Ref. 46), as 
    did NOAA as a result of its experiences during the MSSP (Ref. 35, p. 
    70). Partly for that reason, the FDA/NOAA HACCP pilot programs involved 
    HACCP controls for safety and HACCP-type controls for other hazards as 
    well.
        For purposes of these proposed regulations, however, FDA's 
    application of HACCP is intended for the efficient enforcement of 
    section 402(a)(1) and 402(a)(4) of the act, which applies to products 
    that contain substances that may render the product injurious to health 
    and to processing conditions that are insanitary and that could render 
    a product injurious to health. Consequently, FDA is proposing to 
    require that HACCP plans include identification of hazards that could 
    affect human food safety only. To facilitate the production of such 
    plans, FDA has listed in proposed Sec. 123.6(b)(1) the types of hazards 
    that have been associated with seafood (see section II.C. of this 
    document for a discussion of these hazards). All of these hazards are 
    identified and discussed in the NAS report on seafood safety (Ref. 7).
        Processors and importers should identify in their written plans 
    only those safety hazards that are reasonably likely to occur, rather 
    than every conceivable hazard no matter how theoretical or remote. This 
    view is in keeping with NACMCF's recommendation that firms conduct a 
    hazard analysis and then give no further consideration to hazards that 
    are unlikely to occur (Ref. 34, p. 189). FDA has tentatively concluded 
    that processors and importers should not be required to establish 
    controls and regularly monitor for hazards that are highly unlikely to 
    occur in the absence of those controls. If, for example, chemical 
    contaminants have never been found, or have only been found in amounts 
    significantly below levels of public health concern in a species from a 
    particular location, processors and importers need not identify 
    chemical contaminants as a hazard that must be controlled for that 
    fish.
        As indicated earlier in this preamble, FDA intends to issue a 
    guidance document that will cover possible environmental and processing 
    hazards for fish and fishery products as well as types of controls that 
    can be applied to those hazards. The agency anticipates that it will 
    update that guidance periodically as new controls (or new hazards) are 
    identified or established.
        FDA cannot reasonably expect processors and importers to exercise 
    controls for hazards that are beyond the scope of current scientific 
    knowledge. The agency does expect processors and importers to 
    demonstrate that they are taking precautions that are reasonable in 
    light of available information, and that they are adopting new controls 
    as those controls are developed and accepted.
        For example, the controls for Vibrio bacteria in raw molluscan 
    shellfish, which can cause serious illness and death in certain at-risk 
    populations, are the subject of continuing research at FDA and 
    elsewhere. Short of a complete ban on harvesting, there is no known 
    control that would prevent the presence of Vibrios in molluscan 
    shellfish. Moreover, the infectious dose, that is, the number of 
    Vibrios necessary to cause illness, is unknown. Because these bacteria 
    occur naturally in the environment and are ubiquitous, controls that 
    are employed to prevent sewage-related viruses from entering molluscan 
    shellfish are not relevant to Vibrios. It is known, however, that 
    proper temperature controls from the time of harvest onward can at 
    least limit the growth of these bacteria (Ref. 49). FDA believes that 
    such controls are reasonable and should be applied now. (In fact, 
    temperature controls have long been a feature of the National Shellfish 
    Sanitation Program (NSSP).)
        Of the hazards listed in proposed Sec. 123.6(b), pesticides and 
    drug residues (proposed Sec. 123.6(b)(1)(iv) and (b)(1)(v)) are forms 
    of chemical contaminants (proposed Sec. 123.6(b)(1)(iii)) but are 
    listed separately because they can be of special concern in 
    aquaculture-raised species. These fish generally have a greater 
    likelihood of being exposed to agricultural run-off than wild ocean 
    stocks (Ref. 50, pp. 11 and 12). Aquaculture-raised fish are known to 
    be fed drugs for various purposes. Drug residues in edible tissues can 
    be a public health concern.
        Decomposition, listed in proposed Sec. 123.6(b)(1)(vi), is a known 
    hazard in those species that can generate scombrotoxin when they 
    decompose; otherwise, it is regarded as a quality problem. Parasites 
    (proposed Sec. 123.6(b)(1)(vii)) are not a hazard if killed during 
    cooking but can be a hazard in finfish consumed raw, unless that fish 
    is commercially frozen. Unapproved direct and indirect food and color 
    additives (proposed Sec. 123.6(b)(1)(viii)) are a potential hazard with 
    most any food.
    6. Critical Control Points
        Consistent with the HACCP principles identified by NACMCF, FDA is 
    proposing to require in Sec. 123.6(b)(2) that critical control points 
    be identified for each of the hazards that the processor or importer 
    has identified. Hazards may be caused by improper processing or by 
    events outside the processor's or importer's direct control. To control 
    the latter type of hazard, that is, environmental hazards and hazards 
    that may be caused by poor handling prior to receipt of fish or fishery 
    products by the processor or importer, the point of receipt by the 
    processor or importer represents a critical control point. As indicated 
    previously in this preamble, the processor or importer may need to 
    ensure that it obtains imported shipments or raw materials only from 
    harvesters, transporters, and others who can demonstrate that they also 
    have exercised appropriate controls. The hazards that may be caused by 
    both improper processing and events outside the plant are controlled by 
    the critical limits, monitoring, control procedures, and recordkeeping 
    that are done as part of HACCP.
    7. Critical Limits
        In Sec. 123.6(b)(3), consistent with NACMCF principles, FDA is 
    proposing that processors and importers identify critical limits in the 
    plan that must be met at each critical control point. Critical limits 
    must be met to ensure that the relevant hazard is avoided. Thus, some 
    critical limits can be set to reflect regulatory levels established by 
    FDA in the form of action levels, regulatory limits, and tolerances for 
    such contaminants as pesticides, histamine, and other contaminants. FDA 
    intends to compile all such levels in the guidance document described 
    earlier.
        Other critical limits can be set in consultation with outside 
    experts, in keeping with the longstanding practice for low acid canned 
    foods. For example, as explained later in this preamble with respect to 
    cooked, ready-to-eat products, there exist a range of possible cooking 
    time-temperature combinations that will deactivate pathogens during the 
    cooking step, depending on the type of equipment being used by the 
    processor and the size and species of fish being cooked. The existence 
    of a range of effective cooking time-temperature combinations convinced 
    FDA not to establish specific cooking time-temperatures for industry in 
    the regulations for low acid canned foods. Rather, FDA decided to rely 
    on outside experts and on research within the scientific community to 
    establish cooking times and temperatures for these products. FDA is not 
    proposing specific cooking time-temperature requirements for most 
    seafood products (although FDA is providing guidance on time, 
    temperature, and salinity parameters for smoked and smoke-flavored 
    fish, as is fully explained in Appendix 1 to this document) for the 
    same reason.
    8. Monitoring and Control Procedures
        Proposed Sec. 123.6(b)(4) requires that the processor or importer 
    identify in the HACCP plan the procedures that it will use to control 
    and monitor each critical control point. Monitoring steps are necessary 
    to ensure that the critical control point is in fact under control and 
    to produce an accurate record of what has occurred at the critical 
    control point (Ref. 34, p. 197). Among the procedures that are to be 
    used under proposed Sec. 123.6(b)(4) is monitoring of the consumer 
    complaints received by the processor. While the goal of an HACCP system 
    is to prevent all likely hazards from occurring, no system is 
    foolproof. Consumer complaints may be the first alert that a processor 
    has that deviations are occurring that are not being prevented or 
    uncovered by the processor's HACCP controls. FDA has tentatively 
    concluded, therefore, that each HACCP system should take advantage of 
    consumer complaints as they relate to the operation of critical control 
    points.
        Proposed Sec. 123.6(b)(4) also requires that procedures for 
    controlling and monitoring critical control points must include 
    calibration of process control instruments and validation of software 
    for computer control systems, as appropriate. For a processor's 
    preventive controls to work, the instruments and equipment that it 
    relies upon in monitoring critical control points, such as 
    thermometers, temperature-recording devices, and computer software, 
    must be accurate and reliable. FDA has tentatively concluded that the 
    best way to ensure such accuracy and reliability is to require that the 
    processor's monitoring procedures include steps necessary to verify the 
    reliability of these instruments and devices.
    9. Recordkeeping
        As explained above, a HACCP system will not work unless records are 
    generated during the operation of the HACCP plan, and these records are 
    maintained and are available for review (see section IV.A.6. of this 
    document). Thus, FDA is requiring in proposed Sec. 123.6(b)(5) that the 
    HACCP plan provide for a recordkeeping system that will document the 
    processor's or importer's monitoring of the critical control points. 
    Proposed Sec. 123.6(b)(5) also requires that HACCP records contain the 
    actual values obtained during monitoring, such as the actual 
    temperatures and times. FDA has tentatively concluded that it is not 
    possible for the processor to derive the full benefits of its HACCP 
    system, nor is it possible for FDA to verify the operation of the 
    system, without actual values. Notations that refrigeration 
    temperatures are satisfactory or unsatisfactory, without recording the 
    actual temperatures, are vague and subject to varying interpretation 
    and thus will not ensure that preventive controls are working. Also, it 
    is not possible to discern trends without actual values.
        In addition, proposed Sec. 123.6(b)(5) requires that HACCP records 
    include the actual consumer complaints that may have been received by 
    the processor or importer relating to the operation of critical control 
    points or possible critical limit deviations. FDA has tentatively 
    concluded that it may be necessary on occasion for it to review these 
    complaints in order to be able to validate whether the firm is taking 
    necessary steps to review controls and correct deviations as necessary 
    in response to consumer complaints.
        It is not FDA's intent to gain unlimited access to industry's 
    consumer complaint files through this proposal or to engage in 
    ``fishing expeditions'' through consumer complaint files. Only those 
    consumer complaints relating to the operation of the HACCP critical 
    control points need be included as HACCP records. FDA's interest is 
    solely in verifying that the HACCP system is working as it should. The 
    agency understands the sensitivities associated with consumer complaint 
    records and invites comments on this aspect of the proposal.
    10. Nonsafety Hazards
        Proposed Sec. 123.6(c) encourages, but does not require, processors 
    and importers to include in their plans controls for hazards other than 
    hazards to health. Examples listed in Sec. 123.6(c)(1)(i) and (ii) are 
    decomposition not associated with human illness and economic 
    adulteration. FDA is not requiring processors and importers to include 
    nonsafety hazards in their HACCP plans for reasons stated previously. 
    However, the agency is encouraging processors and importers to apply 
    HACCP principles to these nonsafety hazards, and to control them in the 
    same manner that processors and importers control safety hazards (see 
    proposed Sec. 123.6(c)(2)), because they are common problems in the 
    seafood industry. FDA has included a guideline on economic adulteration 
    with these proposed regulations (see Appendix D).
        Despite the fact that these proposed regulations do not require 
    HACCP controls for nonsafety hazards, such hazards as economic 
    adulteration, decomposition not normally associated with human illness, 
    general unfitness for food, and misbranding, constitute violations of 
    the act and are subject to regulatory action by FDA (see sections 
    402(a)(3) and 403 of the act (21 U.S.C. 343). Inspections by FDA 
    investigators will continue to consider and enforce these provisions of 
    the act.
    
    D. Corrective Actions
    
        FDA is proposing in Sec. 123.7 to require that deviations from 
    critical limits trigger a prescribed series of actions by a processor 
    or importer, including determining the significance of the deviation, 
    taking appropriate remedial action, and documenting the actions taken. 
    This proposed provision is consistent with the HACCP principles 
    enunciated by NACMCF (Ref. 34). First, under proposed Sec. 123.7(a)(1), 
    any critical limit deviation will require the segregation and holding 
    of the affected product until the significance of the deviation can be 
    determined. This step is necessary to ensure that products that may be 
    injurious to health do not enter commerce until the impact of the 
    deviation on safety has been determined, and the safety of the product 
    assured. Second, under proposed Sec. 123.7(a)(2), the processor or 
    importer must actually determine the effect of the deviation on safety, 
    and third, under proposed Sec. 123.7(a)(3), it must take whatever 
    corrective actions are necessary with respect to both the affected 
    product and the critical control point at which the deviation occurred, 
    based on that determination.
        Some deviations, especially if they are caught quickly, will not 
    adversely affect safety. For example, if a refrigeration unit fails, 
    but product being stored there is moved to a functioning unit before 
    any appreciable warming of the product can occur, safety will not have 
    been affected.
        FDA is proposing to require in Sec. 123.7(a)(2) that the safety 
    determination be made by an individual who has successfully completed 
    training in HACCP principles (see proposed Sec. 123.9). FDA has 
    tentatively concluded that this requirement is necessary to ensure that 
    the person who is reviewing the significance of the deviation 
    understands the possible consequences of a processing deviation and 
    knows how to take appropriate measures in response to a deviation. FDA 
    does not expect that a processor or importer will be able, without 
    assistance, to determine the public health consequences of every 
    possible deviation. The required training will, however, provide the 
    processor or importer with information about when and how to obtain the 
    assistance of an analytical laboratory, outside expert, State 
    regulatory authority, or FDA district office in determining the proper 
    course of action.
        FDA is proposing to require in Sec. 123.7(a)(4) and (a)(5) that the 
    processor or importer review the process and the HACCP plan to 
    determine whether the deviation reveals the need to modify the process 
    or the plan, or both, and to make such modifications as may be needed. 
    It is critically important that a processor or importer learn as much 
    as possible from the occurrence of a deviation and take steps to ensure 
    that it will not be repeated. The plan should be a living document that 
    the processor or importer should modify and update as circumstances 
    warrant. These proposed requirements will ensure that the processor and 
    importer connect day-to-day processing and other operations to the 
    plan. Each modification is required to be noted, dated, and maintained 
    as part of their HACCP records.
        FDA is proposing to require in Sec. 123.7(b) that when a processor 
    or importer receives a consumer complaint that may be related to the 
    performance of a critical control point or that may reflect a critical 
    limit deviation, it take appropriate steps to determine whether a 
    deviation or other system failure has occurred that warrants remedial 
    action and take such remedial action that appears to be warranted under 
    Sec. 123.7(a). The importance of consumer complaints has been discussed 
    above.
        FDA recognizes that segregation and holding of the affected product 
    will not always be feasible or warranted in response to a consumer 
    complaint. In many cases, there will be no product to hold because all 
    of the product in question will already be in commerce. In other cases, 
    a processor or importer may be able to determine very quickly whether a 
    deviation has actually occurred.
        FDA is proposing in Sec. 123.7(c) to require that processors and 
    importers clearly document all of the steps that they take in response 
    to a critical limit deviation or a consumer complaint and include that 
    documentation as part of their HACCP records. FDA has tentatively 
    concluded that the processor, the importer, and FDA will benefit from 
    this requirement. Documentation helps processors and importers to think 
    the whole process through in a thorough and methodical way and to 
    establish to their own satisfaction that they have taken proper steps. 
    Documentation enables the regulatory agency to determine whether the 
    processor or importer is able to regain control once a deviation occurs 
    and to ensure that potentially unsafe products are being prevented from 
    entering commerce or at least quickly removed from commerce.
        The documentation that FDA is proposing to require of the 
    processor's or importer's response to the consumer complaints covered 
    by Sec. 123.7(b) will enable the processor, the importer, and FDA 
    reviewers to determine whether those consumer complaints are receiving 
    appropriate attention in a timely manner. The documentation should be 
    clear enough to allow a determination of the nature of the complaint 
    and of the time it took from the receipt of the complaint for processor 
    or importer to review it and to take any necessary corrective actions. 
    FDA may choose on occasion to review a limited number of consumer 
    complaints to match against the documentation maintained by the 
    processor or the importer.
        There is a strong view in the HACCP literature (see e.g., Ref. 51), 
    which is reflected in one of NACMCF's seven principles listed above, 
    that processors should actually have a plan describing how they will 
    handle deviations, and that this plan should be part of the overall 
    HACCP plan. FDA believes that there is merit in this view and 
    encourages processors and importers to think through how they will 
    handle deviations that may occur. The agency has tentatively concluded, 
    however, that the proposed requirements in Sec. 123.7 represent the 
    minimum requirements necessary to ensure that processors and importers 
    respond effectively to deviations that could affect safety, and that 
    given these provisions, it is not necessary to require that a specific 
    plan be formulated and adopted. FDA requests comments on this tentative 
    conclusion.
    
    E. Records
    
        As discussed above, maintenance of appropriate records is 
    fundamental to the success of an HACCP system (see section IV.A.6. of 
    this document). In recognition of this fact, FDA is proposing to 
    require in Sec. 123.8 that HACCP records contain certain necessary 
    information; that processors review records of monitoring and related 
    activities before distributing the products to which the records 
    pertain; that processors and importers retain records for specific 
    periods of time; and that FDA investigators be given access to HACCP 
    records.
        FDA is proposing in Sec. 123.8(a) that records involving 
    observations or measurements during processing, corrective actions, and 
    related activities, contain the identity of the product, product code, 
    and date that the record was made. The purpose of this provision is to 
    ensure that both the processor or importer and the regulator can 
    readily link a record to a product and to the timeframe in which the 
    product was manufactured. The linkage of the record to product is 
    especially important when there has been a deviation at a critical 
    control point. The agency has tentatively concluded that including the 
    identity of the product, product code, and date of the activity that 
    the record reflects provide the minimum necessary information to enable 
    the processor or the importer and, ultimately, the regulator to 
    determine what product may have been affected and to take appropriate 
    action, such as withholding the product from distribution or recalling 
    it from distribution. Dates also help discern trends over time. Even 
    when no deviation has occurred, the information will enable both the 
    processor and the regulator to identify factors that may help prevent 
    problems in the future.
        In Sec. 123.8(a), FDA is also proposing to require that information 
    be recorded at the time that it is observed, and that each record be 
    signed by the operator or observer. It is important that information 
    relating to observations be recorded immediately to ensure accuracy. 
    The record should be signed by the individual who made the observation 
    to ensure responsibility and accountability. Also, if there is a 
    question about the record, a signature ensures that the source of the 
    record will be known.
        FDA is proposing to require in Sec. 123.8(b) that records receive a 
    second review by an individual trained in accordance with Sec. 123.9, 
    for verification purposes, before the product is distributed into 
    commerce. The purpose of this review is to ensure that the processor or 
    importer verifies that employees are recording data in HACCP records, 
    and that deviations from critical limits are being caught before 
    products that may have been affected can enter commerce. The agency is 
    proposing to require that this records verification be performed by a 
    trained individual to ensure that the records are reviewed by a person 
    who understands the HACCP system, understands the significance of a 
    processing deviation, and knows how to respond if a deviation occurs.
        FDA is proposing in Sec. 123.8(c) to require that HACCP records be 
    retained for at least 1 year after they are prepared for refrigerated 
    products and for at least 2 years after they are prepared for frozen or 
    preserved (i.e., shelf-stable) products. These timeframes are based on 
    the length of time that these products can be expected to be in 
    commercial distribution (Ref. 52; Ref. 53, pp. 72-73) plus a reasonable 
    time thereafter to ensure that the records are there when the FDA 
    inspector performs the next inspection. They are the same timeframes as 
    now provided for in the Manual of Operations of the NSSP for the 
    retention of records for raw molluscan shellfish.
        Similarly, FDA is also proposing to require in Sec. 123.8(c) that 
    the processor retain any records relating to the general adequacy of 
    the equipment or processes being used by the processor, including the 
    results of scientific studies and evaluations to determine adequacy, 
    for 1 year beyond the applicability of these records to refrigerated 
    products being produced by the processor, and for 2 years beyond the 
    applicability of the records to frozen or preserved products being 
    produced by the processor. The processor may need to obtain a written 
    scientific evaluation of a process, such as a cooking, pasteurization, 
    or cooling process, to ensure that the process it is using is adequate 
    to destroy pathogens or to prevent their growth. Such an evaluation may 
    also be necessary to ensure the adequacy of the cooking, pasteurizing, 
    or refrigerating equipment that the processor is using. (See the 
    preamble discussion on cooked, ready-to-eat fishery products.) As with 
    processing records, these records should be retained for a period of 
    time that reflects the period that the products to which they relate 
    can be expected to be in commercial distribution.
        FDA recognizes that some processing plants may be closed on a 
    seasonal basis. Given the nature of the HACCP system, however, FDA may 
    choose to inspect at least the records of a plant even if the plant is 
    not in operation. Therefore, FDA is providing in proposed Sec. 123.8(c) 
    that if a processing facility is closed between seasonal packs, the 
    records may be transferred to some reasonably accessible location 
    during the period of closure.
        FDA is proposing to require in Sec. 123.8(d) that HACCP plans and 
    records be available for review and copying by authorized agency 
    employees at reasonable times. As already discussed, the agency's 
    access to HACCP records is essential to ensure that the HACCP system is 
    working, and that the safety of seafood is being ensured by design. 
    FDA's authority to require maintenance of these records, and to provide 
    for agency access to them, is fully supported by the holding in 
    National Confectioners Association v. Califano, 569 F.2d 694-95 (D.C. 
    Cir. 1978). In this case, the court recognized FDA's authority to 
    impose recordkeeping requirements on firms that process foods when such 
    requirements effectuate the goals of the act. See also Toilet Goods 
    Association v. Gardner, 387 U.S. 158, 163-164 (1967). The importance of 
    the records in ensuring that fish and fishery products will not be 
    rendered injurious to health has been fully discussed. FDA access to 
    these records will expedite the agency's efforts to ensure that the 
    fish and fishery products in interstate commerce are not adulterated 
    and to identify any such products that are.
        FDA is aware that there is substantial public interest in the 
    extent to which industry-generated HACCP records could or should be 
    publicly available. As FDA understands it, the argument in favor of 
    availability is that where an inspection system to protect the public 
    health relies heavily on records, those records should be public to the 
    maximum extent possible. The arguments in favor of protection of 
    records, on the other hand, are based on concerns about advantages to 
    competitors from disclosure and on the risk that the records will be 
    otherwise misused if they become public. FDA invites comment on the 
    general question of public disclosure of HACCP records and on the 
    agency's preliminary analysis of their availability, as follows.
        FDA has longstanding explicit statutory access to certain industry 
    records during inspections involving infant formula, drugs, and devices 
    and has access by regulation to certain processing records during 
    inspections of low acid canned food processors. The agency has the 
    right to copy and take possession of these records but does not 
    routinely do so. FDA typically copies and takes possession of records 
    only when they may be needed for regulatory purposes. As a preliminary 
    matter, FDA expects to continue that practice with regard to seafood 
    HACCP records.
        The public availability of those HACCP records that FDA would 
    possess as a result of copying during an inspection would be governed 
    by section 301(j) of the act and by the Freedom of Information Act 
    (FOIA) and regulations issued pursuant to it by the Department of 
    Health and Human Services (DHHS) and FDA. Section 301(j) of the act 
    expressly prohibits FDA from disclosing trade secret information 
    obtained during the course of an inspection. The FOIA regulations also 
    say that FDA will not divulge either trade secret or commercial 
    confidential information. As a preliminary matter, HACCP plans and 
    monitoring records appear to fall within these two categories of 
    protected records. As a consequence, FDA may well have little 
    discretion in this area. Moreover, under DHHS' FOIA regulations, 
    processors may be entitled to challenge in court a pending disclosure 
    of records on the grounds that the records to be disclosed are 
    commercial confidential or trade secret.
        As an additional matter, there are significant legal and practical 
    questions as to whether FDA has the authority to require disclosure of 
    industry records that are not in FDA's possession. As discussed 
    elsewhere in this document, FDA does not contemplate the submission of 
    HACCP plans or other records to FDA under these proposed regulations. 
    The preapproval of HACCP plans by FDA (and thus the submission of HACCP 
    plans to FDA) is simply not practical. The agency has tentatively 
    concluded that HACCP plans and monitoring records will be reviewed on 
    site by agency investigators as part of FDA's normal inspection regime.
        FDA is proposing in Sec. 123.8(e) to exempt tags as defined in 
    Sec. 123.3(t) from the recordkeeping requirements of Sec. 123.8. While 
    the information on tags must be saved in accordance with the proposed 
    requirements of this section and Sec. 123.28(d), the agency has 
    tentatively concluded that it would be burdensome for processors to be 
    required to retain the tags themselves for extended periods of time. 
    NSSP now provides that processors are to retain tags for 90 days.
    
    F. Training
    
        Proposed Sec. 123.9 requires that each processor and importer 
    employ at least one individual who has successfully completed a 
    training course on the application of HACCP to fish and fishery 
    products processing. The agency has tentatively concluded that training 
    is critical to the successful implementation of HACCP systems in the 
    seafood industry. Based on experience obtained during the FDA/NOAA 
    HACCP pilot programs in 1991-92, the agency believes that a significant 
    portion of the seafood industry will be unprepared to meet the 
    requirements of a mandatory HACCP program without some training. As 
    discussed earlier, the pilot program revealed a general lack of 
    understanding of the preventive nature of HACCP, including 
    misunderstandings about how to establish critical limits, control 
    measures, corrective actions, and recordkeeping procedures (Ref. 40).
        A similar concern that the industry did not understand the 
    application of HACCP principles formed the basis for the training 
    requirements in the agency's regulations for low acid canned foods. 
    Improvements in canning operations can be attributed in significant 
    measure to the success of the training programs that were established 
    to implement that requirement (Ref. 54). NAS concluded that the 
    successful application of HACCP principles to low acid canned foods was 
    substantially the result of the training requirement in the regulations 
    for those products (Ref. 36, p. 309). The CGMP regulations for foods in 
    part 110 also call for training in appropriate food protection 
    principles (Sec. 110.10(c)).
        The often seasonal nature, remote location, and small size of many 
    seafood processors also support the need for formalized training. All 
    of these conditions result in difficulty recruiting highly qualified 
    management and supervisory staff. Thus, FDA has tentatively concluded 
    that proposed Sec. 123.9 is necessary to ensure that seafood processors 
    and importers employ at least one person who is familiar with HACCP.
        These regulations propose to require at Sec. 123.9 that the person 
    or persons at each importing and processing establishment who has 
    received training be responsible for reviewing records of critical 
    control point monitoring, recognizing critical limit deficiencies, and 
    assessing the need for corrective actions relative to the product in 
    question and the HACCP plan itself. While it is the intent of the 
    agency to provide as much guidance as possible to assist processors and 
    importers, these activities require specialized training in the 
    principles of HACCP, various aspects of food science, and the criteria 
    of existing regulations and guidelines.
        The agency anticipates that 2- or 3-day training sessions, modeled 
    after the Better Process Control Schools currently in place for low 
    acid canned food and acidified food manufacturers, will be provided by 
    various public and semiprivate institutions. The uniformity of this 
    training can be assured by a review of their contents and by periodic 
    onsite monitoring by the agency. Thus, FDA is proposing to require that 
    the program of instruction be approved by the agency.
        While 2- or 3-day courses may well become the norm, FDA invites 
    comment on whether the training requirement could be satisfied by 
    different gradations of training, depending on the complexity or size 
    of the operation, or on the degree of risk posed by the product being 
    produced, without compromising the purposes for which training is 
    proposed to be required. For example, could training for a small 
    business with few hazards be accomplished in a shorter time and at a 
    lower cost through the use of a video? FDA also invites comment on 
    whether training in HACCP received before these proposed regulations 
    become effective as final regulations should be ``grandfathered'' as 
    fulfilling the training requirement.
    
    G. Sanitation Control Procedures
    
    1. General
        FDA is proposing to require in Sec. 123.10 that processors and 
    importers that engage in processing perform sanitation inspections at 
    specified frequencies and maintain sanitation control records that 
    document the results and frequency of those inspections. If these 
    regulations are adopted, the sanitation control records will be subject 
    to the recordkeeping requirements in Sec. 123.8, including review by 
    FDA investigators.
        For seafood, sanitary practices affect most directly the safety of 
    those products that do not receive any further cooking by the consumer. 
    These products include raw molluscan shellfish; finfish destined to be 
    consumed as sushi; cooked, ready-to-eat products; and certain smoked 
    and salted products. Both finfish and shellfish are regarded as 
    microbiologically sensitive foods based on the potential presence of 
    pathogens, notably L. monocytogenes (Ref. 55, pp. 31 and 32).
        L. monocytogenes is a pathogenic bacterium that is widespread in 
    the environment. Thus, the likelihood of finding it on the exterior 
    surfaces and viscera of fish is high. Since 1983, several large 
    outbreaks of human listeriosis have been linked to contaminated foods. 
    Although it is a relatively rare illness, the exceptionally high 
    mortality rate among susceptible individuals makes this illness one of 
    the leading fatal foodborne diseases in the United States.
        Numerous seafood products have been shown to support growth of L. 
    monocytogenes (Refs. 56 and 57), and seafoods have been 
    epidemiologically linked to two outbreaks and one sporadic case of 
    listeriosis (Ref. 58). Furthermore, several cooked seafood products 
    have been recalled from the market in North America because of 
    contamination with L. monocytogenes (Ref. 27). Seven of nine smoked 
    fish processing facilities recently inspected by FDA in New York State 
    had L. monocytogenes in the environment or in the products (Ref. 59).
        Good sanitation practices are critical to the prevention of 
    listeriosis and other microbiologically related foodborne illnesses. 
    FDA's CGMP regulations for food in part 110 set out general principles 
    of sanitation that should be followed in plants that manufacture, 
    package, label, or hold human food. They address such matters as 
    personal hygiene and cleanliness among workers who handle food, the 
    suitability of the plant design to sanitary operations, and the 
    cleaning of food-contact surfaces. FDA inspections of seafood 
    processors apply the principles in part 110.
        Nearly half of the consumer complaints relating to seafood that FDA 
    receives in a typical year are related to plant or food hygiene (Ref. 
    60). The reasons, while not entirely clear, appear to be related to 
    factors such as the age of processing facilities, the seasonal nature 
    of operations that affect training, and the turnover of personnel.
        A representative cross section of those FDA establishment 
    inspection reports (EIR's) for domestic seafood manufacturers that 
    revealed CGMP deficiencies for fiscal years 1988-90 demonstrates this 
    point (Ref. 61). The cross section involves 795 EIR's covering 561 
    facilities. (The number of EIR's exceeds the number of facilities 
    because followup visits were made to check on the status of corrective 
    actions.) The following percentages refer to EIR's with deficiencies 
    where at least some of the deficiencies involved sanitation:
        (1) Twenty-three percent documented receiving area facilities that 
    were not clean/orderly or in good repair.
        (2) Twenty-six percent documented facilities lacking effective 
    insect and rodent control measures in the receiving area.
        (3) Sixteen percent documented failure to handle ice in a sanitary 
    manner and to protect it properly.
        (4) Thirty-five percent documented lack of adequate cleaning or 
    sanitizing of processing equipment.
        (5) Twenty-one percent documented processing equipment that was not 
    constructed so that it could be easily cleaned and sanitized.
        (6) Eighteen percent documented processing equipment that was not 
    made of suitable materials.
        (7) Fifteen percent documented hand sanitizers that were not kept 
    at proper sanitizing levels.
        (8) Eighteen percent documented failure to have hand sanitizers 
    available in the processing area.
        (9) Thirty percent documented processing areas that were not 
    maintained in a clean and sanitary manner.
        (10) Forty-two percent documented processing areas with exterior 
    openings that were not sealed/covered properly to prevent the entrance 
    of pests or insects.
        (11) Sixteen percent documented waste material not being collected/
    covered in suitable containers or not being disposed of properly.
        (12) Twenty-three percent documented handling of finished product 
    in a manner that did not preclude contamination.
        (13) Twenty-two percent documented employees not taking necessary 
    precautions to avoid food contamination.
        During fiscal years 1991-92, FDA conducted abbreviated inspections 
    of nearly all domestic manufacturers in its seafood establishment 
    inventory. These inspections provide data on sanitation practices and 
    conditions that are generally consistent with the above findings (Ref. 
    62). Examples of these data are:
        (1) Sixteen percent of firms had problems with the general 
    sanitation condition of their processing areas. (This percentage is 
    lower than for item 9 above because the universe is all firms, not just 
    firms with deficiencies.)
        (2) Nineteen percent of firms did not clean and sanitize their 
    processing areas or equipment throughout the day's production. (This 
    matches most closely with item 4 above but is lower, presumably for the 
    reason stated in the previously numbered paragraph.)
        (3) Twenty-eight percent of firms had employees that were not 
    following proper sanitation practices in processing activities. (This 
    figure does not precisely match any of the items listed above because 
    the EIR's break employee practices down into specific categories, such 
    as the wearing of hair nets. Some categories involve relatively minor 
    matters, others are more significant. Findings with respect to these 
    employee practices were not listed above for the sake of brevity.)
        (4) Twenty percent had employees that were not following proper 
    sanitation practices for packaging and finished product storage. (The 
    parenthetical observations in the previously numbered paragraph apply 
    here as well.)
        (5) Thirty-six percent of firms either lacked hand sanitizers in 
    their processing areas or had sanitizers that were not kept at proper 
    sanitizing levels. (This finding is equivalent to a combination of 
    items 7 and 8 above. Surprisingly, this finding is roughly the same as 
    7 and 8 added together, even though it includes all processors rather 
    than processors with deficiencies.)
        Sanitation problems found by NMFS during the operation of its fee-
    for-service inspection program for seafood manufacturers, as described 
    earlier, are generally consistent with FDA's findings. Entrants into 
    the NMFS program undergo initial sanitation surveys by NMFS and are 
    checked for sanitation practices thereafter. NMFS' data show 
    significant sanitation deficiencies during the initial surveys (Ref. 
    35, p. 40). Some of the most common for 1989 include:
        (1) Sixty-four percent of plants had discrepancies relating to 
    proper cleaning and sanitizing of product contact surfaces or 
    equipment, containers, or utensils after use.
        (2) Fifty-one percent of plants had discrepancies relating to 
    design, materials, or construction that prevented their being 
    maintained in a sanitary manner.
        (3) Forty-five percent of plants had discrepancies relating to 
    design of equipment, containers, and utensils so that they did not 
    provide protection from contaminants and could not be readily cleaned 
    and effectively sanitized.
        (4) Forty-three percent of plants had discrepancies relating to 
    improper storage of equipment, litter, waste, uncut weeds, and grass.
        (5) Forty percent had discrepancies relating to storage facilities 
    that were not clean, sanitary, or in good repair.
        For established participants in the NMFS program (as opposed to 
    entrants), the percentages with discrepancies in the above areas for 
    1989 were: 49 percent; 47 percent; 25 percent; 49 percent; and 33 
    percent (Ref. 35, p. 42).
        FDA has tentatively concluded on the basis of all of these findings 
    that HACCP-type controls for sanitation as proposed below are needed. 
    The sanitation measures required under proposed Sec. 123.10 are 
    fundamental to good sanitation practices and can have a bearing on 
    human safety. The agency recognizes, however, that depending on the 
    conditions in a facility, additional measures may be necessary (see, 
    e.g., part 110). FDA will expect processors to include those measures 
    in their sanitation practices but tentatively concludes that it is not 
    necessary to include them in the fundamental core of required steps.
        FDA acknowledges the conclusion of the MSSP project that, for 
    seafood at least, it is possible to include sanitation within an HACCP 
    system without unduly overburdening that system with large numbers of 
    critical control points. The FDA/NOAA HACCP-based seafood pilot program 
    included critical control points for sanitation. For these regulations, 
    however, FDA has tentatively decided to propose specific HACCP-type 
    requirements for sanitation, rather than require that processors 
    identify critical control points for sanitation in their HACCP plans. 
    The proposed requirements in Sec. 123.10 potentially relate to an 
    entire facility, not just to a limited number of critical control 
    points. FDA tentatively concludes that this step is necessary to fully 
    implement section 402(a)(4) of the act and yet at the same time not 
    overload the HACCP system. FDA invites comments on this approach.
        In particular, FDA invites comment on whether sanitation 
    requirements should be enumerated as in proposed Sec. 123.10. The 
    logical alternative would be to leave sanitation as one of the 
    procedures that is to be identified and addressed in HACCP plans for 
    the control of microbiological and physical hazards (see proposed 
    Sec. 123.6(b)(1)(ii), (b)(1)(ix), and (b)(4)), but not to have specific 
    provisions in the regulations as to how sanitation is to be achieved. 
    Good sanitation blocks avenues for the introduction of pathogens, 
    harmful chemicals, and physical objects and is an essential preventive 
    control for safety. Even if a product is to be cooked by the consumer, 
    the load of microbiological pathogens on that product when received by 
    the consumer is still relevant to safety. FDA's prescriptive approach 
    to sanitation in proposed Sec. 123.10 is intended to assist processors 
    to provide the greatest protection for consumers. Nonetheless, FDA 
    invites comment on whether an alternative approach as described above 
    would ensure this protection at less cost.
        FDA is proposing in Sec. 123.10(a) to require that processors 
    conduct sanitation inspections to ensure that the sanitation conditions 
    in Sec. 123.10(a)(1) through (a)(17) are met. FDA recognizes that the 
    nature of the operations conducted by a processor affects the hazards 
    that may be presented by the product. Processing other than storing 
    usually involves manipulation of exposed, i.e., unpackaged, fish and 
    fishery products. Both the manipulation and the exposure subject the 
    product to all the hazards that can occur from unsanitary practices. 
    Storage, on the other hand, can subject the product to some, but 
    nowhere near all, of the hazards associated with insanitation. 
    Consequently, FDA is proposing to require that processors of fish and 
    fishery products inspect for those conditions in Sec. 123.10(a)(1) 
    through (a)(17) that are appropriate to their circumstances. FDA 
    expects that, at a minimum, in, for example, storage facilities, such 
    inspections will include ensuring against the presence of vermin, 
    because this is a frequent problem in warehouses that can affect 
    products even when they are being stored in a packaged state.
        In Sec. 123.10(a)(1), the agency is proposing to require that 
    processors ensure that water that contacts the product or food-contact 
    surfaces, or that is used in the manufacture of ice, is derived from a 
    safe and sanitary source or is treated to render it of safe and 
    sanitary quality. Water is used in virtually all fish and fishery 
    product processing facilities for washing raw materials, product 
    contact surfaces, and employees' hands. It is used to transport fish 
    through the plant in water flumes. In addition, water is often an 
    ingredient, as in soups and glazes. Contaminated water can serve as a 
    vehicle for contamination of the product, both directly and indirectly 
    (Refs. 63, 64; 65, p. 49; 66, 67, and 68, pp. 1 and 2). It can also 
    serve as a vehicle for contamination as the ice in which the product is 
    stored.
        The safety and sanitary quality of water from United States and 
    some foreign public water systems is generally ensured through public 
    water treatment, chlorination, or monitoring and control by local 
    health authorities. Where this assurance exists, FDA does not 
    anticipate that processors will need to implement any additional 
    controls.
        Private sources of water, particularly surface waters or water from 
    shallow wells, may be subject to microbiological, chemical, or 
    radiological contamination attributable to the source itself or to 
    surface contamination at the well head or intake. Private sources are 
    also frequently untreated or minimally treated (Refs. 69, p. 15; and 
    70). Where the processor uses a private source of water, it will need 
    to take steps to ensure that the water is of a safe and sanitary 
    quality. These steps may include retaining a copy of the initial local 
    health authority well design approval and copies of the local health 
    authority fecal coliform test results; obtaining and maintaining copies 
    of private coliform test results; performing and recording periodic 
    inspections of the sanitary condition of the well head or source 
    intake; and performing and monitoring appropriate water treatment 
    procedures, including filtration, sedimentation, and chlorination.
        The type and frequency of controls exercised by the processor 
    should be based upon the type of source water and its historic safety 
    and sanitary quality. Consequently, the agency is proposing to require, 
    in Sec. 123.10(c)(3), that such controls be performed and documented at 
    such frequency as necessary to ensure control. In Sec. 123.10(a)(2), as 
    a means of ensuring that potable water does not become contaminated, 
    the agency is proposing to require that the processor ensure that there 
    are no cross connections between the potable water system and any 
    nonpotable systems. Nonpotable systems include waste water and sewage. 
    Cross connections, which include situations that allow for back 
    siphonage into a potable system from a nonpotable system under negative 
    pressure conditions, can result in the chemical or microbiological 
    contamination of the potable water system (Refs. 64; 65, pp. 50 and 51; 
    68, 71, and 72). For example, if a hose from a potable water system is 
    left in a thawing tank with water and frozen fish, and if negative 
    pressure occurs that draws water from the tank back through the hose to 
    the potable water system, both the potable water line and the water 
    source itself, i.e., the municipal or private water system, can become 
    contaminated.
        Cross connections can best be controlled by performing periodic 
    inspections of the potable and nonpotable systems. These inspections 
    should be performed at least every time that there is a change in the 
    plumbing of the systems and with sufficient additional frequency to 
    ensure that unintentional cross connections do not develop. 
    Consequently, in Sec. 123.10(c)(3), the agency is proposing to require 
    that such inspections be performed and documented at such frequency as 
    necessary to ensure control.
        FDA is proposing in Sec. 123.10(a)(3) to require that the processor 
    ensure that all food-contact surfaces are designed, constructed, and 
    maintained in a manner that minimizes the potential for chemical and 
    microbiological contamination of the product. Utensils and equipment 
    can be vehicles for microbial contamination of both the raw and 
    finished products. Utensils, equipment, and other food-contact surfaces 
    that are made of corrosive material or wood, or that contain breaks, 
    pits, cuts, or grooves, may harbor pathogenic microorganisms that can 
    migrate to the product and contaminate it. These kinds of surfaces are 
    difficult to clean, with the pores and crevices shielding the 
    microorganisms from the action of cleaning and sanitizing agents (Refs. 
    65, pp. 20, 36-48; 72, pp. 166 and 167; and 73).
        Additionally, where food-contact surfaces are constructed of toxic 
    materials (e.g., lead shucking blocks), the product may be directly 
    contaminated with the toxic material (Ref. 74). Therefore, FDA 
    tentatively concludes that it is necessary to require that processors 
    take affirmative steps to minimize the possibility that any risks will 
    be created by the utensils and equipment they use.
        Proper construction of the equipment should be ensured at the time 
    it is received, and whenever it is modified or repaired. The frequency 
    of subsequent inspections necessary to ensure that the sanitary 
    condition of the equipment has not declined with time will depend on 
    the frequency of its use, the materials and construction methods, and 
    the nature of its use. In Sec. 123.10(c)(3) the agency is proposing to 
    require that such controls be performed and documented with such 
    frequency as is necessary to ensure control.
        In Sec. 123.10(a)(4), the agency is proposing to require that the 
    processor ensure that food-contact surfaces are regularly cleaned and 
    sanitized with cleaning and sanitizing preparations that are suitable 
    for this purpose. Surfaces that are not adequately cleaned and 
    sanitized can be a source of filth to subsequent products produced on 
    the equipment, an attractant for vermin, and a reservoir for pathogenic 
    microorganisms. Infrequent cleaning of equipment can result in the 
    formation of biofilms, microscopic films in which microorganisms can be 
    entrapped, shielded from the action of sanitizers, and physically bound 
    to the food-contact surface of the equipment.
        An effective cleaning compound is one that will lower the surface 
    tension of water so that spills can be lifted and flushed away. 
    Ordinary soap is generally ineffective for equipment washing because of 
    its limited ability to solubilize fats, oils, and proteins. Mildly 
    alkaline detergents are generally suitable for cleaning seafood 
    processing plants, but high alkaline detergents are often necessary for 
    heavy buildups of fats and proteins. Mineral deposits will frequently 
    require the use of acid cleaners.
        An effective sanitizing agent is one that has a good bacteriocidal 
    effect on the types of pathogens normally present in the plant 
    environment and is safe, stable, and convenient for use. Examples 
    include hypochlorites, iodophors, and quaternary ammonium compounds 
    (Refs. 73, 74, 75, 76, and 77).
        To eliminate the product residue that accumulates on product 
    contact surfaces during production, FDA is proposing in 
    Sec. 123.10(a)(4)(i) to require that utensils and surfaces of equipment 
    that contact food during processing be thoroughly washed at the end of 
    the day's operations. FDA is also proposing in Sec. 123.10(a)(4)(iii) 
    that sanitizing be performed on the same utensils and equipment 
    immediately before the beginning of production, so that any 
    recontamination that occurs between cleaning and production can be 
    eliminated.
        FDA is proposing to require in Sec. 123.10(a)(4)(ii) that, in those 
    operations in which microbiological contamination can adversely affect 
    the safety of the product (e.g., the processing of cooked, ready-to-eat 
    products), the equipment also be washed and sanitized at least every 4 
    hours during processing. Washing and sanitizing with this frequency is 
    necessary to inactivate mesophilic pathogens, such as Salmonella spp., 
    before they leave the lag phase of growth and enter the rapid log phase 
    (Ref. 23). Temperatures in fish and fishery product processing plants 
    are generally not low enough to control the growth of such 
    microorganisms and are certainly not low enough to control the growth 
    of such psychrotropic pathogens as L. monocytogenes (Refs. 23, 78, 79, 
    and 80). Therefore, FDA tentatively finds that washing and sanitizing 
    equipment every 4 hours is necessary.
        FDA is proposing to require both cleaning and sanitizing because 
    neither step is fully effective without the other. When sanitizing 
    occurs without benefit of cleaning, pathogenic microorganisms can be 
    protected from the action of the sanitizer by food residue. Conversely, 
    while cleaning can effectively remove product residue and a portion of 
    the microorganisms, sanitizing is generally needed to remove the 
    remaining microorganisms (Refs. 81 and 82).
        FDA is proposing to require in Sec. 123.10(c)(2) that the processor 
    inspect the condition of the utensils and surfaces of equipment that 
    contact food immediately after each cleaning and sanitizing. The 
    purpose of the inspection is to ensure the adequacy of the cleaning and 
    sanitizing operations, and to ensure that the equipment is in a 
    condition that is suitable for further operations.
        The agency is also proposing in Sec. 123.10(c)(2) that the 
    processor document the time of each cleaning and sanitizing, the 
    concentration of the sanitizer, and the condition of the equipment. 
    Documentation of the time of each cleaning and sanitizing will 
    facilitate an assessment of compliance with the frequency requirement 
    of Sec. 123.10(a)(4). Documentation of the concentration of the 
    sanitizer will facilitate an assessment of the adequacy of the 
    sanitizing operation. Sanitizers must be of sufficient strength to be 
    effective, while excessive sanitizer concentrations can contaminate the 
    product with indirect food additives (21 CFR part 178) (Ref. 82). 
    Documentation of the condition of the equipment is necessary to ensure 
    that it is examined after cleaning and sanitizing to make sure that 
    these processes were done properly.
        The agency is proposing in Sec. 123.10(a)(5) to require that the 
    processor ensure that gloves and outer garments that contact the food 
    or food-contact surfaces are made of an impermeable material and are 
    maintained in a clean and sanitary condition. Gloves or aprons that are 
    made of cloth or other porous materials are difficult to clean and may 
    serve as a reservoir for pathogenic microorganisms that can migrate to 
    the food during processing, in much the same manner as previously 
    described for processing equipment (Refs. 65 and 83). Gloves and aprons 
    that are not maintained in a clean and sanitary condition can also 
    house pathogens that can migrate to the food. Therefore, FDA 
    tentatively finds that it is appropriate to require the measures set 
    out in Sec. 123.10(a)(5).
        At Sec. 123.10(c), the agency is proposing to require that, like 
    most of the other sanitation measures that FDA is proposing, the 
    sanitary condition and impermeability of gloves and outer garments that 
    may contact the food or food-contact surfaces be checked at least daily 
    while processing operations are occurring. Such checking will ensure 
    that employees arriving for work are equipped with gloves and outer 
    garments that will not serve as a source of contamination to the 
    product. It will also ensure that employees are never using personally 
    owned gloves and garments that are made of materials that are 
    unsuitable for the processing environment. Proposed Sec. 123.10(c) also 
    requires that such checking be documented on a daily basis to provide a 
    record that such checking has occurred.
        Under proposed Sec. 123.10(a)(6), the processor must ensure that 
    employees' hands, gloves, outer garments, utensils, and food-contact 
    surfaces that come into contact with insanitary objects are thoroughly 
    cleaned and sanitized before contacting fish or fishery products. Under 
    proposed Sec. 123.10(a)(7), the processor must also ensure that 
    employees' hands, gloves, outer garments, utensils, and food-contact 
    surfaces that contact raw products are thoroughly cleaned and sanitized 
    before they contact cooked product.
        Employees and food-contact surfaces can serve as vectors in the 
    transmission of filth and pathogenic microorganisms to the food. Filth 
    and pathogenic microorganisms can be brought into the processing 
    environment on the employees' hands from outside areas, restrooms, 
    contaminated raw materials, waste or waste receptacles, floors, and 
    other insanitary objects (Refs. 63, 64, 73, 74, 84, and 85).
        Bacteria naturally present on fresh fish skin and gills and in the 
    gastrointestinal tract reflect the microbial content of the water from 
    which the fish were harvested. Typical microorganisms found on and in 
    fresh fish include C. botulinum, enteric bacteria, Vibrio 
    parahaemolyticus, salmonella, shigella, hepatitis A, and other 
    microorganisms that pollute harvest waters (Ref. 7). These 
    microorganisms contaminate the environment in processing plants and 
    cannot, using reasonable methods, be completely eliminated.
        Proper precautions, such as proper hand and equipment cleaning and 
    sanitizing, must be taken to minimize opportunities for contamination 
    of the finished product (Refs. 63, 64, 73, 74, and 84). Therefore, FDA 
    is proposing in Sec. 123.10 (a)(6) and (a)(7) that such precautions be 
    taken with respect to hands, gloves, garments, utensils, and food-
    contact surfaces.
        The agency recognizes that not all processing activities will 
    require hand washing and sanitizing. Activities that would not require 
    such steps include the handling of raw fish and fishery products prior 
    to the initial washing step (i.e., directly from the fisherman) and the 
    handling of finished products in shipping cases. These activities are 
    exceptions, however, to the general rule that employees must thoroughly 
    wash and sanitize their hands after each contact with an insanitary 
    surface. Additionally, when insanitary objects come into contact with 
    product contact surfaces, they must be thoroughly cleaned and 
    sanitized.
        In the processing of cooked products, the raw material may also 
    serve as a reservoir of pathogenic microorganisms. For this reason, 
    employees or equipment that handle or touch the raw material must be 
    cleaned and sanitized before being used with cooked product or ice, or 
    they could convey the microorganisms to these foods (Refs. 63, 64, 73, 
    74, 84, 87, and 88).
        In Sec. 123.10(c)(1), the agency is proposing to require that the 
    sanitary practices of the employees, especially as they relate to hand 
    washing, sanitizing practices, and the potential for cross 
    contamination, be checked and recorded at least every 4 hours during 
    processing. This monitoring will ensure that employees arriving for 
    work and returning from the midshift break have properly washed and 
    sanitized their hands. The concentration of hand sanitizing solutions 
    tends to be reduced over the course of a production day because of the 
    reaction of the sanitizer with organic matter and dissipation as a gas 
    (Ref. 82). It will also cause a regular assessment of the adequacy of 
    the normal operating procedures. Finally, recording will provide 
    assurance that appropriate procedures are being followed.
        In Sec. 123.10(a)(8)(i), FDA is proposing to require that hand 
    washing facilities be located in all processing areas in which washing 
    and sanitizing is required by CGMP's so that these facilities are 
    readily accessible to employees who work in processing areas. The 
    agency has tentatively concluded that proper sanitization is such an 
    important part of preventing the spread of disease as to warrant a 
    requirement that hand washing equipment be conveniently located to 
    facilitate their use. Where these facilities are not conveniently 
    located, they may not be frequented by the employees.
        FDA is proposing to require in Sec. 123.10(a)(8)(ii) that these 
    facilities be equipped with hand cleaning and effective sanitizing 
    preparations and single-service towels or suitable hand drying devices. 
    Ordinary soap is acceptable for hand washing. Hand sanitizers need to 
    be fast acting because of the short contact time involved. In contrast 
    to the sanitizing of equipment, which can involve leaving a sanitizing 
    spray on the equipment for extended periods of time, hand sanitizing 
    usually involves a quick dip in and out of the sanitizer. Of the 
    sanitizers described previously (see discussion of proposed 
    Sec. 123.10(a)(4)), quaternary ammonium is not fast acting and is not 
    suitable as a hand sanitizer. The others are appropriate as hand 
    sanitizers.
        The agency is proposing to require single-service towels or 
    suitable hand drying devices to ensure that microbiological 
    contamination does not occur though the repeated use of the same towel 
    by several individuals. A hot-air blower is an example of a suitable 
    hand drying device because contamination from individual to individual 
    is eliminated.
        In Sec. 123.10(c)(3), the agency is proposing to require that 
    inspection and documentation of the location of hand washing facilities 
    be performed at sufficient frequency to ensure that there is compliance 
    with Sec. 123.10(a)(8)(i). Generally, this procedure will be necessary 
    only after construction or any significant building or process 
    modification.
        FDA is proposing to require in Sec. 123.10(c) that the processor 
    inspect, and document that it has inspected, the hand washing and hand 
    sanitizing facilities to ensure that they are properly equipped no less 
    than once per day. This procedure will ensure that cleaning and 
    sanitizing preparations, as well as towels or hand drying devices, are 
    present whenever needed by employees.
        FDA is proposing to require at Sec. 123.10 (a)(9) and (a)(10) that 
    the processor protect the food, food-contact surfaces, and food 
    packaging materials against adulteration by chemical and physical 
    contaminants. Such protection is necessary to ensure that the food 
    produced by the processor is safe. The use of toxic compounds (e.g., 
    pesticides, cleaning and sanitizing agents, and lubricants) is 
    frequently necessary in the processing environment. For example, 
    lubricants and fuel are necessary to operate equipment. Improper use of 
    these compounds is a frequent cause of product adulteration throughout 
    the food industry (Ref. 74). Thus, it is necessary to ensure that food, 
    food-contact surfaces, and food packaging materials are not 
    contaminated by these toxic compounds. Food and food packaging material 
    should be protected or removed from areas where pesticides are used, 
    and caustic cleaning compounds should be thoroughly removed from food-
    contact surfaces before processing begins. Finally, as an additional 
    protection, FDA is proposing to require in Sec. 123.10(a)(10) that 
    toxic compounds be labeled, held, and used in a manner that minimizes 
    the risk of contamination of the product.
        FDA is proposing to require in Sec. 123.10(c) that the processing 
    plant be inspected daily to ensure that the food is protected from 
    toxic compounds, and that this inspection be documented. This check 
    should normally be performed before the start of operations, at a time 
    when the equipment can be effectively inspected, and in time to prevent 
    adulteration of the product. Because processing conditions vary on a 
    day-to-day basis, FDA has tentatively concluded that daily inspection 
    is necessary.
        FDA is proposing to require at Sec. 123.10(a)(11) that the 
    processor ensure that products are not exposed to contaminants that may 
    drip, drain, or be drawn into the food. An example of such a 
    contaminant is condensate, which may form on the ceilings and equipment 
    in a processing plant. If the condensate forms on an insanitary surface 
    and then falls on the product, it may carry with it filth and 
    microbiological contaminants from that surface to the food (Ref. 65, 
    pp. 24 and 25).
        In Sec. 123.10(c), the agency is proposing to require that the 
    processing plant be inspected daily to ensure that the potential for 
    such contamination is minimized, and that this inspection be 
    documented. This check should normally be performed during the actual 
    operations, at a time when condensate or other such contaminating 
    conditions are likely to be present. As explained above, the agency has 
    tentatively concluded that daily variations in processing and climatic 
    conditions necessitate daily inspection.
        In Sec. 123.10(a)(12), the agency is proposing to require that the 
    processor ensure that compressed gases that contact food or food-
    contact surfaces of equipment are filtered or treated in such a way 
    that the food is not contaminated with unapproved indirect food 
    additives or other chemical, physical, or microbiological contaminants. 
    Compressed gases can be contaminated with oil from the compressor, 
    filth and microbiological contaminants from the air intake, and rust or 
    other physical contaminants from the compression, storage, and 
    distribution equipment. Filtration at the air intake and after 
    compression, storage, and distribution is an effective means of 
    reducing the risk of such contaminants entering the food (Ref. 89).
        FDA is proposing to require in Sec. 123.10(c)(3) that the 
    filtration and other equipment used to protect the food from such 
    contaminants be inspected, and the inspection documented, with such 
    frequency as is necessary to ensure control. Normally, this frequency 
    will be directed by the manufacturer of the filtration equipment. FDA 
    is not proposing to require daily inspection because the filter and 
    related equipment do not normally need cleaning or replacement on a 
    daily basis.
        FDA is proposing to require in Sec. 123.10(a)(13) that the 
    processor take action to ensure that unprotected cooked, ready-to-eat 
    fishery products, smoked fishery products, raw molluscan shellfish, and 
    raw fish and fishery products are physically separated from each other 
    during refrigerated storage. Cooked, ready-to-eat products are products 
    that will not normally receive a cooking by the consumer adequate 
    enough to kill pathogens. Therefore, any microbiological 
    recontamination of the product after cooking can subject the consumer 
    to health risks. Raw molluscan shellfish may contain pathogens that can 
    cause severe illness to certain at-risk individuals, e.g., those who 
    are immunocompromised. These individuals might know to avoid eating raw 
    molluscan shellfish but would not expect the same health risk from 
    cooked, ready-to-eat products. Similarly, raw fish and fishery products 
    may contain filth and pathogenic microorganisms not normally associated 
    with raw molluscan shellfish or cooked, ready-to-eat products (Refs. 63 
    and 84).
        In Sec. 123.10(c), the agency is proposing to require that 
    refrigerated storage areas be inspected at least daily to ensure that 
    the three types of products are physically separated from each other. 
    This check should normally be performed during actual operations, at a 
    time when commingling of these products is likely to take place. The 
    agency has tentatively concluded that daily inspection is necessary 
    because products are normally moved in and out of refrigerated storage 
    areas on a regular basis, creating an ongoing threat that problems will 
    occur.
        FDA is proposing to require in Sec. 123.10(a)(14) that refrigerated 
    storage units operate at 40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C) or below when storing 
    raw materials, in-process or finished cooked, ready-to-eat fishery 
    products, smoked fishery products, and fish and fishery products made 
    in whole or in part of scombroid toxin forming species. The purpose of 
    this requirement is to ensure that processors control microbiological 
    hazards associated with refrigerated storage for these products (Refs. 
    85 and 86). Cooked, ready-to-eat products as defined in proposed 
    Sec. 123.3(b) and smoked fishery products (see Appendix 1) are not 
    shelf-stable and must be kept refrigerated to retard the growth of 
    microorganisms. As stated above, these products will not normally be 
    cooked by the consumer at a sufficient temperature to destroy any 
    pathogens that may be present. Scombroid toxin forming species are 
    addressed in considerable detail later in this document. These species 
    can form a toxin harmful to humans if subjected to time/temperature 
    abuse after capture.
        Proper refrigeration is essential for fish and fishery products 
    that include these species. Maintaining product temperatures during 
    storage in a range that will minimize the growth of mesophilic and 
    psychrotropic pathogens is necessary to ensure product safety 
    throughout the shelf life of these products (Ref. 85). It is uniformly 
    more convenient to control refrigeration unit temperatures than to 
    control and monitor the internal temperatures of the various products 
    under refrigerated storage, particularly when these products are in 
    sealed containers. For these reasons, FDA is proposing that 
    refrigeration units be operated at or below 40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C). FDA 
    tentatively finds that this temperature is appropriate because it is 
    adequate to minimize the growth of pathogens (Refs. 85 and 86.) The 
    agency also strongly recommends this temperature or lower for all fish 
    and fishery products that need refrigeration, regardless of whether 
    safety is an issue. The agency is also especially interested in 
    obtaining comment on the appropriateness of this temperature.
        In Sec. 123.10(c)(4) the agency is proposing to require that the 
    processor use instruments that monitor the temperature of refrigeration 
    units on a continuous basis. The measurements from those instruments 
    must be checked and documented with such frequency as is necessary to 
    ensure control.
        Continuous monitoring ensures that temperature fluctuations above 
    40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C), if any, as a result of circumstances such as 
    heavy cooler loading, frequent cooler entry, or power failures, are 
    quickly detected. The guideline for cooked, ready-to-eat products, in 
    Appendix A, section 6, describes alternative ways to continuously 
    monitor the temperature. A temperature-recording device can show both 
    the high temperature and the length of time that refrigeration unit was 
    operating at that temperature. Maximum-indicating thermometers and high 
    temperature alarms also show that the critical limit has been exceeded 
    but cannot show the duration of the deviation. Consequently, when a 
    maximum-indicating thermometer or high temperature alarm reveals a 
    deviation, the processor will need to assume loss of control since the 
    last time that the measurements displayed by the instruments were 
    checked, unless reasonable evidence exists to the contrary. The more 
    frequent such checks are made, the lower the risk to which the 
    processor is exposed. During periods when the refrigeration unit is not 
    frequently entered and the load is constant, such as overnight, it is 
    reasonable to reduce the frequency. However, during periods of heavy 
    use and frequent entry, the frequency should be increased.
        FDA is proposing to require in Sec. 123.10(a)(15) that the 
    processor ensure that persons with sores or illnesses that present an 
    increased risk for product contamination are excluded from those areas 
    of processing where such contamination is likely. Employees can serve 
    as a reservoir of foodborne diseases, such as salmonellosis, 
    shigellosis, and hepatitis, that can be passed on to the consumer 
    through the fecal-oral route. Additionally, open sores, boils, or 
    infected wounds present the potential for contamination of the food 
    with such pathogenic microorganisms as Staphylococcus aureus. Employees 
    with suspicious illnesses or sores can be effectively screened upon 
    arrival at the processing facility with minimal personal intrusion 
    (Refs. 22, 74, and 84).
        In Sec. 123.10(c), the agency is proposing to require that such 
    screening, and documentation of the screening, take place daily. This 
    frequency will ensure that changing health conditions of the employees 
    are not missed.
        In Sec. 123.10(a)(16), the agency is proposing to require that the 
    processor ensure that toilet facilities are available and maintained in 
    a sanitary condition and in good repair, and that these facilities 
    provide for proper disposal of the sewage. Toilet facilities eliminate 
    from the processing environment pathogenic microorganisms shed in fecal 
    material. Where fecal material is not properly conveyed from the 
    processing plant to an acceptable treatment facility, restroom floors 
    and grounds around the processing facility can become contaminated with 
    pathogens. Foot traffic over the affected areas can introduce pathogens 
    to the processing room and cause product contamination. Insanitary 
    toilet facilities can also increase the potential for contamination of 
    employees' hands and, ultimately, the product (Refs. 64 and 74).
        FDA is proposing to require at Sec. 123.10(c) that the toilet 
    facilities be inspected, and the inspection be documented, to ensure 
    that they function properly and are in a sanitary condition at least 
    every day. Ordinarily this inspection should be performed before each 
    day's operation to ensure that the facility is ready at the beginning 
    of the day.
        In Sec. 123.10(a)(17), the agency is proposing to require that the 
    processor ensure that no pests are present in the processing area. 
    Pests, such as rodents, birds, and insects carry a variety of human 
    disease agents, which they can introduce to the processing environment 
    (Refs. 63, 64, 73, and 84). Additionally, their feces constitutes filth 
    which can contaminate the food. A daily inspection of the processing 
    facility, as proposed in Sec. 123.10(c), serves to assess the 
    effectiveness of the processor's pest control activities and redirect 
    them where necessary.
        In Sec. 123.10(a)(18), the agency is proposing to require that the 
    processor ensure that the plant is designed to minimize risk of 
    contamination of the food. Proper construction is essential if the 
    other sanitary measures that FDA is proposing to require are to be 
    successful. It includes the isolation of incompatible operations, such 
    as the handling of raw materials and the processing of cooked products 
    (Refs. 71, 74, 87, and 88). A periodic inspection of the facility for 
    structural defects, product flow, and general building condition is 
    necessary to ensure that these attributes do not pose an increased 
    potential for product contamination. In Sec. 123.10(c)(3), the agency 
    is proposing to require that such controls be performed and documented 
    with sufficient frequency to ensure control.
        FDA is proposing to require at Sec. 123.10(b) that processors 
    maintain sanitation control records that document the occurrence and 
    findings of the inspections required by Sec. 123.10(a) as well as the 
    frequency required by Sec. 123.10(c). FDA is also proposing to require 
    that the problems found during these inspections be corrected, and the 
    corrections recorded in accordance with proposed Sec. 123.10(d). Such 
    corrections are essential to the proper working of the HACCP system. 
    The records that are produced are subject to the recordkeeping 
    requirements of proposed Sec. 123.8, including being subject to 
    inspection by FDA investigators. FDA has tentatively concluded that 
    HACCP-type preventive controls, including recordkeeping, will ensure 
    that the hazards caused by insanitation are controlled by design. 
    Recordkeeping is the key to an HACCP-type system. The agency's access 
    to these records is essential to ensuring that the system is working.
        In addition to these proposed requirements, FDA is encouraging 
    processors in Sec. 123.10(e) to have a written standard operating 
    procedure for sanitation. The details of many sanitation procedures can 
    differ from plant to plant depending upon the type of operation and 
    other conditions. For example, how a piece of equipment should be 
    cleaned can differ from plant to plant. In one plant, it may be 
    necessary to disassemble all or part of the equipment in order to clean 
    it. In other plants, breaking down the equipment may not be necessary. 
    Likewise, different cleaning compounds may be needed from one plant to 
    another in order to solve specialized problems such as buildups of 
    mineral deposits. FDA is therefore encouraging each processor to study 
    its own plant and develop a procedure that is tailored to that 
    processor's needs and circumstances.
    2. Evisceration of Raw Fish
        In 1988, following botulism outbreaks traced to consumption of 
    kapchunka, FDA published compliance policy guide (CPG) 7108.17 for 
    salt-cured, air-dried, uneviscerated fish (53 FR 44949 November 7, 
    1988). In this CPG, FDA stated that the processing and sale of smoked 
    and salted uneviscerated fish products pose a potential health hazard, 
    and that it would consider such products to be adulterated under 
    section 402(a)(4) of the act in that they have been prepared, packed, 
    or held under insanitary conditions whereby they may have been rendered 
    injurious to health (Ref. 175). FDA issued this CPG in an effort to 
    prevent further outbreaks, as well as other potential health hazards, 
    related to the consumption of ungutted fish products. The agency 
    recognized only two exceptions: (1) Small species, such as anchovies 
    and herring pieces (sprats), provided that they are processed by a 
    method that will ensure a water-phase salt content of at least 10 
    percent, a water activity below 0.85, or a pH of 4.6 or less; and (2) 
    fish that are fully cooked before further processing.
        As previously noted, C. botulinum, as well as other microorganisms, 
    are naturally present in the intestinal tract of both fresh-water fish 
    and marine fish. Therefore, it is essential not only to remove the 
    viscera but to do so in a manner that does not contaminate the fish 
    flesh with viscera contents. It is the viscera that can contain the 
    majority of the hazardous microorganisms (e.g., C. botulinum and L. 
    monocytogenes) that pose the potential health hazard (Refs. 165 through 
    167). After the viscera is removed, it must be discarded immediately to 
    a segregated area, using a method that minimizes the potential for 
    contamination or cross-contamination of utensils, equipment, raw 
    materials, and other processed products.
        Uneviscerated fish that have been smoked, smoke-flavored, or 
    salted, and that are intended to be filleted after processing, pose the 
    same potential health hazard as those products sold as uneviscerated 
    whole fish. The potential health hazard is created when the viscera is 
    removed after processing. As the fish are being filleted, the viscera 
    may be cut, and its contents may spill out, contaminating the processed 
    fish. As a result, the opportunity arises for C. botulinum spore 
    outgrowth and toxin production as well as for growth of other food 
    spoilage microorganisms in these types of products.
        Therefore, the agency is proposing to require in Sec. 123.10(f) 
    that, subject to the same limitations that were set forth in the CPG: 
    (1) All fish for smoking or salting be eviscerated prior to processing, 
    and (2) the process of evisceration must be performed in an area that 
    is segregated and separate from other processing operations.
    
    H. Imported Seafood
    
        As stated earlier, imports make up over half of the seafood 
    consumed in this country, in sharp contrast to meat and poultry, which 
    are primarily domestically produced. Many of the hazards that can 
    affect imported seafood are likely to occur before it enters the United 
    States. These hazards include those that can be acquired from the 
    environment before harvest and those that are process-induced. 
    Detection of these hazards is the focus of the current regulatory 
    system, and thus FDA tries to ensure safety by testing imported 
    product.
        However, product testing places a substantial burden on the agency. 
    The system currently is overburdened because of limits on the number of 
    government personnel available to collect and analyze samples of 
    imported product. In addition, FDA is concerned because this system 
    does not promote industry responsibility and accountability the way an 
    HACCP-based problem prevention system would. Given when most problems 
    with imported seafood occur, these problems can be more efficiently 
    controlled if the seafood is subject to HACCP controls before it is 
    offered for import into this country than if the product is simply 
    tested at the time that it is offered for sale. Therefore, FDA has 
    tentatively concluded that these HACCP regulations should cover 
    imported products in the same manner, to the extent possible, that they 
    cover domestic products.
        Accordingly, FDA is proposing to make importers subject to the 
    general provisions of subpart A. Thus, FDA is proposing in 
    Sec. 123.11(a) to require that products that are offered for import be 
    produced under the same HACCP and sanitation controls that it is 
    proposing to apply to domestically produced seafood. FDA is proposing 
    to require that importers adopt an HACCP plan that includes the 
    criteria for how they will decide to purchase and then handle seafood 
    while it is under their control. They must also establish ways to 
    determine that these requirements are being met.
        More specifically, the plan must include hazard analysis, critical 
    control points, and critical limits for each type of product imported 
    as well as a copy of each supplier's HACCP plan for those products, as 
    required in Sec. 123.11(b). Under proposed Sec. 123.11(b), these plans 
    must be available on file at the importer's U.S. place of business. As 
    stated above, the agency is developing a hazard analysis book to assist 
    importers, as well as processors, in designing their individual plans.
        Because of the proposed requirement of Sec. 123.11(b) that 
    importers must have on file an HACCP plan from each of their foreign 
    suppliers, foreign processors who wish to offer their products for 
    import into the United States after the implementation of this 
    regulation will have to operate under valid HACCP plans and sanitation 
    control procedures and furnish copies of those plans to the U.S. 
    importers. The foreign processors should maintain appropriate 
    monitoring records, as dictated by the principles of HACCP already 
    discussed. These records should be kept at the foreign processors' 
    places of business.
        Importers will be required under proposed Sec. 123.11(c) to take 
    affirmative steps to monitor that their suppliers are in fact operating 
    under their HACCP plans. Thus, under this proposal, the importer will 
    need to take such steps as: (1) Obtaining records from the foreign 
    processors' facilities; (2) obtaining certification from foreign 
    governments that the suppliers are operating under valid HACCP plans or 
    obtain certification lot by lot; (3) visiting the facilities to inspect 
    them on a regular basis; or (4) taking some similar type of action, 
    e.g., end product testing.
        For example, importers of swordfish may specify to their suppliers 
    that the mercury level in the swordfish that they purchase cannot 
    exceed FDA's action level of 1 part per million methyl mercury. The 
    importers may decide to require certificates of analysis for methyl 
    mercury on a regular basis from their suppliers as a means of ensuring 
    that the swordfish that they offer for import into the United States is 
    not adulterated.
        Section 123.11(d) provides an option for those importing from a 
    country that has an active memorandum of understanding (MOU) or similar 
    agreement with FDA. If the MOU is current, and if there is equivalency 
    between the inspection system of the foreign country and the U.S. 
    system, the importer will be able to rely on the MOU in lieu of the 
    actions required under Sec. 123.11(c). An active MOU must accurately 
    reflect the current situation between the signing parties and be 
    functioning and enforceable in its entirety. It is the importer's 
    responsibility to determine whether the MOU is in fact active, and 
    whether it covers the products that the importer intends to receive 
    from that country.
        Finally, the agency strongly encourages importers (as reflected in 
    proposed Sec. 123.11(e)) to require their suppliers to obtain HACCP 
    training such as is required in Sec. 123.9.
        Proposed Sec. 123.12 provides that there must be evidence that 
    seafood offered for import has been produced in accordance with part 
    123, subpart A. As stated previously, FDA is including this requirement 
    to ensure that there is equivalent treatment of imported and domestic 
    products. FDA can ensure that domestic product is being produced in 
    accordance with the HACCP plan and the sanitation controls in 
    Sec. 123.10 through direct observation and review of records. Similar 
    inspection of foreign processors would be prohibitively expensive. 
    However, FDA tentatively finds that mere reliance on the existence of 
    an HACCP plan is not enough, and that additional evidence of compliance 
    must be provided. FDA tentatively finds that this evidence can be 
    provided by the means listed in proposed Sec. 123.12(a).
        One of the ways that the agency contemplates obtaining this 
    evidence would be by inspecting, at the importers' U.S. place of 
    business, the importers' and foreign suppliers' HACCP plans, sanitation 
    procedures, and records associated with the importers' plans. If these 
    records demonstrate that the foreign processor and the importer are 
    operating in accordance with adequate HACCP plans, agency will have 
    assurance that the food is not adulterated under section 402(a)(4) of 
    the act.
        FDA also intends to pursue MOU's with countries that demonstrate 
    that their inspection systems are and continue to be substantially 
    equivalent to those in the United States (proposed Sec. 123.12(a)(2)). 
    The existence of an active MOU between FDA and the country of origin 
    covering the seafood products being offered for import will provide 
    assurance that these products covered by the MOU are being produced 
    under appropriate conditions.
        If there is no MOU, the agency will take into consideration, for 
    purposes of verifying the compliance of imported seafood, knowledge 
    that a foreign country has an advanced seafood inspection system that 
    provides for plans that are HACCP based, as provided in proposed 
    Sec. 123.12(a)(3). The existence of such a regulatory system and its 
    enforcement will provide assurance about the conditions under which 
    products exported from that country are being produced.
        Proposed Sec. 123.12(a)(4) provides that inspection of foreign 
    processors by the agency or other organization designated by FDA may 
    also be used to establish compliance with these regulations.
        Finally, the agency intends to use other measures as it finds 
    appropriate to make determinations about the acceptability of the 
    product being offered for import, including but not limited to end 
    product testing, as in proposed Sec. 123.12(a)(5).
        If assurances do not exist, as described in Sec. 123.12(a), that 
    the product has been produced under an HACCP plan and under sanitation 
    controls that are equivalent to those required of domestic processors, 
    the agency will deny entry to the products as provided in proposed 
    Sec. 123.12(b) because the product will appear to be adulterated (see 
    section 801(a) of the act).
    
    I. Raw Molluscan Shellfish
    
        FDA is proposing to require in part 123, subpart C that processors 
    of raw molluscan shellfish include in their HACCP plans how they 
    control the origin of the molluscan shellfish that they process. 
    Proposed Sec. 123.28 requires that these controls include obtaining raw 
    shellfish only from approved growing waters through harvesters or 
    processors licensed by a shellfish control authority. FDA is proposing 
    to require that processors maintain records to document that each lot 
    of raw molluscan shellfish meets these requirements. Under this 
    proposal, these records will constitute HACCP records subject to the 
    requirements of proposed Sec. 123.8.
        The agency is also proposing to establish a system of tagging or 
    other labeling that provides information about the origin of all 
    shellstock and shucked molluscan shellfish received by a processor. FDA 
    is proposing to amend Sec. 1240.60 (21 CFR 1240.60) to provide for such 
    a tagging system.
        Raw molluscan shellfish are molluscan shellfish that have not been 
    subject to a treatment sufficient to kill pathogens of public health 
    significance. Shellfish that have been subjected to any form of 
    treatment, such as steam, hot water, or dry heat, for a short period of 
    time before shucking to facilitate removal of the meat from the shell 
    are still considered to be raw.
        Molluscan shellfish consumed raw or partially cooked pose unique 
    public health risks. They probably cause the majority of all seafood-
    related illnesses in the United States (Refs. 6; and 7, p. 330). The 
    safety of raw molluscan shellfish directly reflects the cleanliness of 
    its aquatic environment. Of all edible species of fish, molluscan 
    shellfish are unique in that they are nonmotile, filter feeding 
    organisms. They pump large quantities of water through their bodies 
    during the normal feeding process (Refs. 7, p. 331; and 90, p. c-4). 
    The positive relationship between harvesting areas contaminated by 
    sewage pollution and shellfish-borne enteric disease has been 
    demonstrated many times (Refs. 7, p. 76; 91 and 92). During feeding, 
    the shellfish may concentrate pathogenic microorganisms, deadly toxins 
    associated with naturally occurring marine plankton (Ref. 93), or forms 
    of agricultural and industrial pollution (Ref. 94). Among the 
    pathogenic microorganisms is the Norwalk virus, probably the most 
    common cause of seafood-borne illness. This virus commonly occurs in 
    waters contaminated by sewage effluent (Refs. 7, p. 76; 91, 92, and 
    95).
        Before the adoption of the current public health controls in the 
    United States, shellfish commonly transmitted many serious communicable 
    diseases. Consumption of raw or undercooked seafood from polluted 
    waters can be a mode of transmission for typhoid fever, infectious 
    hepatitis, and cholera (Ref. 67). These diseases are still commonly 
    associated with raw shellfish consumption in lesser developed countries 
    (Ref. 7, p. 73). However, the incidence of these diseases in the United 
    States has been largely controlled under section 361 of the PHS Act (42 
    U.S.C. 264). This statute was enacted to prevent the introduction, 
    transmission, and spread of communicable disease. Under provisions of 
    the PHS Act, FDA is empowered to accept assistance from the States to 
    protect public health. Accordingly, FDA participates in a Federal/State 
    cooperative program called NSSP.
        Established in 1925, the NSSP provides water quality criteria for 
    assessing the safety of shellfish growing areas. These criteria are 
    applied by the States under the authority of their own laws. The NSSP 
    ``Manual of Operations'' provides the basis (Refs. 90 and 96) for State 
    regulation in 23 shellfish-producing States and 6 nations. Each 
    participating State or nation classifies and monitors its shellfish 
    growing waters, controls harvesting, inspects shellfish packing and 
    shucking facilities, and issues certificates to individual shellfish 
    processors that meet the State or foreign government's shellfish 
    control criteria.
        To assist themselves in the implementation of their shellfish laws, 
    the States have formed the ISSC. The ISSC is an organization of State 
    officials, representatives of Federal agencies, and representatives of 
    the shellfish industry. It provides guidance to the States and provides 
    a forum for them to discuss their problems in attempting to ensure the 
    sanitary control of shellfish handling and production (Ref. 97, p. 3).
        FDA evaluates State and international shellfish sanitation programs 
    (Ref. 98, part I, p. 2). When it finds that the program is consistent 
    with the NSSP, FDA accepts the State's or country's shipper 
    certifications. FDA publishes the ``Interstate Certified Shellfish 
    Shippers List'' monthly, in which it lists the approximately 2,000 
    shellfish dealers that have been certified by participating States.
        While FDA continues to believe in the cooperative partnership that 
    it has established with the States, there is evidence that this system 
    is not protecting the public health as well as it might (Refs. 7, p. 
    331; 99, p. iii; and 100). Problems can originate anywhere. As 
    explained in the discussion above of the term ``lot of molluscan 
    shellfish,'' the water from which shellfish are harvested plays a 
    significant role in determining their safety. If they are harvested 
    from unclassified or polluted waters, shellfish can be a vector of 
    communicable disease. Problems can also occur as a result of conditions 
    under which the shellfish are held on the harvest vessel, in the 
    processing plant, or by subsequent handlers or repackers of shucked 
    products.
        Given the current situation, FDA has tentatively determined that it 
    is necessary for it to take steps to strengthen and provide additional 
    support for the existing cooperative program. Thus, FDA is proposing 
    two measures.
        First, FDA is proposing to add Sec. 1240.60(b), which will require 
    that all shellfish offered for transport or transported in interstate 
    commerce bear a tag that lists the date, place, type, and quantity of 
    shellfish, and by whom it was harvested, including the harvester's 
    identification number. FDA is proposing this requirement because it has 
    determined that a tag is the only means by which the agency can ensure 
    that it will be possible to determine whether the shellfish have been 
    taken from safe water. FDA is proposing to require that the place where 
    the shellfish were harvested be listed because it will enable a 
    processor who receives the shellfish, or a regulatory official who 
    inspects them, to determine whether they were taken from safe water.
        FDA is proposing to require that the date when the shellfish were 
    harvested be listed because, as discussed above, the shifting 
    conditions in shellfish harvesting waters make shellfish safety 
    virtually a day-to-day proposition. Therefore, when the shellfish are 
    harvested becomes a critical factor.
        FDA is proposing that the type of shellfish e.g., oysters, clams, 
    mussels, or scallops, and quantity be shown on the tag or bill of 
    lading to ensure that the tag is applied only to the product to which 
    it was initially affixed. Information on type and quantity of shellfish 
    describes that product. FDA is proposing to require that the person by 
    whom the shellfish were harvested be listed because that person has the 
    most direct knowledge of where and when the shellfish were harvested 
    and should be readily identifiable in case there are problems with the 
    shellfish, so that quick action can be taken to meet the effect of any 
    problem.
        Finally, FDA is proposing that the harvester identification number 
    issued by the shellfish control authority be included to provide a 
    means to confirm the harvester's identity and to obtain the harvester's 
    local address in case of an illness investigation or followup to 
    tagging and labeling discrepancies.
        FDA is proposing this tagging requirement under section 361 of the 
    PHS Act. Under this section, the Surgeon General and, by delegation, 
    FDA, is authorized to make and enforce such regulations as in FDA's 
    judgment are necessary to prevent the introduction, transmission, or 
    spread of communicable disease. FDA tentatively finds that requiring a 
    tag is a measure necessary to prevent the spread of communicable 
    diseases because the tag will readily permit identification of those 
    raw shellfish that were harvested from properly classified waters, and 
    thus that will not be vectors of communicable disease in interstate 
    commerce, and those that were not harvested from properly classified 
    waters and thus that may be vectors of disease.
        Under the PHS Act, FDA is also authorized to provide for such 
    measures which in its judgment may be necessary to enforce the 
    regulations that it adopts to prevent the spread of communicable 
    diseases (section 361(a) of the PHS Act). Therefore, FDA is proposing 
    to provide in Sec. 1240.60(b) for the seizure and destruction of any 
    shellfish that are not properly tagged. Without the assurances provided 
    by the tag, the shellfish may bear a microorganism that may render them 
    injurious to health. Thus, they are unfit for consumption and must be 
    removed from the food supply.
        FDA recognizes that all shellfish-producing States have laws that 
    require the tagging of shellfish. This proposal is intended to support 
    those laws, not supersede them. The proposed tagging requirement is 
    necessary for two reasons. First, there is no assurance that untagged 
    shellfish come from safe waters. Illegal harvesting of molluscan 
    shellfish from contaminated or unclassified waters is known to occur 
    (Ref. 7, p. 331). It is also known that illegally harvested shellfish 
    find their way into commercial channels. States and FDA find untagged 
    or improperly tagged shellfish during their inspections of shellfish 
    processors under the cooperative program (Refs. 101 through 109). FDA 
    frequently lacks a basis for taking action against untagged shellfish 
    (Ref. 110). Proposed Sec. 1240.60 will provide a basis. Second, State 
    tagging requirements and sanctions are not uniform, and the sanctions 
    provided under some State laws have little deterrent effect (Refs. 102, 
    103, and 109). The establishment of a Federal sanction will provide 
    illegal harvesters with sure knowledge that if their catch enters 
    interstate commerce and comes to the attention of FDA, it will be 
    destroyed.
        If Sec. 1240.60(b) is adopted, as a practical matter, product 
    identification will begin at the harvesting site. FDA is proposing to 
    amend Sec. 1240.60 to require that the first handler of live molluscan 
    shellfish, be it the licensed harvester, licensed aquaculturist, or 
    certified shellfish shipper, affix a tag to each container of 
    shellfish. The tag will then provide the means for processors to ensure 
    that the shellfish that they buy is from properly classified water.
        Moreover, the tag will provide all information that is necessary to 
    trace the product to its source, e.g., date of harvest, location of 
    harvest, quantity and type of shellfish, and the harvester's name and 
    identification number assigned by the shellfish control authority. The 
    product traceability that results will enhance epidemiological 
    investigations in the event of shellfish-borne illness. It will also 
    facilitate prompt remedial actions necessary to reestablish public 
    health controls.
        The safety concerns about shucked molluscan shellfish are 
    substantially the same as those discussed above for in-shell molluscan 
    shellfish. Because shucked shellfish are packaged in a container that 
    can be labeled, the agency is proposing to require in Sec. 1240.60(c) 
    that for these shellfish, a label may be substituted that bears 
    information equivalent to that found on the tag. Another reason for 
    allowing labeling in lieu of a tag is the fact that one bag of 
    unshucked molluscan shellfish bearing a single tag can typically be 
    processed into more than one container of shucked molluscan shellfish.
        The second measure that FDA is proposing is based on its experience 
    with the NSSP and the ISSC. FDA has tentatively concluded that the 
    system for protecting the safety of shellfish can be significantly 
    strengthened if the agency were to require that certain limited steps 
    be taken as part of the processing of shellfish that are intended for 
    interstate commerce. FDA believes that these measures, like the 
    proposed tagging requirement, will serve to strengthen the Federal-
    State cooperative program as well as the shellfish safety programs of 
    each of the States and countries that participate in NSSP.
        Many of the pathogens in shellfish, such as the Norwalk virus, are 
    virtually undetectable. Moreover, from a technical and practical 
    perspective, end product testing cannot be used in the processing of 
    shellfish to ensure that they are not contaminated with one of the 
    myriad of possible domestic, industrial, and agricultural contaminants 
    that have been found in shellfish harvesting areas. Therefore, State 
    classification of growing waters is a necessary first step to ensure 
    the safety of shellfish. These classifications, as detailed in NSSP, 
    address all actual and potential pollutants in deciding whether an area 
    is suitable for harvesting (Ref. 90, pp. c-5 and c-6).
        FDA is proposing in Sec. 123.28(a) that each processor of shellfish 
    have an HACCP plan that ensures that the molluscan shellfish that it 
    processes come only from areas that have been classified by a shellfish 
    control authority as satisfactory for harvesting. As noted above, the 
    safety of molluscan shellfish consumed raw or partly cooked is 
    predicated on the cleanliness of the growing area waters from which 
    they are obtained. Ensuring that shellfish come from properly 
    classified growing areas is where shellfish safety begins.
        Under proposed Sec. 123.28(b), processors are to process only 
    shellfish that originate from growing waters that have been approved 
    for harvesting by a shellfish control authority as shown by product 
    tags or labels with specific information that establishes that they 
    were harvested from appropriate waters. FDA is proposing this 
    requirement under both section 361 of the PHS Act, to prevent the 
    spread of communicable disease, and sections 402(a)(1), 402(a)(4), and 
    701(a) of the act to ensure that the food does not contain any added 
    substances that may render it injurious to health and is not prepared, 
    packed, or held under insanitary conditions whereby it may be rendered 
    injurious to health.
        Under proposed Sec. 123.28(b)(2) and (b)(3), the shellstock tag 
    from a licensed harvester or certified processor, or the bill of lading 
    accompanying bulk shipments, will contain the information required 
    under proposed Sec. 1240.60(b) and thus document whether the shellfish 
    are from an acceptable source.
        The proposed requirement Sec. 123.28(b) that only shellfish drawn 
    from such acceptable sources can be processed will place a premium on 
    properly tagged products from shellfish dealers that States or nations 
    that participate in NSSP have certified.
        The agency is further proposing to require in Sec. 123.28(c) that 
    shucked products be subject to the same requirements that apply to 
    shellstock. FDA is doing so because the safety of shucked shellfish 
    products, like shellstock, depends on the quality of the water where 
    they are grown. Therefore, the same requirements are needed.
        FDA is further proposing to require in Sec. 123.28(d) that the 
    processor maintain records that document that each lot of shellfish 
    meets the tagging or labeling requirements in Sec. 123.28 (b) or (c) 
    (see Refs. 104 and 108). The information that FDA is proposing to 
    require to be maintained in records simply reflects these requirements. 
    Permanent records are needed to demonstrate that processors are 
    controlling the origin of the shellfish they process. In addition, 
    permanent records will facilitate epidemiological investigations by 
    allowing complete product traceability to the source of origin.
        The protection of shellfish consumers also requires that domestic 
    and imported products be treated equally. While imported raw molluscan 
    shellfish are subject to the same standards as domestic shellfish with 
    regard to adulteration and misbranding, Federal law does not require 
    that imported shellfish come from waters that were classified by a 
    public health authority. This double standard is unfair to domestic 
    processors, and both ISSC and industry representatives have urged the 
    Federal Government to address this problem (Refs. 111 and 112). While 
    virtually all States have chosen to reject imported shellfish that are 
    not tagged as coming from classified waters (Ref. 113), it is known 
    that such shellfish nonetheless enter interstate commerce (Ref. 107). 
    Untagged imports originating from uncertified producers compromise the 
    effectiveness of seafood safety programs (Ref. 7, p. 73) and product 
    traceability. Therefore, FDA is proposing that all raw shellfish 
    products either from domestic or foreign origin must comply with the 
    requirements in part 123 and Sec. 1240.60.
        Thus, if Sec. 123.28(b), for example, is adopted, it will mean that 
    only those molluscan shellfish that are harvested in a foreign country 
    that has a program that incorporates the type of measures set out in 
    the NSSP for approving growing waters will be appropriate for 
    processing. Such a program will need to include measures that provide 
    for water classification, monitoring, and other related activities if 
    it is to ensure that the growing waters that it approves are safe, and 
    thus that the shellfish that are drawn from such waters are not 
    adulterated. FDA has found that the best way to establish that a 
    foreign country's program meets this standard is through the 
    development of an MOU between the agency and that country. Currently, 
    such agreements exist with Australia, Canada, Chile, England, Iceland, 
    Japan, Republic of Korea, Mexico, and New Zealand.
        In summary, FDA anticipates that these proposed requirements will 
    improve the safety of raw molluscan shellfish by establishing uniform 
    requirements for domestic and imported products and prohibiting 
    interstate movement of shellfish that is not properly tagged to 
    demonstrate that it came from an appropriate harvesting area.
        The effectiveness of State shellfish sanitation programs and the 
    NSSP will be strengthened by the proposed mandatory tagging, labeling, 
    and recordkeeping requirements, which will allow complete product 
    traceability to its source of origin. Should illnesses occur, product 
    traceability will facilitate a rapid determination of when a problem 
    occurred and allow immediate remedial actions to restore public health 
    controls. Also, requiring proper tagging or labeling will place a 
    premium on State and foreign shellfish sanitation and processor 
    certification programs.
    
    J. Guideline for Cooked, Ready-to-Eat Fishery Products
    
        FDA is proposing a guideline in Appendix A for cooked, ready-to-eat 
    fishery products. These products possess an elevated microbiological 
    risk relative to most other seafood products because they are cooked as 
    part of processing and do not normally receive any additional cooking 
    by consumers before consumption. Consequently, to be safe, these 
    products must be essentially pathogen-free by the time they leave the 
    processing facility. Immediate refrigeration at proper temperatures to 
    prevent the growth of pathogens is also essential for these products, 
    which are not shelf-stable.
        The guideline addresses critical control points that apply to these 
    products as a class and that thus will typically be identified in the 
    HACCP plans of most processors of cooked, ready-to-eat products. The 
    guideline also addresses ways of controlling hazards at each critical 
    control point. Processors of cooked, ready-to-eat products that are 
    also smoked and smoke-flavored fishery products should apply the 
    controls set forth in Appendix 1. If FDA adopts that regulation, it 
    will codify it in reserved subpart B of part 123.
        This guideline is not relevant to most of the cooked, ready-to-eat 
    products that are processed as low acid canned foods under part 113. 
    However, the recommendations in Appendix A, section 4. a., b., and d. 
    for cooling, processing after cooking, and refrigerated storage, will 
    apply to those low acid canned foods that are cooked, processed, and 
    then cooked again.
        The guideline provides information on how to control the growth of 
    S. aureus during the processing step between cooks. It also addresses 
    the control of microbiological hazards that can occur within the 
    processing environment for cooked, ready-to-eat products. It does not 
    address nonprocessing hazards, because they are not relevant to this 
    class of products. FDA intends to publish separate guidance that will, 
    among other things, address nonprocessing hazards. Likewise, this 
    guideline will not address the nonsafety hazards, such as decomposition 
    that is not associated with human illness and economic adulteration, 
    that FDA has suggested in proposed Sec. 123.6(c) should be covered by 
    the HACCP plan. These hazards will also be covered in the separately 
    published guidance. Economic adulteration, for example, is addressed in 
    Appendix D.
        FDA has tentatively decided to address the processing controls for 
    cooked, ready-to-eat products in a guideline, rather than by 
    regulation, to permit flexibility in the face of changing processing 
    technologies and knowledge. As stated earlier in this preamble, the 
    guidelines are intended to advise processors about what FDA believes 
    will be acceptable in a HACCP plan. The agency acknowledges, however, 
    that there are basic processing norms to which conscientious processors 
    adhere, and that these norms are not likely to change for the 
    foreseeable future. FDA therefore invites comments on whether any or 
    all of the guideline on the cooked, ready-to-eat products ought to be 
    codified as requirements in part 123 if it is adopted as a final 
    regulation.
    1. Thermal Processing: Cooking and Pasteurization Processes and 
    Equipment
        The proposed guideline in Appendix A, section 4 advises processors 
    on how to ensure that: (1) Their cooking and pasteurization processes 
    are adequate to inactivate pathogens; and (2) their cooking and 
    pasteurization equipment is adequate to deliver their cooking and 
    pasteurization processes. A cooking process is, in essence, the 
    temperature and time at that temperature that will both kill pathogens 
    and create a marketable product. A pasteurization process is the 
    temperature and time at temperature that is necessary to reduce the 
    numbers of pathogens to the point where they will not cause harm over 
    the shelf life of a refrigerated product. It is essential that C. 
    botulinum type E not survive the pasteurization process for cooked, 
    ready-to-eat products that are packed in hermetically sealed containers 
    and held at refrigerated temperatures (Ref. 52). Such containers are 
    typically vacuum or modified atmosphere packaged and thus can provide a 
    good environment for the growth of C. botulinum type E.
        To meet the requirements in part 123, subpart A, processors must 
    have assurance that their cooking and pasteurization processes are 
    adequate to inactivate pathogens and must document this assurance in 
    their HACCP records. This approach is similar to that in the 
    regulations for low acid canned foods, which require that processors of 
    those products know that their thermal processes are adequate to 
    destroy C. botulinum. The low acid canned food regulations do not 
    specify to processors what their time/temperature parameters must be in 
    order to destroy those pathogens. There are simply too many variables 
    and possibilities with regard to thermal processing parameters for this 
    kind of specificity in those regulations to be practical or 
    appropriate. Rather, the regulations require that processors use a 
    thermal process that is at least equivalent to one established by a 
    competent process authority, i.e., a third party who has the expertise 
    to determine the parameters of a thermal process that will destroy 
    pathogens (Ref. 85).
        This approach has served the consuming public, the agency, and the 
    industry well over the years. FDA is therefore recommending in proposed 
    Appendix A, section 4. a.1. and b.1. that processors utilize the 
    services of process authorities to establish the parameters of their 
    cooking and pasteurization processes.
        A process authority could be a private individual, a member of 
    academia, or an agency of government. Processors can find competent 
    process authorities through their trade associations, local Sea Grant 
    extension offices, or State universities.
        The procedures that are used in establishing a cooking or 
    pasteurization process should be generally recognized and accepted. 
    Such procedures may include thermal death time, heat penetration, and 
    inoculated pack studies, as necessary, to establish the minimum process 
    necessary to destroy pathogens. In cases where the cooking process or 
    pasteurization process is standardized and not unique to a specific 
    processor, articles in journals; Federal, State, or local regulations 
    and guidelines; or other appropriate vehicles could provide process 
    parameters (Ref. 52). Whatever the source, processors must retain the 
    documentation from the process authority that the process will be 
    effective as part of their HACCP records, in accordance with proposed 
    Sec. 123.8(c).
        The process established by a process authority should include 
    values for those aspects of the process that can affect the destruction 
    of pathogens. The most notable of these are cooking times and 
    temperatures. Others may include the initial internal temperature of 
    the cooking medium before the cooking, the product size and species, 
    and the viscosity of formulated products such as soups.
        FDA is already aware that the cooking processes necessary to create 
    a marketable product for several types of cooked, ready-to-eat products 
    are many times more lethal than necessary to inactivate pathogens (Ref. 
    114). The products are the several types of crabs listed in the 
    guidelines at proposed Appendix A, section 4.a.4. FDA has tentatively 
    concluded that, for these products, the adequacy of both the cooking 
    process and cooking equipment can be assumed.
        It is likely that other products could be added to this list. The 
    agency invites comments on this point. Comments should be accompanied 
    by data that will enable the agency to determine that the minimum 
    cooking process necessary to achieve a marketable product, e.g., heat 
    penetration data and data on the range of cooking processes (times and 
    temperatures) applied to that product, will produce a safe product.
        The same general principles also apply to the design of the cooking 
    and pasteurization equipment. It is necessary that this equipment be 
    designed and operated so that every unit of product receives the 
    established minimum cooking or pasteurization process proposed 
    (Appendix A, section 4. a.2. and b.2.) (Ref. 85). FDA recommends that 
    the equipment be evaluated for design and operation by a process 
    authority who is familiar with the dynamics of temperature distribution 
    in processing equipment. In some instances, temperature distribution 
    studies may be necessary to establish the adequacy of the equipment. In 
    other instances, existing literature should be sufficient. Processors 
    must obtain and retain documentation that the equipment will provide 
    the minimum process as part of their HACCP records in accordance with 
    Sec. 123.8.
    2. Container Integrity
        The proposed guidelines advise in Appendix A, section 3. c. and d. 
    that HACCP plans prepared in accordance with part 123, subpart A will 
    normally identify finished product container sealing for pasteurized 
    products and postpasteurizing cooling as critical control points. 
    Contamination with C. botulinum type E during the postpasteurization 
    cooling step is a special food safety hazard that must be controlled 
    for pasteurized products. Two potential causes of recontamination are 
    poor container seams and contaminated cooling water. Consequently, the 
    guidelines, at Appendix A, section 5, recommend controls that 
    processors can utilize that are likely to meet the requirements of 
    subpart A. Appendix A, section 5.a. advises processors how to inspect 
    finished product containers of pasteurized products for container 
    integrity to ensure a consistently reliable hermetic seal. At proposed 
    Appendix A, section 5.b., the guidelines advise about testing for the 
    presence of sanitizer in cooling water.
        Seam inspections should determine whether the seams conform to the 
    manufacturer's guidelines. Additionally, because of variations from 
    seaming head to seaming head, from closing machine to closing machine, 
    and over time for any one machine or head, FDA recommends that 
    processors conduct inspections for each machine and head at least every 
    4 hours. Visual seam inspections are not adequate to fully assess the 
    integrity of the seam. Physical testing and, in the case of double 
    seams, seam teardown and measurement, are necessary parts of the 
    inspection, as presently required for low acid canned foods in part 
    113.
        The presence of sanitizer in cooling water provides a control for 
    the risk of microbiologically contaminated water being drawn into the 
    can. A vacuum created by a collapse in the cooling vat of the steam 
    head in the container, generated during the heating step, can draw in a 
    minute amount of cooling water and any pathogens contained in that 
    cooling water. Seams are in a particularly stressed condition at that 
    time. Sanitizer strength levels should be checked periodically because 
    there is a tendency for variation in strength to occur, particularly in 
    batch-type systems.
    3. Time and Temperature
        The guidelines advise, in proposed Appendix A, section 3. e., f., 
    g., and h., that HACCP plans prepared in accordance with subpart A of 
    part 123 will normally identify cooling after cooking, processing after 
    cooking, final product cooling, and refrigerated storage, as critical 
    control points. The potential exists for some pathogenic microorganisms 
    to survive the cooking process, regardless of the controls that are in 
    place at that step. Likewise, despite a processor's efforts to minimize 
    recontamination of the cooked product with pathogens, the potential 
    exists for some pathogens to be reintroduced. For these reasons, it is 
    imperative that exposure of the product after the cooking process to 
    temperatures that permit the growth of pathogens be kept to a minimum, 
    since larger numbers are frequently associated with a greater potential 
    for disease.
        To control hazards as required by part 123, subpart A, the process 
    must take steps to restrict time/temperature abuse of the cooked 
    product to the point that pathogens such as Salmonella spp. do not 
    enter the rapid (logarithmic) phase of growth. By restricting pathogen 
    growth to the slow (lag) phase, pathogen numbers should remain constant 
    or increase only slightly.
        Proposed Appendix A, section 6.a. provides a way to control the 
    growth of pathogens immediately after cooking. It advises that, after 
    cooking, the product should be cooled from 140  deg.F (60  deg.C) to 70 
     deg.F (21.1  deg.C) within two hours. This time/temperature 
    combination is based on the upper limit for growth (i.e., 140  deg.F) 
    and the lower limit for rapid growth (i.e., 70  deg.F) of such 
    mesophilic pathogens as Salmonella spp. and S. aureus, and the typical 
    length of the lag phase for the former microorganism (Refs. 23, 85, and 
    115). However, 70  deg.F (21.1  deg.C) will not fully control the 
    growth of psychrotrophic pathogens. Consequently, further cooling from 
    70  deg.F (21.1  deg.C) to 40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C) within 4 additional 
    hours is advisable, based on the minimum growth temperatures of such 
    psychrotropic pathogens as L. monocytogenes, Salmonella spp., and S. 
    aureus, and the lag time of Salmonella spp. (Refs. 23, 78, and 79).
        These cooling recommendations are generally consistent with those 
    of the Food Safety and Inspection Service (FSIS) of USDA (Ref. 115) and 
    the National Food Processors Association (NFPA) (Ref. 78). FDA invites 
    comments on the specifics in App. A, section 6.a.
        In those instances where further processing takes place before the 
    achievement of the 70  deg.F (21.1  deg.C) or the 40  deg.F (4.4 
    deg.C) temperatures, further reduction in temperature need not take 
    place. There is no need for production delays when in-process storage 
    times are normally less than the 2 or 6 hours needed to achieve each of 
    these temperatures.
        The time/temperature parameters employed to control the 
    microbiological hazards associated with cooling after cooking can be 
    confirmed by a program of routine time and temperature monitoring 
    (Appendix A, section 6.a.1.). Real time documentation of this 
    monitoring should be done to facilitate management and regulatory 
    review.
        Alternately, the ability of the firm's processing procedures to 
    consistently achieve the appropriate time/temperature parameters can be 
    confirmed through scientifically conducted time/temperature studies 
    that take into consideration the range of processing variations 
    encountered at the firm. Examples of processing variations include 
    product size, e.g., the range of shrimp sizes that the firm typically 
    processes; the temperature of the cooling medium, e.g., the highest 
    temperature normally experienced in the firm's cooling unit; and the 
    amount of product normally placed in the cooling unit.
        In some instances in-process time/temperature monitoring may be 
    impractical or needlessly redundant, particularly in continuous 
    processing systems. A scientifically conducted study is especially 
    appropriate for such situations, where it can be assured that in all 
    plausible situations the time/temperature parameters will be met. 
    Documentation and retention of the conduct and results of this study is 
    required by Sec. 123.8.
        Appendix A, section 6.b. advises how processors can ensure that 
    microbiological hazards associated with postcooking processing can be 
    controlled. It advises that products not be exposed to ambient 
    temperatures of 40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C) or higher for more than 4 hours 
    during postcooking processing, again based on the minimum growth 
    temperature of such psychrotropic pathogens as L. monocytogenes and on 
    the normal lag phase of such mesophilic pathogens as Salmonella spp. 
    The agency recognizes that, for many products, manipulation of the 
    product after cooking, while undesirable from the standpoint of 
    microbiological recontamination, is necessary for many cooked, ready-
    to-eat products. It is often impractical to perform this manipulation 
    under refrigerated conditions. Consequently, the product will be 
    exposed to some combination of time and temperature that may allow for 
    microbiological growth. The recommended conditions will minimize the 
    growth of pathogenic microorganisms and the production of heat stable 
    toxins (e.g., staphylococcal enterotoxin).
        The ability of the firm's processing procedures to consistently 
    achieve its time/temperature parameters can be confirmed by monitoring 
    the length of time that the product is exposed to such ambient 
    temperatures. Documentation of time/temperature monitoring must be in 
    accordance with Sec. 123.8. to facilitate management and regulatory 
    review.
        Appendix A, section 6.c. advises how processors can ensure that 
    microbiological hazards associated with final product cooling can be 
    controlled. Following the manipulation of the product during 
    postcooking processing, it will be necessary for the processor to cool 
    the product to a temperature that will not support the further growth 
    of mesophilic or psychrotropic pathogens. This result can be achieved 
    by cooling the finished product to an internal temperature of 40  deg.F 
    (4.4  deg.C) within 4 hours of either placing it in the finished 
    product container or completing pasteurization. Again, the 
    recommendation is based on the minimum growth temperature of such 
    psychrotropic pathogens as L. monocytogenes and on the normal lag phase 
    of such mesophilic pathogens as Salmonella spp. Of specific concern to 
    the pasteurization process is the reduction of the internal temperature 
    of the product to a level that will not support the growth of any 
    surviving spores of C. botulinum, type E.
        The ability of the firm's processing procedures to consistently 
    achieve its time/temperature parameters can be confirmed by a program 
    of routine time and temperature monitoring designed to address the 
    particulars of the firm's processing system. Real time documentation of 
    this monitoring should be done to facilitate management and regulatory 
    review.
        Alternately, the firm's ability to consistently meet its parameters 
    can be confirmed through scientifically conducted time/temperature 
    studies that take into consideration the range of processing variations 
    encountered at the firm. Examples of these processing variations 
    include container size, the temperature of the cooling medium, and the 
    amount of product normally placed in the cooling unit. In many 
    instances, in-process time/temperature monitoring may be impractical 
    and expensive for sealed finished product containers. A scientifically 
    conducted study is especially appropriate in such situations, where it 
    can be assured that in all plausible situations the time/temperature 
    constraints will be met. Documentation of the conduct and results of 
    the study is required under proposed Sec. 123.8 to facilitate 
    management and regulatory review.
        Temperature control during refrigerated storage is best achieved 
    through the use of temperature indicating and recording devices and 
    recordkeeping, as stated in Appendix A, section 6.d.2. (Ref. 85). 
    However, FDA recognizes that some processors may desire to manually 
    monitor the temperature of the refrigeration unit, using only a 
    temperature-indicating device and a logbook. When coupled with a high 
    temperature alarm or a maximum-indicating thermometer, the agency feels 
    that this practice represents an acceptable alternative.
        The guideline advises, in Appendix A, section 3.i., that HACCP 
    plans prepared in accordance with subpart A of part 123 will normally 
    identify distribution as a critical control point. Distribution of 
    perishable products encompasses the same hazards as associated with 
    refrigerated storage. For this reason, in Appendix A, section 6.e., the 
    agency is recommending a critical limit of an internal temperature 
    maximum of 40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C) and is encouraging the shipper and 
    consignee to arrange for appropriate control measures.
        The agency recognizes that distribution patterns vary considerably 
    from single shipments to pooled and multiple delivery shipments, from 
    iced shipments to refrigerated shipments, and from shipments on the 
    consignee's truck to shipments on the shipper's truck to common carrier 
    shipments. Each mode presents different opportunities and impediments 
    for control.
    4. Temperature Monitoring Equipment
        Processors must monitor and control the temperature of their 
    refrigeration units in order to ensure that microorganisms of public 
    health concern do not increase in numbers. Likewise, processors must 
    control the times and temperatures of their thermal processes in order 
    to ensure that the minimum thermal process is consistently delivered to 
    the product. The guidelines address the outfitting of cooking, 
    pasteurization, and refrigeration equipment with temperature indicating 
    and recording devices (Appendix A, sections 4. a.2.ii. and b.2.ii., and 
    section 6.d.2., respectively). A temperature-recording device provides 
    a complete history of the temperature throughout the thermal process by 
    continuously recording it on a chart. As has been demonstrated for low 
    acid canned foods, the chart itself provides an excellent HACCP record 
    for the benefit of both processor and regulator. For this record to be 
    meaningful, it is critical that the temperature-recording device sensor 
    be installed so as to accurately represent the temperature of the 
    heating or cooling medium.
        Temperature-recording devices are easily jarred and rendered 
    inaccurate. They can be calibrated and corrected against a temperature-
    indicating device (e.g., a thermometer) quite easily, however. 
    Processors should do so at least at the beginning and end of each 
    production day in order to determine whether the instrument was 
    accurate throughout the day's production. In this situation, the 
    temperature-indicating device serves as reference instrument since it 
    is much more reliable. Consequently, the temperature-recording device 
    should never show a higher temperature than the temperature-indicating 
    device.
        Temperature-indicating devices are generally reliable and need only 
    be calibrated upon installation and annually thereafter. Calibration 
    should be against a standardized (i.e., traceable to the National 
    Bureau of Standards) thermometer that is not subject to the rigors of 
    the processing environment (Ref. 85). Temperature-indicating devices 
    must often be read under less than ideal plant conditions, so they 
    should be installed in a location that facilitates easy reading. As 
    with the temperature-recording device, the sensor on the temperature-
    indicating device should be installed so as to accurately represent the 
    temperature of the heating or cooling medium.
    5. Corrective Actions
        Appendix A, section 8. advises processors about corrective action 
    steps that they should consider to comply with the proposed corrective 
    action requirements in Sec. 123.7 of subpart A. Because the evaluation 
    of critical limit failures relating to the cooking step and the 
    terminal heat treatment step of cooked, ready-to-eat products may well 
    require an understanding of the technical aspects of thermal process 
    calculations, Appendix A, section 8. recommends additional controls to 
    those required by Sec. 123.7 in this regard. Of primary importance is 
    the recommendation that any corrective action other than processing to 
    eliminate the hazard or destruction must be assessed by a competent 
    process authority. For this purpose, a process authority may be a 
    representative of the firm or may be an outside source, so long as the 
    process authority has a scientific background that is adequate to make 
    the assessment.
    6. Sanitary Zones
        Section 123.10 of subpart A establishes requirements for all 
    processors for sanitation within the processing environment. In 
    addition to these requirements, this guideline recommends in Appendix 
    A, section 8. that processors of cooked, ready-to-eat products 
    establish sanitary zones in their facilities. The agency invites 
    comments on the merits of this concept and on whether it should be 
    codified in the regulations.
        The importance of good sanitation in the processing of cooked, 
    ready-to-eat products cannot be overemphasized. While, as has been 
    stated earlier, plant sanitation has no real bearing on human food 
    safety for many foods, the safety of cooked, ready-to-eat products can 
    be easily jeopardized by pathogens that are introduced through poor 
    sanitation practices. Consequently, FDA is recommending that processors 
    establish sanitary zones around areas where products that have already 
    been cooked are being handled or stored. The primary purpose of a 
    sanitary zone is to physically separate insanitary objects from cooked 
    products. Sanitary zones can also minimize the likelihood of airborne 
    contamination through proper filtration and positive air pressure in 
    the zone.
        A sanitary zone is a separation of operations by location, 
    partition, air flow, or enclosed systems. In most cases, it requires 
    procedural changes to minimize the risk of contamination but not large-
    scale structural changes. Canada has successfully incorporated the 
    concept of sanitary zones for seafood processing as part of its HACCP-
    based inspection program (Ref. 116).
    
    K. Guideline For Scombroid Toxin Forming Species
    
        FDA is proposing a guideline in Appendix B for handling of the 
    species in which scombroid toxin can form. This problem is primarily, 
    but not exclusively, associated with members of the family Scombridae. 
    The fish involved contain significant levels of naturally occurring 
    free histidine in their flesh, which certain bacteria can decarboxylate 
    into histamine. Significant histamine levels occur when the fish are 
    exposed after death to times and temperatures that permit the growth of 
    these bacteria. Histamine can result in a mild to severe allergic 
    response in humans. Scombrotoxin poisoning is one of the three most 
    common seafood-related illnesses (Ref. 5, p. 24). The scombrotoxic 
    species that have been associated with foodborne illness include tuna, 
    bluefish, mahi, mackerel, sardines, herring, kahawai, anchovies, and 
    marlin.
        This HACCP guidance is intended to maximize the use of controls to 
    ensure proper handling of scombrotoxic species and thus to minimize the 
    possibility of a problem. It also recognizes the often complex pathways 
    of movement and ownership through which such fish may pass. Failure to 
    ensure safe handling at any point in the chain may render the fish 
    injurious to health.
        There is a basis for concern about the safety of the fish as soon 
    as histamine begins to form. Once the histamine-forming process has 
    begun, it is like a chain reaction. Lowering the temperature of, or 
    freezing, the fish will slow or arrest the process, but only cooking 
    and prevention of recontamination can stop it (Refs. 9 and 117).
        The guideline describes a HACCP system that emphasizes reliance 
    upon accurate recordkeeping to show continuity of proper handling. 
    Accurate knowledge of the time/temperature history of the fish is very 
    important in determining the likelihood that the fish are unsafe or may 
    become unsafe. The guideline also calls for more stringent processor 
    controls to be applied to lots for which records are inadequate. While 
    this guideline is designed to prevent problems, nothing in it should be 
    construed as meaning that the agency will not take regulatory action if 
    it finds decomposed fish.
        The guideline in Appendix B, section 2. identifies receipt of raw 
    materials, which include imported shipments, as a critical control 
    point for processors of scombroid toxin forming species. Time/
    temperature abuse by the fisherman can result in decomposition and the 
    resultant production of histamine.
        Decomposition can also occur before the fish are removed from the 
    harvest water if the fish dies in capture nets or on long lines. In 
    such an event, the degree of decomposition will reflect the sea 
    temperature, time in the water, and particular species (Ref. 118). It 
    is not uncommon to encounter water temperatures of 80  deg.F to 90 
    deg.F in tropical waters, which can produce rapid decomposition.
        Thus, rapid cooling of fish when they are captured is very 
    important to prevent initiation of the process by which histamine is 
    produced. Fish subjected to 68  deg.F for periods as short as one day, 
    a practice which can happen in warm climates on fishing vessels, will 
    yield high levels of histamine, even if the fish are later stored at 
    refrigerated temperatures (Ref. 117).
        For these reasons, the guideline advises that processors of fish 
    and fishery products from scombroid toxin forming species must ensure 
    that their raw materials are essentially free of decomposition and 
    histamine as a result of time/temperature abuse that occurred before 
    the processor received them. The guideline provides for three 
    interrelated controls for the processor to apply with regard to raw 
    materials. For the first processor that takes ownership after harvest, 
    these are: (1) Time/temperature records from the harvesting vessel 
    (Appendix B, section 3.a.1.); (2) organoleptic examination of the fish 
    from the harvesting vessel for decomposition (Appendix B, section 
    3.a.2.); and (3) histamine analysis, if warranted by the time/
    temperature history of the fish as revealed by the time/temperature 
    record from the vessel or by the results of the organoleptic 
    examination (Appendix B, section 3.a.3.), or both. Time/temperature 
    records from the vessel indicate whether entire lots from the vessel 
    may be suspect, and thus in need of a histamine examination, because of 
    unusual events on the vessel. Such records would not normally reveal, 
    however, whether there are individual fish in the lot that may have 
    decomposition. An organoleptic examination for decomposition serves to 
    screen individual fish. It also serves as a way to verify the time/
    temperature records from the vessel with regard to an entire lot. If 
    organoleptic examination reveals an unusually high number of fish with 
    decomposition, the entire lot should be considered suspect and 
    subjected to histamine analysis.
        Appendix B, section 3.a.1. provides for how the first processor can 
    take measures to determine whether the fish were properly harvested and 
    handled on board the harvesting vessel. Certification of the mode of 
    capture, including information on the time between physical capture and 
    bringing the fish on board, handling techniques, and the use of 
    temperature logs onboard the vessel that record that time/temperature 
    history of the fish (for example, catch date and time, means and rate 
    of cooling, storage temperature, and refrigerated brine or seawater 
    temperature) provide documentation to the processor and to regulatory 
    authorities that the fish were properly handled. Such records on the 
    handling of the fish should be part of an HACCP system and can be used 
    in the specific HACCP plans of processors.
        The harvester's goal should be to bring the fish to an internal 
    temperature of 40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C) or below as soon as possible 
    after the fish dies to minimize the risk of histamine production. 
    Cooling fish below 59  deg.F (15  deg.C), and preferably below 50 
    deg.F (10  deg.C), greatly reduces the growth of populations of the 
    bacteria that are most likely to cause histamine formation (Ref. 7, p. 
    95). Once bacterial growth has begun, temperature at or below 41  deg.F 
    (5  deg.C) halts bacterial growth, although enzymatic histamine 
    formation may slowly continue (Ref. 7, p. 95). Consequently, in 
    proposed Appendix B, section 3.a.1., the agency is recommending a 
    slightly lower flesh temperature of 40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C) or below. 
    This temperature is consistent with recommendations of safe 
    temperatures in other sections of the proposed regulation. Nonetheless, 
    FDA specifically invites comments on the appropriateness of this 
    temperature.
        Appendix B, section 3.a.1. recommends that the time/temperature 
    history from the vessel be on a lot-by-lot basis and defines a lot as a 
    discrete storage compartment on the vessel in keeping with industry 
    practice. A lot typically reflects a day's catch. Because a boat's 
    catch can be subject to varying conditions and treatment from day-to-
    day, the time/temperature records should be specific to each lot.
        If the time/temperature records suggest that, for a particular lot, 
    the conditions on the vessel were likely to cause, or significantly 
    contribute to, the formation of histamine in the fish, or if no 
    adequate time/temperature records exist for that lot, the guideline 
    provides that a representative sample of fish from the lot be analyzed 
    for histamine Appendix B, section 3.a.2.ii.B.). The samples should be 
    collected on a statistically valid sample schedule because variations 
    in time/temperature abuse are likely at various points in a ship's 
    hold.
        The second control, organoleptic examination by the processor for 
    decomposition, should be performed regardless of what the time/
    temperature records show (Appendix B, section 3.a.2.). First, 
    decomposition is a form of adulteration under 403(a)(3) of the act. 
    Second, as indicated earlier, an organoleptic examination provides a 
    screening mechanism for individual fish. It is possible for the 
    conditions on the vessel to be good but for some fish to develop 
    decomposition anyway. Third, also as stated earlier, an examination for 
    decomposition provides a way to verify the time/temperature records.
        FDA recognizes that an organoleptic examination of each fish can be 
    highly impractical. Consequently, the guideline calls for an 
    examination of a representative number of fish to achieve a 95 percent 
    certainty that the total number of fish in the lot that exhibit 
    decomposition does not exceed 2.5 percent. (The significance of 2.5 
    percent is addressed in the preamble discussion of Appendix B, section 
    3. a.2.iii. and a.2.iv.) Using this approach, the number of fish 
    examined will be reasonably close to the total number of fish, so that 
    the goal of screening individual fish is preserved to the maximum 
    extent practicable. Additionally, FDA expects that this representative 
    sample will be large enough so as to provide a sufficient verification 
    of the time/temperature records for the entire lot.
        Appendix B, section 3.a.2.i. provides that no fish flesh that 
    exhibits any organoleptically detectable decomposition should be used 
    for food. Aside from the clear violation of 402(a)(3) of the act 
    presented by such decomposition, the public health risk presented by 
    decomposition in scombrotoxin forming species is unacceptable. While 
    the existence of decomposition does not mean that scombrotoxin is 
    present, it does mean that a process has begun that can lead to the 
    presence of scombrotoxin over the shelf life of the fish or fishery 
    product.
        In some instances, e.g., large fish such as tuna, isolated parts of 
    the fish will exhibit decomposition but other parts will be free of 
    decomposition. FDA recognizes that it is possible to remove those parts 
    of a fish that have decomposition and salvage the remainder. Appendix 
    B, section 3.a.2.i. provides for such reconditioning so long as a 
    histamine examination is performed on the flesh that is free of 
    decomposition. FDA believes that a histamine test is prudent under such 
    circumstances to verify that scombrotoxin forming processes are not at 
    work in that flesh.
        The guideline also provides for how the processor should use 
    organoleptic examination and time/temperature records in tandem to 
    determine whether fish or fishery products from scombroid forming 
    species are fit for further processing or should first be subject to a 
    histamine examination. If no decomposition is found, and the time/
    temperature records show that conditions on the vessel were unlikely to 
    cause, or significantly contribute to, the formation of histamine in 
    the fish, all the fish from that lot may be further processed or 
    directly entered into commerce (Appendix B, section 3.a.2.ii.). If, as 
    stated earlier, the time/temperature records are inadequate or indicate 
    conditions that could cause histamine, the processor should always 
    conduct a histamine analysis on a representative sample regardless of 
    the decomposition findings.
        If decomposition is found in less than 2.5 percent of the lot, and 
    the time/temperature records show that conditions on the vessel were 
    unlikely to cause, or significantly contribute to, the formation of 
    histamine in the fish, Appendix B, section 3.a.2.iii. provides that the 
    decomposed fish should be removed in accordance with the procedure 
    outlined in Appendix B, section 3.a.2.i., but that it is not necessary 
    to subject the lot to a histamine examination. The agency has 
    tentatively concluded that decomposition below 2.5 percent is not 
    significant in terms of the acceptability of the entire lot. Under the 
    best conditions, it is possible that some fish in a large lot will 
    experience some minimal decomposition. Under these circumstances, so 
    long as the fish with decomposition are culled from the lot, there is 
    no reason to suspect that the lot has been subject to unusual 
    conditions that could cause histamine or scombrotoxin to form. The 
    agency is aware that the canned tuna industry uses the 2.5 percent 
    value to determine whether special handling of a lot is warranted (Ref. 
    119). The canned tuna industry has concluded, just as FDA tentatively 
    concludes, that levels above 2.5 percent represent likely exposure of 
    the fish in a lot to conditions that are out of the ordinary and 
    potentially dangerous.
        For these reasons, if the processor finds decomposition in more 
    than 2.5 percent of the fish from a lot, those fish must be removed 
    from the lot, and a histamine examination needs to be performed on a 
    representative sample of the remaining fish in that lot (Appendix B, 
    section 3.a.2.iv.).
        It is important to recognize that where the time/temperature 
    records are inadequate for all the fish on a vessel, or show poor 
    conditions for all the fish from a vessel, histamine analyses should be 
    performed on representative samples from each lot on the vessel. 
    Although an appropriate number of fish for sampling could possibly be 
    provided from a single lot, the results would not be representative of 
    the vessel as a whole.
        Appendix B, section 3.a.3. describes how fish should be disposed of 
    depending on the results of a histamine examination. In keeping with 
    current policy, the agency expects that any fish that is found to have 
    histamine above a defect action level or other regulatory level or 
    limit for histamine established by FDA will not be used for food. 
    Moreover, the agency expects, as reflected in Appendix B, section 
    3.a.3.i., that a finding of histamine over such level or limit in any 
    fish in a lot from the vessel will result in the destruction of that 
    entire lot, regardless of the percentage of decomposition that was 
    organoleptically detected or the conditions on the vessel as indicated 
    by the time/temperature records. Such a histamine finding strongly 
    indicates that neither the records from the vessel nor the 
    decomposition test (if the results were below 2.5 percent) are 
    reliable. Histamine may be present in the absence of organoleptically 
    detectable decomposition.
        Similarly, the agency expects, as reflected in Appendix B, section 
    3.a.3.ii., that a finding of histamine below the action level, but 
    higher than is normally found in fresh fish (Refs. 120 and 121), in any 
    fish in a lot will result in the immediate cooking of all the fish in 
    the lot to ensure that scombrotoxin will not form over the shelf life 
    of the fish. Cooking stops the histamine forming process once it has 
    started. Without this cooking, any elevated temperatures later in the 
    distribution system or in the home can result in a rapid elevation of 
    histamine levels to hazardous levels (Ref. 117, p. 341).
        Appendix B, section 3.b. addresses raw materials controls that can 
    be exercised by subsequent processors, i.e., those other than the first 
    processor to take possession of scombroid toxin forming fish and fish 
    products from a harvester. Assuming that the first processor has met 
    its responsibilities with regard to raw materials as explained above, 
    and has not caused a problem through improper handling during 
    processing, subsequent processors should determine whether 
    decomposition occurred during transfer from the previous processor. 
    Consequently, the guideline provides, at Appendix B, section 3.b.1., 
    that subsequent processors that do processing other than simply 
    storing, should subject a representative sample of fish or fish 
    products from each lot to an organoleptic examination. Any finding of 
    decomposition in that sample should lead to organoleptic examination of 
    the entire lot. If decomposition is found in more than 2.5 percent of 
    the fish in the lot, the processor should perform a histamine 
    examination on a representative sample of fish from the lot. These 
    gradations are consistent with the expectations reflected in the 
    guidelines for first processors.
        FDA has tentatively concluded these measures need not be taken by 
    those who only store fish and fishery products. While time/temperature 
    abuse can occur during storage, and thus scombroid toxin forming 
    species must be  held  at  appropriate  temperatures (40  deg.F (4.4 
    deg.C) or below), the hazard of scombrotoxin in the finished product 
    can be controlled by those who own the product or manipulate it during 
    processing.
        As suggested above, time/temperature abuse can occur during 
    processing as well as before the raw materials are received. It is 
    important that processors identify critical control points and suitable 
    controls that will protect fish and fish products that can form 
    scombrotoxin from time/temperature abuse. As the guideline for 
    scombrotoxin states in Appendix B, section 5., many of the controls for 
    time and temperature in the guideline for cooked, ready-to-eat products 
    should be applicable to the processing of scombrotoxin forming species. 
    Such handling conditions are necessary to control histamine production. 
    In addition, Appendix B, section 4. provides that products that are 
    undergoing processing not be exposed to ambient temperatures of 40 
    deg.F (4.4  deg.C) or higher for more than 4 hours during that 
    processing. The agency recognizes that for many products, manipulation 
    under unrefrigerated conditions is necessary. The processor must be 
    aware, however, that during such periods the product will be exposed to 
    conditions that can lead to histamine formation. Appendix B, section 4. 
    describes how to minimize this possibility.
        To comply with Appendix B, section 4., the processor should monitor 
    the length of time that the product is exposed to ambient temperatures 
    of 40  deg.F or higher. Documentation of the time/temperature 
    monitoring controls will facilitate management and regulatory review.
    
    L. Guideline for Product Integrity
    
    1. Economic Adulteration
        Economic adulteration occurs when a consumer is misled about the 
    worth, amount, or identity of a food product and, therefore, 
    unknowingly pays for value not received. Economically deceptive 
    practices in the representation of a food's value may occur in a number 
    of ways. Sections 402(b) and 403 of the act define the conditions and 
    practices that result, respectively, in the economic adulteration and 
    misbranding of a food. In addition, the Fair Packaging and Labeling 
    Act, 15 U.S.C. 1451 et seq., requires that food packages and their 
    labeling provide consumers with accurate information about the identity 
    and net quantity of the contents, so that consumers can make fair value 
    comparisons among products.
        While any food may be subjected to economic adulteration or to 
    misbranding, fish and fishery products present distinctive 
    characteristics and processing procedures that make them more 
    susceptible to abusive economic practices than most foods. The great 
    variety of finfish, shellfish, and crustacean species, as well as the 
    multiplicity of products prepared from them, including fabricated 
    surimi-based products that imitate actual seafoods, provide ample 
    opportunity for both inadvertent and deliberate economic adulteration 
    and misbranding practices that result in economic loss to the consumer.
        Most important among the characteristics that make seafoods 
    vulnerable to abuse is the similar appearance of many finfish, in the 
    whole, raw state, in the form of fillets, or as ingredients. Unlike the 
    situation with the limited types of red meats and fowl, it is very 
    difficult for most consumers to detect the substitution of an 
    economically inferior species for a more valuable one that is declared 
    on the label or in labeling (e.g., the substitution of rockfish for red 
    snapper).
        Irrespective of the relative economic value of the substitute 
    species, section 403(a)(1) of the act states that a food shall be 
    deemed to be misbranded if its labeling is false and misleading in any 
    particular. More specifically, a food is misbranded under section 
    403(b) of the act if it is offered for sale under the name of another 
    food. If the substituted fish is less valuable than the species 
    represented on the label or labeling, the product is also adulterated 
    under section 402(b)(2) of the act, which states that a food shall be 
    deemed to be adulterated if any substance has been substituted wholly 
    or in part therefor. Consequently, it is a clear violation of the act 
    when a finfish, shellfish, or crustacean is not correctly identified on 
    its label or in its labeling.
        Furthermore, the misidentification of species may also have adverse 
    public health consequences. Should an illness or outbreak occur from a 
    seafood product, it is essential for proper diagnoses and treatment 
    that public health investigators not be prevented from quickly 
    identifying the exact cause or agent responsible in the food, and from 
    tracing it back to the correct source of the food to prevent further 
    sale and consumption.
        For example, in a seafood related incident that occurred in 1982, 
    in New York, two men became ill shortly after eating a fish dinner in a 
    restaurant. Species substitution caused investigators to erroneously 
    suspect that the illnesses were caused by ciguatoxin because the food 
    was identified as being red snapper, a species which could cause that 
    illness. The food actually was mahi, a fish which is often associated 
    with scombroid poisoning (Ref. 122). Scombroid poisoning is associated 
    with high levels of histamine.
        FDA found that the fish mislabeled as red snapper had been shipped 
    from Ecuador and processed in Panama. Had the fish been labeled as 
    mahi, it would not have been permitted entry into the United States 
    because FDA had an automatic detention for mahi from Ecuador at the 
    time because of problems with high levels of histamine.
        Another instance involving species substitution resulting in a 
    negative public health consequence occurred in Hawaii in 1987. Fifty 
    illnesses, 32 of which required medical attention, were attributed to 
    the consumption of limpets misbranded as ``Baby Abalone.'' The symptoms 
    displayed were those of a histamine-type reaction. Because abalone is 
    not one of the species expected to form histamine, substituting limpets 
    for abalone put consumers at risk from a food that they had not 
    intended to eat. Thus, accurate identification of species is essential 
    to public health protection and prompt accurate diagnosis and treatment 
    of illness when that protection fails.
        Processing practices traditionally used in the seafood industry 
    also are easily abused to increase a product's weight, in the form of 
    ice or water. For instance, frozen fillets, shrimp, crab legs, and 
    other products are normally protected from dehydration (freezer burn) 
    while frozen by the application of a light glaze of ice. A packer then 
    includes added product in the package to compensate for the weight of 
    the glaze. Excessive amounts of glaze, however, not compensated for in 
    this manner, can deliberately be used to increase the apparent weight, 
    and therefore the apparent value, of the product delivered. Percentage 
    weight increases from overglazing are most dramatic for foods with high 
    surface area to volume ratios, such as shrimp. Overglazing is a 
    practice that violates section 402(b)(4) of the act because a substance 
    has been added to increase a food's weight or to make it appear of 
    greater value than it is.
        A similar type of fraud frequently results from oversoaking fish 
    and shellfish meats in dip solutions. Dip solutions are customarily 
    used to retard the natural loss of moisture (drip loss) from products 
    such as scallops, which are particularly susceptible to drip loss. 
    However, exposure to the dip may deliberately be prolonged to add 
    weight in the form of water. Dip solutions may contain chemicals, such 
    as sodium tripolyphosphate, that can greatly enhance the amount of 
    water absorbed by the scallops. The net effect of such practices is to 
    mislead the consumer into purchasing added water at scallop prices.
        Seafoods generally represent a high dollar value per unit weight 
    compared with other foods, particularly crab, lobster, shrimp, and 
    certain shellfish. Thus, even relatively modest percentage weight 
    increases from abusive glazing or water uptake from dip solutions 
    represent a substantial loss of value to the consumer.
        For the same reason, the potential fraudulent profit from similar 
    practices of adding less valuable ingredients, such as breading on 
    shrimp and fish sticks or water to shucked oysters, to increase the 
    size or weight of products are enticing to unscrupulous processors.
        The agency believes that economic adulteration occurs with 
    sufficient frequency in various seafood products to result in 
    substantial losses to the consumer. Evidence of such economic 
    adulteration usually comes to light indirectly, as a result of 
    investigations that are carried out for other purposes.
        Fourteen and one-half percent of the samples of seafoods reported 
    in 1986 as having adverse findings by eight FDA district offices were 
    so listed because of product misrepresentation (Ref. 123).
        Similarly, FDA found that in fiscal years 1991 and 1992, 14.8 and 
    11.7 percent, respectively, of all consumer complaints involved 
    complaints of economic problems (Ref. 60).
        Imported seafood products also are subject to significant levels of 
    economic misrepresentation. In 1992, approximately 13 percent of all 
    detentions of imported seafood involved some form of misbranding, such 
    as false or misleading labeling, short fill, short weight, standard of 
    identity, and omitted labeling (Ref. 124).
        Specific data on species substitution are available from The 
    National Seafood Inspection Laboratory (NSIL) of NMFS, Department of 
    Commerce. Data gathered for the 3-year period of 1990-1992 by the 
    laboratory in conducting species verification tests requested by 
    industry show that 59 percent of the samples labeled as cod, 57 percent 
    of the product labeled as haddock, 56 percent of the product labeled as 
    flounder or sole, and 51 percent of the product labeled as red snapper 
    were not the species claimed on the label. While these data cannot be 
    regarded as representative of industry-wide misbranding practices 
    because the testing was not random, the results indicate a remarkably 
    high incidence of species substitution. Moreover, these findings are 
    consistent with other surveys (Ref. 35, p. 45).
        For example, a survey conducted in Florida to determine the extent 
    of retail species substitution in the case of red snapper found that 64 
    percent of the fish fillets labeled for retail sale as red snapper were 
    misbranded (Ref. 125). The prevalence of misbranding just this one 
    desirable species is underscored by the observation: ``If all of the 
    red snapper sold in the United States were genuine, the seas would long 
    since have been swept absolutely clean of this species'' (Ref. 126, p. 
    41).
        While most States' regulations follow FDA nomenclature policy and 
    regulations, misbranding practices are exacerbated by the failure of 
    some States to require these common names for some species sold within 
    the State. Red snapper again provides a case study in the extent of 
    variation in acceptable nomenclature allowed for a species. Although 
    not permitted when sold in interstate commerce, California regulations 
    allow 12 species of rockfish to be labeled as ``Pacific red snapper'' 
    within the State. Similarly, Oregon and Washington regulations also 
    allow rockfish to be called ``snapper'' (Ref. 126, p. 305). Moreover, 
    an even greater variety of imported species may be misrepresented as 
    ``red snapper.''
        Many in the seafood industry believe that economic abuse is one its 
    most significant problems. A survey conducted by the National Fisheries 
    Institute found that the Institute's membership supported mandatory 
    inspection as a means of overcoming practices that pose a threat to the 
    reputation of processors and packers adhering to scrupulous practices 
    in the representation of their products (Ref. 127). General agreement 
    was found to exist among processors, distributors, and importers, as 
    well as retailers and restaurateurs, that abusive economic practices 
    are widespread, including overglazing and overbreading of fishery 
    products, inaccurate net weight measurement, and the substitution of 
    inferior species for more valuable fish.
        In a similar industry study by the Southeastern Fisheries 
    Association, members ranked problems with economic fraud (such as 
    species identification, overglazing, and the use of phosphates) above 
    all other seafood industry problems, except vessel handling practices 
    (Ref. 128).
    2. Recommended Adoption of HACCP-Based Methods
        Although the agency recognizes that HACCP was developed primarily 
    to address safety, FDA believes that the proposed requirement in 
    Sec. 123.6, for seafood processors to adopt HACCP methods to ensure the 
    safety of seafoods provides an opportunity for processors to develop 
    and apply effective control point procedures that they can use to 
    ensure that seafoods comply with the provisions of sections 402(b) and 
    403 of the act, The Fair Packaging and Labeling Act, the seafood 
    standards of identity promulgated in 21 CFR, and applicable compliance 
    policy guides issued by the agency (Compliance Policy Guides 7108.01, 
    7108.03, 7108.04, 7108.12, 7108.13, 7108.14, 7108.21, and 7108.23). 
    Consequently, the agency is proposing in Appendix D to establish a 
    guideline for HACCP-based procedures to avoid economic adulteration and 
    misbranding of seafoods. Following this guideline will enable 
    processors to develop procedures and records that will establish that 
    they are not engaged in any practices that would render their products 
    economically adulterated. Clearly, however, guidelines cannot prevent 
    economic fraud.
        The following guideline for product integrity lists critical 
    control points covering raw material receipt, processing, and labels 
    and labeling that processors and importers can incorporate in their 
    HACCP plans. The agency believes that proper control begins with 
    verification of the raw materials received by a processor. Therefore, 
    in Appendix D, section 2.a., the agency is suggesting that, as part of 
    their HACCP plan, processors and importers should include critical 
    control points beginning with the receipt of raw materials. Ensuring 
    that raw materials meet critical limits (e.g., correct species 
    identification, net weight, additive identification) at the point they 
    enter a processor's or importer's control is crucial.
        There are a number of ways to ensure that species are properly 
    identified. Physical examination, as indicated in Appendix D, section 
    2.a.1. is the typical method of determining the identity of a species. 
    The agency believes that most seafood processors and importers are 
    knowledgeable about the species that they handle and would have 
    personnel available at the point of receipt who could monitor the 
    incoming shipments for species substitution. Expert consultation is 
    another option for correctly identifying species.
        Processors or importers can also check the identity of seafood by 
    employing laboratory services, as provided for in Appendix D, section 
    2.a.2. Protein chromatography is a laboratory method that can 
    accurately establish the species of fish and fishery products (Ref. 
    50). Another option, Appendix D, section 2.a.3., is to receive raw 
    materials certified by suppliers under either limited or general and 
    continuing guaranties (section 303(c)(2) of the act (21 U.S.C. 
    333(c)(2)) and 21 CFR 7.12 and 7.13).
        In Appendix D, section 2.b., the agency points out that processors 
    must ensure that the labels, labeling, and invoices of their finished 
    products accurately list weight, count, size, and product identity, as 
    well as the content of valuable constituents (i.e., that ingredient 
    that the consumer identifies as providing the reason to purchase the 
    product, for example, the shrimp in breaded shrimp). The content of the 
    valuable constituents must be maintained as required by FDA's standards 
    of identity regulations (21 CFR part 161, including: oysters, Pacific 
    salmon, canned wet packed shrimp in transparent or nontransparent 
    containers, frozen raw breaded shrimp, frozen raw lightly breaded 
    shrimp, and canned tuna) or in accordance with FDA's compliance policy 
    guides.
        More specifically, as in Appendix D, section 2.b.1., the species 
    must be correctly identified by its common or usual name and be so 
    represented on the label and labeling. To assist processors and 
    consumers, FDA has developed both printed and database versions of the 
    ``FDA Fish List'' to provide such guidance. Also specific requirements 
    for such labeling are listed in Standards of Identity and the Common or 
    Usual Name regulations (21 CFR, parts 161 and 102).
        Appendix D, sections 2.b.2. through b.5. are based on section 
    402(b) of the act. Under Appendix D, section 2.b.2., the processor 
    needs to ensure that valuable constituents of the product are not 
    omitted or abstracted. For example, breaded shrimp must contain the 
    required weight ratio of shrimp to breading. Similarly, shrimp must be 
    of the size and/or weight specified on the label or labeling.
        Under Appendix D, section 2.b.3., the processor needs to ensure 
    that no substance is substituted wholly or in part for a valuable 
    constituent. For example, substitution of crab flavored surimi cannot 
    be used in whole or in part instead of crab meat in a product labeled 
    as crab cake.
        Under Appendix D, section 2.b.4., the processor needs to ensure 
    that damage or inferiority is not concealed in any manner. This means, 
    for example, that bleaching or coloring of product to conceal its true 
    nature or condition of wholesomeness is not acceptable.
    
    M. Additional Guidance--FDA Fish and Fishery Products Hazards and 
    Controls Guide Including Specific Guidance on Smoked Fishery Products
    
        As an adjunct to its rulemaking to require HACCP procedures in the 
    seafood industry, FDA is drafting an extensive guidance for processors 
    to use in understanding and implementing HACCP principles for their 
    operations. This guidance will provide information that processors and 
    importers can use in the development of their HACCP plans. This 
    information consists largely of an identification of hazards that can 
    affect the safety of seafood and a review of control measures that can 
    keep the hazards from actually occurring, or that can at least minimize 
    the likelihood of their occurrence.
        FDA has included selected portions of the draft HACCP guidance as 
    Appendix 1 to this proposal, so as to better inform the public about 
    how this guidance will be structured and about the kinds of assistance 
    that will be available to processors and importers who implement HACCP. 
    The agency emphasizes, however, that this guidance is a work-in-
    progress and still being developed by FDA. Nonetheless, the agency 
    seeks comment on the need for this guidance and the usefulness of the 
    format the agency proposes to adopt.
        In addition, FDA is including in Appendix 1 specific guidance on 
    time-temperature and salinity parameters and other matters for use in 
    the HACCP plans of processors of smoked and smoke-flavored fishery 
    products. While FDA is seeking comment on the guidance generally, it 
    particularly seeks comment on the guidance on smoked and smoke-flavored 
    fishery products. Material relevant to the safe processing of smoked 
    and smoke-flavored fishery products is found in various sections of the 
    HACCP guidance because this general guidance is primarily organized by 
    hazard rather than by commodity type. However, the agency has gathered 
    the materials relating to smoked and smoke-flavored fishery products 
    into a single section of the guidance to facilitate use of this 
    guidance by this industry, and to facilitate obtaining public comment 
    on it. As stated above, FDA seeks public comment on the appropriateness 
    of the materials relating to smoked and smoke-flavored fishery products 
    as guidance, on their validity as guidelines, and on whether they 
    should be made mandatory by incorporating them into any final 
    regulation that results from this rulemaking.
        While no known outbreaks of botulism attributed to smoked fish have 
    been reported since 1963, FDA believes that the failure by 
    manufacturers to obtain information about the composition of hot- and 
    cold-process products represents a potential health hazard. Without 
    analytical results from the testing for water-phase salt and sodium 
    nitrite levels, a manufacturer cannot determine whether the fish have 
    been adequately processed to inhibit C. botulinum spore outgrowth and 
    toxin production. The agency's concerns are underscored by the 
    diversity of processing temperatures and salt levels used in the 
    manufacture of these products, particularly the lower range 
    temperatures and water-phase salt levels (Ref. 24).
        Finally, as stated above, the use of modified atmosphere and vacuum 
    packaging with smoked and smoke-flavored fish products is also a source 
    of concern. These types of packaging provide an anaerobic environment 
    in which C. botulinum spores can grow out and produce botulin, the 
    causative agent in botulism. When consumed, the toxin attacks the 
    central nervous system and may cause death if untreated within 3 to 6 
    days.
        For all these reasons, FDA has tentatively concluded that some type 
    of guidance that defines the procedures for the safe processing of 
    smoked and smoke-flavored fish is necessary.
        Historically, fish have been smoked in order to preserve them. 
    Today, the primary reason for smoking is to impart certain taste and 
    texture qualities to the fish. There are essentially two types of 
    smoked fish: (1) Those that are subjected to a ``cold process'' that 
    leaves the fish soft and moist, with a delicate smoke flavor, such as 
    lox, and (2) those that are subjected to a ``hot process'' that 
    produces a less moist, firmer product with heavier smoke flavor, such 
    as smoked whitefish.
        The processing of these fish basically involves: (1) Cleaning and 
    gutting followed by (2) immersion in a brine solution or dry salt in 
    order to salt them, (3) drying in a cool temperature to avoid bacterial 
    growth, (4) smoking in a smoking chamber at a temperature and for a 
    time necessary to achieve the desired ``cold process'' or ``hot 
    process'' effect, and (5) packaging and cooling. The taste and texture 
    qualities attributable to ``cold process'' smoked fish require much 
    lower temperatures during the smoking phase of the process than those 
    attributable to ``hot process.'' Salted fish may not be smoked at all.
        As with virtually all fish, the species used to make smoked fish 
    are exposed during their lives to C. botulinum, a spore- forming 
    bacterium that is ubiquitous in the marine and freshwater environment. 
    Type E is the predominant type of C. botulinum found in fish, other 
    aquatic animals, water, and sediment, although other types such as A, 
    proteolytic and nonproteolytic B, C, D, and F also have been found in 
    fish (Refs. 148 through 152). The concentration of C. botulinum spores 
    that may be expected in and on a naturally contaminated fish is 
    unknown, although it is reported to vary from one spore per 16 g of 
    fish to one spore per 200 g (Refs. 153 and 180).
        Under certain conditions, C. botulinum can produce a toxin that 
    causes botulism, a disease that attacks the central nervous system of 
    humans and can cause death within 3 to 6 days of ingestion if not 
    properly treated (Ref. 193). C. botulinum's ability to form spores 
    means that in a dormant state, it can survive environments that are 
    otherwise hostile to it. C. botulinum is ``anaerobic,'' meaning that 
    air constitutes a hostile environment. When conditions become 
    favorable, that is, when no air is present, the spores experience 
    ``outgrowth'' during which toxin can be produced. In fish, C. botulinum 
    spores are found in the intestines and can also adhere to the surface 
    of fish.
        For these reasons, C. botulinum can be found in the environment of 
    most any fish processor and cannot be totally eliminated using 
    reasonable means. Moreover, even though a fish might be cleaned, 
    gutted, and air packaged, some risk will still exist because C. 
    botulinum spores can find their way into muscle tissue during 
    processing. Muscle tissue below the surface of the fish can provide an 
    anaerobic environment where outgrowth and toxin production can occur if 
    time and temperature permit.
        Although the processing procedures in Appendix 1 are based on 
    studies of the time-temperature and salinity conditions required to 
    prevent the outgrowth of botulinum spores, these practices are also 
    effective in the elimination of risk from other pathogenic bacteria 
    such as L. monocytogenes. L. monocytogenes is a pathogenic bacterium 
    that is widespread in the environment and that is commonly isolated 
    from surface waters and other environmental samples. Thus the 
    likelihood of finding this pathogen on the exterior surfaces and 
    viscera of fish is high. Since 1983, several large outbreaks of human 
    listeriosis have been linked to the consumption of contaminated foods 
    (Refs. 130, 131, and 132), thereby demonstrating the etiologic 
    importance of foodborne transmission of this disease in humans.
        Although listeriosis is a relatively rare illness (approximately 
    2,000 reported cases per year in the United States), the exceptionally 
    high mortality rate, as high as 34 percent, makes this illness one of 
    the leading fatal foodborne diseases in the United States. The highest 
    incidence of listeriosis generally occurs in neonates, the elderly, 
    pregnant women, and individuals suffering from compromised immune 
    systems. However, there are instances in which apparently healthy 
    individuals have contracted listeriosis (Refs. 130 and 133).
        The incidence of Listeria species (including L. monocytogenes) in 
    frozen raw and cooked seafood products is reportedly as high as 61 
    percent (Ref. 136). Indeed, numerous seafood products have been shown 
    to support growth of L. monocytogenes (Refs. 137 and 138). L. 
    monocytogenes is capable of prolific growth on smoked salmon stored at 
    4  deg.C, even when test inocula as low as 6 organisms per gram (g) are 
    applied to the surface of fish samples (Ref. 139). Seafoods other than 
    smoked or smoke-flavored fish have been epidemiologically linked to two 
    outbreaks and one sporadic case of listeriosis (Ref. 140). Furthermore, 
    several cooked seafood products have been recalled from the market in 
    North America because of contamination with L. monocytogenes, but these 
    crises did not involve smoked or smoke- flavored fish products.
        A recent survey of smoked fish and smoked fish products in Iceland 
    has shown that 29 percent of samples tested were contaminated with 
    Listeria species, including L. monocytogenes (Ref. 141). Another survey 
    revealed that 8.9 percent and 13.6 percent of hot- and cold-smoked 
    fish, respectively, were contaminated with L. monocytogenes (Ref. 142). 
    Cold-smoked fish may pose a significant health risk, particularly when 
    stored for extended periods. When raw salmon was inoculated with known 
    populations of L. monocytogenes and smoked at 78.8 to 86  deg.F (26 to 
    30  deg.C) for 6 hours, and the finished product stored at 39.2 and 50 
    deg.F (4 and 10  deg.C) for up to 30 days, investigators observed 
    substantial increases in L. monocytogenes populations at both 
    incubation temperatures (Ref. 143). No known cases of listeriosis have 
    been linked to smoked seafood consumption in the United States.
        In contrast, studies have shown that properly controlled hot-
    smoking processes effectively eliminate L. monocytogenes contamination 
    (Ref. 144). In raw trout inoculated with high doses of L. 
    monocytogenes, stored for 12 hours in a marinade containing 10 percent 
    NaCl, and then subjected to a hot-smoke process (dried for 30 minutes 
    at 140  deg.F (60  deg.C), cooked at 230  deg.F (110  deg.C) until an 
    internal temperature of 149  deg.F (65  deg.C) was maintained for 20 
    minutes, and finally smoked for 45 minutes at 140  deg.F), L. 
    monocytogenes did not survive the smoking process. However, when fish 
    were inoculated after smoking and stored at 46.4 to 50  deg.F (8 to 10 
    deg.C), a significant increase in L. monocytogenes populations was 
    observed after up to 20 days of storage. These findings further 
    emphasize the importance of preventing the contamination of processed 
    fish.
        Studies have also shown the importance of controlling the salt 
    concentration in smoked fish. Although L. monocytogenes can survive in 
    environments containing up to 20 percent NaCl (Ref. 145), it has been 
    demonstrated that the organism becomes increasingly more sensitive to 
    NaCl when it is exposed to heat processing (Ref. 146).
        Because of the prevalence of L. monocytogenes in the environment, 
    it may be impossible to completely eliminate the organism from all 
    foods. However, use of the sanitary practices and processing practices 
    proposed in this document should prevent cross-contamination and growth 
    of the organism in smoked and smoke-flavored seafoods.
        Smoking fish is a delicate process, involving a number of 
    interrelated variables including times, temperatures, and exposure to 
    smoke, salt, and sodium nitrite, when used. However, FDA believes that, 
    by its very nature, this process involves certain inherent risks, risks 
    that, if not attended to, can have very significant consequences.
        For example, the times/temperatures involved in the ``hot process'' 
    can injure but not kill C. botulinum spores while killing spoilage 
    microorganisms. Thus, during the period when the spoilage 
    microorganisms are becoming reestablished, surviving C. botulinum 
    spores would be presented with an optimum growth environment because of 
    the lack of competition. Yet, because of the absence of spoilage 
    microorganisms, spoilage odors that would warn consumers away from 
    potentially dangerous products would not be present. Botulism toxin 
    alone is not detectable by sensory examination.
        In addition, because of the number and types of steps involved, the 
    processing of smoked fish involves an unusual amount of handling of the 
    product relative to other seafood processing procedures. Increased 
    handling presents increased opportunities for contamination during the 
    process than would otherwise be the case.
        The finished product also is inherently more risky than most other 
    seafood products because it is a ready-to-eat product that is generally 
    not cooked before eating. However, the present evidence indicates that 
    smoked fish has caused no more cases of botulism in the United States 
    than any other type of seafood product. In contrast, fresh fillets that 
    are not smoked are intended to be cooked before consumption. Cooking is 
    lethal to bacteria and will deactivate botulism toxin. Thus, smoked 
    fish products usually do not get the benefit of an additional 
    processing step that protects against most bacteriological risks.
        In addition to these inherent characteristics, FDA believes that 
    smoked fish present special risks because both domestic and foreign 
    processors are now using vacuum packaging to a substantial extent--much 
    more so than are other segments of the seafood industry. A 1988-1989 
    FDA and New York State survey of domestic processing plants, for 
    example, showed that 45 percent of the firms visited vacuum-packaged 
    smoked fish. However, there is no evidence to show a linkage between 
    vacuum packaging of smoked fish and illness in the 5 years since this 
    survey was completed.
        An economic incentive for use of vacuum packaging is the extended 
    shelf-life of the product, made possible by the anaerobic environment 
    in the package that prevents the growth of some spoilage microorganisms 
    and slows the growth of others. Because this anaerobic environment 
    cannot prevent spoilage altogether, vacuum-packaged products must still 
    be refrigerated.
        Unfortunately, the anaerobic environment greatly favors the 
    outgrowth of any C. botulinum spores that may be present over the 
    development of telltale spoilage microorganisms. Thus, C. botulinum 
    outgrowth can occur before spoilage if a vacuum-packaged product is 
    temperature abused, i.e., not refrigerated. Moreover, as discussed 
    elsewhere in this document, the growth of L. monocytogenes and C. 
    botulinum type E and nonproteolytic type B is possible even at 
    refrigeration temperatures below 40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C). FDA believes 
    that strict controls are needed to overcome this risk.
        In 1970, FDA issued a final rule for smoked fish in response to 
    outbreaks of botulism attributed to vacuum-packaged smoked fish 
    products (35 FR 17401, November 13, 1970). Among other things, the rule 
    attempted to control the risk of botulism by setting conservative 
    processing parameters for time, temperature, and salinity that would 
    minimize the opportunity for C. botulinum spore outgrowth. These 
    parameters were based on the relatively limited research that had been 
    conducted up to that time with one species of fish. Many processors 
    claimed that these parameters would have resulted in a product that was 
    too salty and too dry in texture to be marketable.
        The rule was overturned in court due to procedural problems (United 
    States v. Nova Scotia Food Products Corp., 568 F.2d 240 (2d Cir. 
    1977)). However, in rethinking this rule after the remand, FDA decided 
    that research was needed into the relationships among time, 
    temperature, and salinity to develop processing parameters that would 
    provide safety without producing an undesirable product that consumers 
    would not buy.
        This research has been successfully conducted by FDA, the National 
    Marine Fisheries Service, and the industry. FDA has prepared the time, 
    temperature, and salinity parameters in the Hazard Assessment Guide 
    based on the results of this research.
    1. Need for Guidance
        FDA routinely inspects smoked fish processing establishments for 
    sanitary conditions using the guidance in 21 CFR part 110, ``Current 
    Good Manufacturing Practice in Manufacturing, Packing, or Holding Human 
    Food'' (Ref. 196) and in the FDA Inspection Operations Manual, Chapter 
    5, Establishment Inspection and section 616.6 Smoked Fish inspection 
    methods (Ref. 197). In addition to the Establishment Inspection Reports 
    (EIR's) discussed in section G, EIR's for smoked fish processing 
    establishments over the past few years (1985 to the present) show 
    evidence that the use of manufacturing procedures are not in line with 
    CGMP's. The EIR's also show that processing parameters and controlled 
    processing and storage techniques, commonly recognized as appropriate 
    in the industry (Ref. 182) are not being used (Ref. 169).
        Typical observations by FDA officials in these inspections include: 
    (1) Live flies in production areas providing a vehicle for 
    contamination and recontamination of products; (2) standing water in 
    production rooms providing a medium for microbial growth and 
    contamination from splashed water; (3) utensils not sanitized prior to 
    use; (4) open bags of raw materials in storage areas exposing products 
    to flying insects and potential microbial contamination; (5) smoke 
    racks encrusted with pieces of fish from previous processes, thus 
    providing an opportunity for microbial growth; (6) refrigerators being 
    used for both raw and finished products, thus providing an environment 
    for microbial growth through cross-contamination between unprocessed 
    and processed products; (7) overcrowded fish in brine tanks, whereby 
    some fish are not fully submerged in brine, resulting in lower and 
    uneven levels of salt uptake that would not be effective in inhibiting 
    spore outgrowth; (8) salinity and microbiologic testing not performed 
    on products; (9) low minimum water-phase salt levels (0.88 to 1.79 
    percent) that would not inhibit C. botulinum spore outgrowth and toxin 
    production; and (10) poor employee practices that foster microbial 
    contamination, including spitting into sinks adjacent to sinks used to 
    thaw product, not washing or sanitizing hands, and street clothes in 
    contact with product (Ref. 169). (See also Ref. 200.)
        As part of its Fiscal Year (FY) 91 Domestic Fish and Fishery 
    Products Inspection Assignment, FDA conducted food safety inspections 
    of smoked fish establishments. These inspections revealed a continuing 
    pattern of problems in these facilities. In over half of these 
    inspections FDA found violations that required action, ranging from 
    minor violations, which are normally handled by informing the firm's 
    official during the inspection, to more serious violations that 
    prompted some form of official agency action (Ref. 200).
        In addition, several States, working through AFDO, have expressed 
    concern that a potential health hazard exists with smoked and smoke-
    flavored fish products and have stated that a Federal regulation is 
    necessary for uniform regulation of the production and distribution of 
    these foods (Refs. 170 and 189). AFDO is an organization of Federal, 
    State, and local regulatory officials with membership representing all 
    50 states, as well as FDA and other Federal agencies. AFDO's Central 
    States Regional organization held a meeting in 1988, attended by public 
    health officials from 6 states in which the smoked fish industry is 
    concentrated, Canada, and NMFS, to discuss a Federal regulation 
    governing the processing, storage, and distribution of smoked and 
    smoke-flavored fish products. In December, 1989, AFDO first passed a 
    resolution requesting that FDA expedite the rulemaking process to 
    establish uniform Federal regulations to ensure that safe smoked fish 
    processing methods are utilized for fish products sold in the United 
    States. In December, 1990, AFDO passed resolution 8, which strongly 
    encouraged FDA to ``accelerate the promulgation of smoked fish CGMP's 
    so that concerned States can move forward with their efforts to ensure 
    the safety of smoked fish'' (Ref. 170). FDA recognizes the need to 
    address the hazards associated with smoked and smoke-flavored fishery 
    products and therefore is setting forth the procedures in Appendix 1 in 
    the interest of protecting the public health.
        The need for some type of agency guidance on smoked fish is also 
    evidenced by several other factors. First, the 1970 final rule, which 
    covered only hot-process smoked and smoke-flavored fish and the 
    processing parameters that they required, is still being used as a 
    guideline by some States. These earlier parameters could result in 
    commercially undesirable products. These parameters ought to be updated 
    with the current technological understanding and processing flexibility 
    for both hot and cold smoked products. The guidance in this document 
    can provide the basis on which such updating can occur.
        Second, the manufacture or sale of cold-processed fish products is 
    not permitted in at least two States because there are no regulations 
    or regulatory guidelines for these products (Ref. 170). There is some 
    pressure, however, to permit the sale of these products. The Canadian 
    Government, for example, has urged these States, Minnesota and 
    Michigan, to permit the sale of these products so that Canadian 
    products may be exported to the United States (Ref. 170). Some type of 
    guidance that helps to define the processing parameters and techniques 
    that reduce human health risks from cold-process smoked and smoke-
    flavored fish products would provide State, as well as federal, public 
    health officials with the tools necessary to evaluate the safety of 
    cold processed products manufactured in the United States, as well as 
    those imported into the United States.
        Third, in 1988 FDA conducted a survey of processing parameters used 
    by fish smoking plants in the United States. Seventy five percent of 
    the firms surveyed did not do final product testing to ascertain 
    whether their products met commonly recognized (Ref. 182) parameters 
    for their products (Ref. 24). The information collected in this survey 
    augmented information obtained from the New York State Department of 
    Agriculture and Marketing (Ref. 24), which had conducted a similar 
    survey of fish smoking establishments in that State at approximately 
    the same time. A total of 64 establishments were surveyed by FDA and 
    New York State, representing over 90 percent of the smoked fish 
    manufacturers in the United States. Among the species of fish included 
    in the survey were chubs, bluefish, trout, carp, salmon, whitefish, and 
    herring. Processing information was collected from manufacturers, and 
    samples were collected for laboratory analysis.
        The following chart summarizes the results of these surveys and 
    compares them to proposed processing parameters: 
    
                                                                 1988-1989 Domestic Survey Data                                                             
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Characteristic                       FDA                          New York                                      Proposal                         
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Cold-Smoked Products:                                                                                                                                   
        Temperature range.......  38 to 180  deg.F..............  34 to 90  deg.F...............  50  deg.F for 24 hours or 90  deg.F for 20 hours.         
        Water-phase salt........  1.33 to 18.1 percent..........  1.4 to 7.4 percent............  2.5 to 3.5 percent.\1\                                    
        Nitrite range...........  3.75 to 994 ppm...............  ..............................  100 to 200 ppm.                                           
        Percentage of firms that  40 percent....................  50 percent....................  ..........................................................
         do not know water-phase                                                                                                                            
         salt level.                                                                                                                                        
    Hot-Smoked Products:                                                                                                                                    
        Temperature range.......  90 to 210  deg.F..............  128 to 240  deg.F.............  145  deg.F.                                               
        Water-phase salt........  0.88 to 27.5 percent..........  1.3 to 7.0 percent............  3.0 percent.\1\                                           
        Nitrite range...........  15 to 239 ppm.................  ..............................  ..........................................................
        Percentage of firms that  39 percent....................  72 percent....................  ..........................................................
         do not know water-phase                                                                                                                            
         salt level.                                                                                                                                        
        Total number of firms     76 percent....................  74 percent....................  ..........................................................
         that do not test their                                                                                                                             
         products (for 1 or more                                                                                                                            
         processing parameter).                                                                                                                             
    --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    \1\Actual level depends on other processing factors.                                                                                                    
    
        Oven temperatures for hot processing ranged from 90 to 240  deg.F 
    (32 to 116  deg.C) and from 38 to 125  deg.F (4.4 to 52  deg.C) for 
    cold processing. Water-phase salt content in hot-process products 
    ranged from 0.88 to 27.5 percent and in cold-process products from 1.33 
    to 18.1 percent. Twenty-eight firms (43.7 percent) vacuum packed cold-
    process products, but 60.7 percent of those firms did not test final 
    products for water-phase salt content or for residual sodium nitrite. 
    Twenty-five firms (39.1 percent) vacuum packed hot-process products, 
    but 68 percent of those firms did not test final products for water-
    phase salt content or for residual sodium nitrite. Seventy-five percent 
    of the firms surveyed did not test final products for water-phase salt 
    content or for residual sodium nitrite, where used. Since this survey 
    was conducted, the frequency of FDA inspections of smoked fish 
    establishments has been increased over 50 percent each year.
        Therefore, FDA is providing guidance on the appropriate parameters 
    for processing smoked fishery products in Appendix 1 to this document.
        The guidance addresses critical control points that apply to these 
    products as a class and that will typically be identified in the HACCP 
    plans of most processors of smoke and smoke-flavored products. The 
    guidance also addresses ways of controlling hazards at these critical 
    control points.
        The key processing parameters that must be controlled to ensure the 
    safety of these products involve time, temperature, and salinity. While 
    a range of time-temperature-salinity (TTS) values will provide a safe 
    product, there are now known safety minimums for these values that have 
    been developed through years of research. Processors whose TTS values 
    fall below these minimums do not produce a safe product and shift much 
    of the burden of preventing botulism toxin outgrowth to those who take 
    possession of these products after they leave the processing plant, 
    including the ultimate consumer. This burden includes, among other 
    things, maintaining strict temperature control at 40  deg.F or lower 
    even though it is known that many commercial and home refrigerators are 
    unable to maintain this temperature (Ref. 201).
        These TTS minimums are known to produce a marketable product, 
    because there are processors that operate in conformance with them. 
    Moreover, because they are minimums, these values allow for the 
    production of a variety of products, such as different types of lox 
    with varying amounts of saltiness, to suit different tastes.
        These minimum TTS values provide the only scientifically valid way 
    developed to date of ensuring that no botulism toxin will be produced 
    over the shelf life of the product under proper refrigeration 
    conditions or under conditions of moderate temperature abuse. The 
    minimum values, coupled with the sanitation practices proposed in this 
    document, should also ensure against the presence of detectable L. 
    monocytogenes.
        These minimum TTS values are being issued at this time as proposed 
    guidance to ensure maximum flexibility. If these values are reflected 
    in the HACCP plans that are required by proposed subpart A of 21 CFR 
    part 123, and are being effectively implemented by the processor, the 
    agency is likely to find that the plan and its implementation are 
    adequate with regard to those critical limits and critical control 
    points. The same holds true for the other types of controls recommended 
    in the guidance.
        The agency is requesting comment on this approach, and on the 
    following alternatives:
        (1) Issue all or part of the materials relating to smoked and 
    smoke-flavored fishery products in Appendix 1 as regulations, rather 
    than guidance. Given the public health concerns associated with these 
    products and the scientific basis for the TTS minimums, it may well be 
    appropriate to issue them as regulations. Such regulations would take 
    into account advances in knowledge and technology by allowing 
    processors to use alternative processing parameters so long as these 
    alternatives were scientifically demonstrated to produce an equivalent 
    level of safety. (Section 11 of the guidance relating to smoked and 
    smoke-flavored fishery products in Appendix 1 contains such a feature.)
        (2) Issue a performance standard as a regulation, while leaving the 
    materials in Appendix 1 as guidelines on how processors could meet the 
    performance standard. The likely performance standard would be, as 
    suggested above (and included in section 11 of the guidance relating to 
    smoked and smoke- flavored fishery products in Appendix 1): (a) for 
    botulism, zero toxin production in the product during a time period 
    through--and slightly beyond--the shelf life of the product, 
    demonstrated through inoculated pack studies under normal and moderate 
    abuse conditions; and (b) no detectable L. monocytogenes in the final 
    product.
        (3) Maintain the guidance relating to smoked and smoke-flavored 
    fishery products in the FDA Fish and Fishery Products Hazards and 
    Controls Guide and control safety through the HACCP requirements for 
    all seafood in proposed subpart A.
        FDA requests comment on which of these alternatives is most likely 
    to ensure that smoked fish will be safe and is most consistent with the 
    agency's obligations under the act. In the absence of a regulation or 
    guideline, how can the agency best ensure that the results of the 
    research that it has conducted will be available for use by the 
    industry? FDA solicits comments on these and the matters raised above.
    
    N. Verification Issues
    
        As described in section IV.A. of this document, one of the NACMCF's 
    seven HACCP principles involves verification that the HACCP system is 
    working. NACMCF recommends that HACCP plans include procedures for 
    verification of the HACCP system (Ref. 34, p. 200). FDA advises 
    processors to consider adopting this recommendation, but has not 
    proposed to require it because the agency expects verification to occur 
    through: (1) A firm's consistency with the controls and limits to be 
    provided by FDA in the HACCP guidance described in section VII.C. and 
    M. of this document; (2) third-party technical assistance provided 
    through trade associations, universities and government agencies; and 
    (3) review of all HACCP monitoring records by trained individuals 
    before distribution of product (see proposed Sec. 123.8(b)); the 
    proposed corrective action requirements (see proposed Sec. 123.7), 
    especially the provision for assessment of HACCP plans as a consequence 
    of deviations (Sec. 123.7(a)(4)); the recommended use of process 
    authorities for cooked, ready-to-eat products (see Appendix A); the 
    proposed general training requirements (see proposed Sec. 123.9); and 
    inspector review during routine agency inspections. FDA invites comment 
    on whether this approach is adequate to ensure that the NACMCF 
    verification principle is being properly addressed, both for individual 
    firms and for the overall HACCP program.
        For individual firms, NACMCF specifically discourages the sole 
    reliance on end-product sampling for verification purposes (Ref. 34, p. 
    201). FDA also has questions concerning the efficacy of end-product 
    sampling as the only way to measure the success of HACCP. These caveats 
    notwithstanding, FDA invites comment on what tests should be used to 
    measure success, both in terms of individual firms and the program as a 
    whole, and how frequently such tests should be administered.
    
    VIII. Other Approaches to HACCP
    
        This preamble has described in great detail the HACCP system that 
    is being proposed and the reasoning behind each proposed provision. 
    While the agency is inviting comment on the merits of each provision, 
    FDA also invites comment on the overall system, including whether some 
    other approach to HACCP or some variation of the proposed approach 
    might be preferable. Variations on the proposed approach include, but 
    are not limited to: (1) Requiring HACCP only for higher risk seafood 
    products; (2) exempting small firms from HACCP requirements; (3) 
    staggering the effective date for implementation based on size of firm 
    or risk; and (4) deleting or altering some of the requirements in this 
    proposal in order to facilitate implementation and lower costs. A brief 
    discussion of each of these variations follows:
    
    A. Higher Risk Only
    
        An alternative to requiring HACCP for all commercial seafood 
    products would be to require it for products or processes that have 
    been linked to significant numbers reported seafood-borne illnesses. As 
    section II.B. of this document explains in detail, many of the reported 
    illnesses from seafood involve raw molluscan shellfish and certain 
    species of finfish that can accumulate scombrotoxin and ciguatoxin. 
    Other seafood products cause illness but are not as commonly reported. 
    FDA invites comment on whether this proposed regulation should apply 
    only to molluscan shellfish and the species responsible for 
    scombrotoxin and ciguatoxin poisonings.
        A variation on this approach would be to have the proposed 
    regulation apply to those species and processes with a higher potential 
    for harm, even if actual illnesses from them cannot be documented from 
    the foodborne illness reporting system. As described earlier in the 
    preamble, the fact that the system is not recording illnesses from a 
    particular food does not mean that illnesses are not occurring. Also, 
    potential for harm need not always be measured in terms of the number 
    of illnesses that are actually occurring. For example, some problems, 
    like botulism, may occur infrequently, but when they do, the 
    consequences can be devastating. Based on the potential for harm, other 
    candidates for inclusion would be: (1) Hot-process smoked and hot-
    process smoke-flavored fish, cold-process smoked and cold-process 
    smoke- flavored fish, because of the hazards of botulism and listeria; 
    (2) cooked, ready-to-eat products, because of the microbiological 
    hazards associated with products that are not intended to be cooked by 
    the consumer; (3) low acid canned foods, because of the hazard of 
    botulism and general complexity of the processing operation; (4) raw, 
    ready-to-eat products, because of the risk of parasites; and (5) 
    species that require a judgment as to appropriate location of harvest 
    to avoid unsafe pesticide or industrial contaminant levels.
        FDA also invites comment on the effect of using a modified approach 
    on the regulation of imports, especially with regard to the types of 
    products described in item (5) above.
    
    B. Exempting Small Firms
    
        FDA invites comment on whether small firms should be exempt from 
    the proposed regulation. Even if exempted, these firms would still be 
    subject to the requirements of current food safety law and to 
    inspection by FDA and State authorities.
        As stated earlier in this preamble, small operations are the norm 
    in the seafood industry. A significant majority of processors have 
    total revenues of under 1 million dollars. If small firms are to be 
    exempted, FDA invites comment on the criteria that should be used for 
    exempting them, including how a small firm should be defined for 
    purposes of an exemption.
        The implementation of HACCP may be more burdensome for small firms 
    than for large firms. Large firms tend to have quality control 
    personnel already in place. In addition, many regulatory requirements 
    are less burdensome for a large firm in proportion to output than they 
    are for a small firm. On the other hand, FDA is taking steps, such as 
    the preparation of its HACCP guidance, to minimize the cost of these 
    regulations for small businesses. Thus, such an exemption may not be 
    needed.
        The agency also points out that, because many large firms already 
    have quality control systems, an exemption for small business would 
    appear to result in requiring HACCP for that segment of the industry 
    (i.e., large firms) that needs it the least. Large processors, 
    moreover, tend to process relatively low risk products, such as breaded 
    fish and shrimp and raw fish blocks. Many high-risk processors, such as 
    processors of cooked, ready-to-eat products, tend to be small, and 
    processors of raw molluscan shellfish tend to be very small.
        Nonetheless, an exemption for small business could be limited to 
    those small businesses that produce low risk products, and FDA invites 
    comment on this approach. As stated earlier, however, the criteria for 
    determining low as well as high risk are not clear, due largely to the 
    limitations of the U.S. foodborne illness reporting system. Moreover, a 
    case can be made that risk also relates to the margin for error in a 
    processing operation and to the consequences of failure as well as to 
    the actual occurrence of illness.
        With these points in mind, FDA invites comment on how to define 
    ``low risk.'' FDA also invites comment on what the nature of the 
    exemption should be. Should a firm be exempt from all or part of the 
    HACCP requirements? As circumstances change, a HACCP-based analysis of 
    risk by a firm might reveal that the firm has become a high risk 
    processor rather than a low risk processor. In addition, FDA invites 
    comment on whether such an exemption should be obtained by petitioning 
    the agency.
        Finally, even if an exemption were to be adopted in the final rule 
    based on the comments received, the agency would still encourage 
    voluntary adoption of HACCP systems by exempted firms. The advantages 
    that HACCP is expected to provide in terms of consumer confidence, 
    control of process, and access to international markets warrant 
    adoption of this system.
        FDA also invites comment on the effect of a small business 
    exemption on the regulation of imports. How would HACCP be applied to 
    imports under a tiered approach? Would it be possible to treat domestic 
    and imported products equally under such an approach?
    
    C. Staggered Phase-in
    
        The proposed regulations include an effective date of 1 year from 
    the publication of a final rule. FDA has explained the reasoning behind 
    this proposed effective date and has invited comment on it elsewhere in 
    this preamble. In addition, comments are invited on the merits of a 
    staggered phase-in instead of a single implementation date for all 
    affected entities.
        The two most obvious ways of accomplishing a staggered phase-in 
    would be to differentiate on the basis of size or on the basis of risk. 
    Differentiating on the basis of size would presumably allow small 
    businesses to have a longer time or times for implementation than would 
    be allowed for larger firms. As suggested earlier, large firms are 
    probably much more able to implement a HACCP system than are small 
    firms. Theoretically, the longer lead time for small firms would allow 
    the private sector to develop an infrastructure that could help small 
    firms implement HACCP. Such an infrastructure could include process 
    authorities (see the preamble discussion on cooked, ready-to-eat 
    products), testing facilities, and consulting services from trade 
    associations, academia, and others.
        As an additional consideration, FDA will likely learn lessons from 
    its experiences in implementing the regulation that it could apply to 
    the benefit of those that would have to implement it at a later date. 
    For example, FDA is considering whether it should make the first review 
    of HACCP plans by agency investigators a nonregulatory evaluation to 
    facilitate plan development by the processor (although the overall 
    inspection of the plant would be regulatory). The agency invites 
    comment on this approach. Presumably, the more experience the agency 
    has, the better this evaluation will be.
        On the other hand, as noted above, small firms are involved in the 
    processing of higher risk products. How does this fact bear on the 
    possibility of longer implementation times for small firms?
        Differentiation solely on the basis of risk appears to be more 
    complex than differentiation on the basis of size. If high risk 
    products were to be phased in first, it would appear that those with 
    the most complex plans to develop and implement would receive the 
    shortest lead time, while those with the simplest plans would receive 
    the longest lead time.
        Also, the criteria for determining risk would have to be carefully 
    considered. FDA asks for comment on whether a staggered start should 
    begin with raw molluscan shellfish and certain species of finfish that 
    can accumulate scombrotoxin and ciguatoxin, or whether other criteria 
    should apply, as discussed previously.
        FDA invites comment on all these matters. FDA also invites comment 
    on the effect of a phase-in approach on the regulation of imports. How 
    could this approach be applied to imported products?
    
    D. Deleting or Modifying Aspects of This Proposal, or Taking Some Other 
    Step, to Reduce the Burden of Implementation
    
        As has already been explained in this preamble, FDA has proposed 
    only the basics of HACCP in order to keep the regulatory burden to a 
    minimum. Several features of HACCP included within the NACMCF's seven 
    principles, such as flow charts and the establishment of ``HACCP 
    teams,'' are noted in this preamble, but FDA has not proposed to 
    require them. Nonetheless, FDA acknowledges that, theoretically, there 
    are a number of ways in which this proposal could be scaled back even 
    further. FDA invites comments on whether such scaling back would be 
    desirable, and, if so, how it could be done. Possible areas for scale-
    back include, but are not limited to:
        (1) Requiring only negative, rather than positive records. Negative 
    records note only deviations from critical limits and how they are 
    corrected. If a critical control point is under control, no record is 
    made. Admittedly, FDA has reservations about such an approach. For 
    example, it is virtually impossible for firms or for FDA to spot trends 
    that could lead to problems if only negative records are being kept. 
    Nonetheless, FDA invites comment on this approach.
        (2) Developing generic plans by FDA that list critical control 
    points and contain other information for various industry segments.
        (3) Deleting some or all of the proposed specific sanitation 
    requirements.
        (4) Requiring HACCP only for the domestic industry. The HACCP 
    requirements would become the basis for negotiating agreements with 
    other countries relating to the equivalency of regulatory programs.
        (5) Deleting or modifying the proposed training requirements.
        (6) Requiring HACCP for processing hazards only. The Canadian HACCP 
    system does not involve species-related safety hazards.
        (7) Exempting warehouses.
        (8) Although only in guidelines (Appendix B, Scombroid Toxin-
    Forming Species), sanctioning the receipt by a processor from a 
    harvester of an assurance of good handling practices, rather than 
    detailed time/temperature records. Such an assurance, without further 
    verification, would be acceptable only from harvesters with histories 
    of delivering acceptable products.
        These four alternative approaches to implementing these regulations 
    are not necessarily mutually exclusive. Comments are invited on them in 
    combination as well as on them individually.
    
    E. Information and Consumer Awareness
    
        In addition to requesting comment on alternative approaches to 
    HACCP, FDA is taking the opportunity to invite comment on the general 
    subject of complementary risk reduction activities, primarily directed 
    toward postprocessing handling. Elsewhere in this document, FDA invited 
    comment on the advisability of applying HACCP or alternative regulatory 
    approaches to commercial entities that are not directly subject to 
    these proposed regulations, i.e., harvesting vessels, common carriers, 
    and retail establishments (although not necessarily doing so as part of 
    this rulemaking). In addition, FDA seeks comment on appropriate 
    education and information that should be directed toward consumers and 
    recreational fishermen. The commercial application of HACCP principles 
    can mitigate somewhat the effects of poor consumer handling practices 
    by helping to ensure that a safe product reaches the home, but no such 
    program can prevent illnesses caused by improper home handling. 
    Similarly, HACCP practiced by processors can have no effect on 
    recreational fishermen who consume their own catch.
        Education has always been an important part of FDA's comprehensive 
    seafood safety program, but the agency believes that more can be done. 
    Recent FDA education projects include the initiation of a seafood 
    hotline, which has been consulted by over 26,000 individuals on a wide 
    range of seafood safety issues since it began in October 1992. (The 
    hotline can be reached by calling toll-free, 1-800-FDA-4010.) FDA also 
    recently developed brochures aimed at advising certain medically 
    compromised populations that they should not eat molluscan shellfish 
    without adequate cooking. FDA invites comment on other types of 
    education and information activities that might be useful, including 
    more information that might be made available through grocery stores, 
    pharmacies, and other establishments, through the media, and through 
    other means, including labeling. FDA is considering the merits of 
    labeling information for consumers of molluscan shellfish, and will 
    address this issue in proceedings separate from these regulations. FDA 
    notes that several states have already mandated, or are in the process 
    of mandating, point- of-purchase information for raw molluscan 
    shellfish.
        The agency also invites comment on whether FDA should consider 
    proposing to require handling instructions for consumers on the 
    labeling of seafood. The Department of Agriculture has proposed such 
    requirements for meat and poultry (58 FR 58922, November 4, 1993).
        FDA has a longstanding program to control the levels of 
    microorganisms of public health concern in seafood. This program 
    includes compliance policies on such levels, including zero levels 
    (i.e., none detectable based upon official methods) for such pathogens 
    as Listeria monocytogenes in cooked, ready-to-eat products and 
    Salmonella in all foods. These proposed regulations require control of 
    microbial pathogens through HACCP principles, including specific 
    sanitation controls. Even so, FDA recognizes that no system can reduce 
    all risks to zero. Because all foods in the home, including seafood, 
    are subject to mishandling and cross contamination from other sources, 
    FDA invites comment on the general subject of handling instructions. 
    Should FDA decide to propose handling instructions, it would do so as a 
    regulatory proposal separate from the proposed HACCP requirements for 
    seafood.
    
    IX. Paperwork Reduction Act
    
        This proposed rule contains requirements for information 
    collections which are subject to review by the Office of Management and 
    Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980. The title, 
    description, and respondent description of the information collection 
    are shown below with an estimate of the annual reporting and 
    recordkeeping burden. Included in the estimate is the time for 
    reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and 
    maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the 
    collection of information.
        Title: Procedures for the Safe Processing and Importing of Fish and 
    Fishery Products.
        Description: The information requirements in this proposed rule are 
    essentially monitoring and recordkeeping requirements encompassing 
    critical control points in the production and inspection of fish and 
    fishery products as established in the HACCP plans of processors and 
    importers. The specific information collected and the frequency of 
    collection will depend on such factors as the species and the 
    processing conditions. It will include observations of processing 
    parameters such as the time and temperature of processing and storage; 
    the condition of raw materials; the results of chemical and 
    microbiological tests; the sanitation conditions in a processing 
    facility; the corrective actions taken in response to processing 
    deviations, etc. Records identifying production lot codes and date of 
    manufacture will also be maintained. Records will be maintained by the 
    processing facility or at an importer's place of business for 1 year 
    after the date of preparation in the case of refrigerated products and 
    at least 2 years for frozen products.
        This information will be used by FDA investigators during regularly 
    scheduled inspections of processing plants, or at the time of entry of 
    imports, to determine whether products were processed under sanitary 
    conditions and processed, packaged, stored, and distributed using HACCP 
    control techniques to avoid hazards that might cause the products to be 
    adulterated. The information will also be used when necessary to trace 
    and remove potentially hazardous products from the marketplace.
        Records of processing conditions will also provide a means for 
    processors to monitor the quality of their products and to alert them 
    when a deviation from the critical limits established in the HACCP plan 
    has occurred that may create a potential public health hazard in the 
    final product.
        The figures provided below reflect an FDA estimate of the annual 
    hours of monitoring and recordkeeping based upon currently available 
    data and assumptions about the effects of the requirements in proposed 
    part 123. The estimate is based on data used to develop cost estimates 
    for the economic impact analysis required by Executive Order 12866 and 
    thus is subject to the same types of uncertainties described elsewhere 
    in this preamble. For example, the agency has anecdotal evidence that 
    the burden on firms that are operating under a mandatory HACCP system 
    established by the State of Alaska is more nominal. Consequently, FDA 
    acknowledges the possibility that the estimates provided here are 
    conservatively high, indicating recordkeeping burdens that are higher 
    than would customarily be the case. FDA specifically invites comments 
    on this point.
        Description of Respondents: Businesses. 
    
              Estimated Annual Reporting and Recordkeeping Burden           
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            Average annual burden                           
     Number of respondents      per respondent          Total burden all    
                                   (hours)            respondents (hours)   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    4,349.................              650                  2,826,850      
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        The agency has submitted a copy of this proposed rule to OMB for 
    its review of this information collection. Interested persons are 
    requested to send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other 
    aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for 
    reducing this burden to FDA's Dockets Management Branch (address 
    above), and to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, OMB 
    rm. 3208, New Executive Office Bldg., Washington, DC 20503, Attn: Desk 
    Officer for FDA.
    
    X. Economic Impact
    
        FDA has examined the impacts of the proposed rule under Executive 
    Order 12866 and the Regulatory Flexibility Act (Pub. L. 96-354). 
    Executive Order 12866 compels agencies to use cost-benefit analysis as 
    a component of decisionmaking. The Regulatory Flexibility Act requires 
    regulatory relief for small businesses where feasible. FDA finds that 
    this proposed rule constitutes a major rule under both Executive Order 
    12866 and the Regulatory Flexibility Act. A summary of the preliminary 
    regulatory impact analysis (PRIA), which may be obtained from Dockets 
    Management Branch (address above), is presented below.
        Executive Order 12866 requires Federal agencies to justify the need 
    for regulations by demonstrating that the problem that the regulation 
    is designed to remedy cannot be adequately addressed by measures other 
    than Federal regulation. In its review of such alternatives, FDA finds 
    that the current system (periodic inspection plus sampling of a small 
    proportion of seafood), coupled with the uncertainty in estimating the 
    illnesses related to seafood, has not adequately ensured consumers that 
    a minimum level of safety has been established. Although the tort 
    system is not able to provide remedies for unsafe seafood, the price 
    system provides some differentiation between products based on brands 
    and retail reputation. However, the price system works in conjunction 
    with current Federal regulation which signals consumers as to a minimum 
    level of seafood safety. As is argued in the preamble, countless public 
    arguments and attempts at legislation imply that the minimum levels 
    that some consumers believe they are getting (those that do not search 
    for higher levels) is probably higher than the actual levels of seafood 
    safety.
        The tort system fails because consumers are often unable to trace 
    either the source of their foodborne illness to seafood, and even where 
    that is possible, it is often difficult to trace seafood to a specific 
    company.
    
    A. Regulatory Options
    
        FDA has evaluated multiple options to address the compelling public 
    interest in further ensuring seafood safety. These options include: (1) 
    Maintaining the existing approach--``snapshot'' inspections and 
    sampling; (2) significantly increasing the frequency of both snapshot 
    inspections and sampling under the existing approach; (3) beginning a 
    voluntary HACCP program in addition to the existing approach; (4) 
    beginning mandatory HACCP for high risk products only, in addition to 
    the existing approach; (5) beginning mandatory HACCP for all seafood 
    (the proposed approach); (6) beginning a more comprehensive mandatory 
    HACCP program than that proposed, similar to the Model Seafood 
    Surveillance Project (MSSP), which would include all CGMP's, quality 
    factors, and economic fraud as critical control points; and (7) 
    beginning a mandatory water-to-table HACCP program which would include 
    all vessels, carriers, and retail food operators.
        The existing approach does not adequately address the compelling 
    public interest in further ensuring seafood safety because sampling the 
    large volume of seafood with FDA's limited resources cannot detect many 
    violative products. Increasing the frequency of sampling and 
    inspections is also unlikely to resolve this problem without 
    significant increases in funding. These options are discussed 
    extensively in the preamble to the proposed regulations and in the 
    PRIA. The third option, voluntary HACCP, has been in existence at NOAA 
    and has very few participants. The forth option, risk-based HACCP, has 
    been evaluated in the PRIA in several forms, including HACCP only for 
    the highest risk products from a historical perspective and HACCP only 
    for those products with the potential for catastrophic risk. For 
    example, one possibility evaluated under this option would be to 
    implement HACCP solely for molluscan shellfish, which NAS and other 
    groups have concluded constitute most of the risk from seafood. The 
    sixth option is more costly than the proposed option and includes more 
    reliance on CGMP's. Finally, the last option involves mandatory HACCP 
    for nearly 1 million establishments.
        The options evaluated in the PRIA have both lower and higher costs 
    than the proposed option. However, the benefits of all options are not 
    equal to the proposed option. FDA has quantified net benefits of some 
    of the high risk options and has found them to have been positive net 
    benefits for those costs and benefits which have been quantified.
        These options are not all equal in terms of costs and benefits. 
    They differ significantly from one another in this regard, as well as 
    from the option that FDA has selected to propose as new part 123. They 
    are also not equal in their ability to meet all the regulatory 
    objectives stated in the preamble, including effective treatment of 
    imports and an appropriate alignment of industry and government 
    responsibilities. FDA seeks comment on the costs and benefits as well 
    as on the general pros and cons of all the stated options and on any 
    options that the agency may have overlooked. It is extremely important 
    that FDA's evaluation of regulatory options be as thorough as possible 
    for purposes of developing a final rule, and that the agency be able to 
    fully articulate the distinctions among them and the significance of 
    those distinctions.
    
    B. Costs
    
        There is no single source of data that FDA has found to be entirely 
    satisfactory for developing a preliminary estimate of the costs of the 
    proposed regulations. Consequently, FDA has considered two sources of 
    information, each with its own strengths and weaknesses. The results 
    provide a range of possibilities, and FDA invites comment on them.
        The first source is U.S. seafood processors that have actually 
    implemented HACCP systems. The number of such firms may exceed 100. 
    Understandably, many firms are reluctant to make public detailed 
    information about the costs of operation; consequently, the information 
    available to FDA from this source is incomplete. On the other hand, 
    there is enough information from which some preliminary conclusions can 
    be drawn that are relevant to an economic assessment.
        The second source is a study of the costs of implementing a form of 
    HACCP that was developed by the Department of Commerce for the 
    congressionally mandated MSSP. That study was performed by an 
    independent contractor for the National Fisheries Education and 
    Research Foundation, Inc., and commissioned under a grant from NMFS. 
    While these data are the most detailed available, fitting them to the 
    proposed regulations required extensive adjustments and extrapolations. 
    Thus, these data also fail to eliminate the considerable uncertainty of 
    the results as they relate to these proposed regulations.
    1. Costs: Actual Industry Experience
        FDA has some information relevant to the actual costs of 
    implementing HACCP experienced by a number of seafood firms. While this 
    information is neither detailed nor complete enough to definitively 
    answer the question of how much the proposed regulations will cost the 
    industry, it does provide insight into the costs of the proposed 
    regulations.
        This information includes responses to a 1991 evaluation 
    questionnaire from four of the eight firms that participated in the 
    FDA/NOAA seafood HACCP pilot in 1990-1991 (Ref. 40). It also includes 
    information more recently provided to FDA from seven firms through the 
    assistance of NFPA, and from two trade associations. The trade 
    associations, the NFI and the New England Fisheries Development 
    Association (NEFDA) provided FDA with summary information about member 
    firms that were implementing HACCP systems. NEFDA has operated a HACCP 
    pilot with member firms through a Federal grant. The two trade 
    associations provided information on 16 firms. The seven firms that 
    provided information about themselves through NFPA operate a total of 
    44 processing plants, so FDA has information on at least 64 plants 
    (Ref. 129).
        The firms represent a good cross section of processing operation 
    types, including canned, fresh, frozen, smoked/salted, and cooked, 
    ready-to-eat products as well as molluscan shellfish. The majority of 
    firms were involved in HACCP as participants in either pilot programs, 
    the NOAA fee-for-service program, or the State of Alaska program, and 
    therefore have been subject to some form of third party verification of 
    their HACCP systems. Virtually all of them developed HACCP plans, and 
    the majority of these included critical control points for quality or 
    economic fraud or both in addition to safety. In this respect, the 
    majority of firms implemented a more extensive form of HACCP than is 
    being proposed by FDA.
        Presumably, start-up costs for HACCP are normally higher than 
    operating costs in subsequent years. The majority of firms that could 
    estimate their own start-up costs indicated costs in the $1,000 to 
    $5,000 range. The remaining minority appear to be roughly equally 
    divided between lower and higher costs. A few firms indicated costs in 
    the $20,000 or higher range. These may be firms that decided to hire 
    additional personnel in order to install or implement HACCP.
        It should be noted that the cost figures that come from firms that 
    operate more than one plant are for the total costs of their plants 
    collectively; in order to calculate the average start-up cost per plant 
    for these firms, their costs would have to be divided by the number of 
    plants.
        Nearly twice as many firms did not hire additional personnel or did 
    not anticipate hiring additional personnel as a result of operating 
    HACCP systems as those who did or felt the need to do so. The 
    overwhelming majority of firms reported that they believed that the 
    advantages they derived from HACCP were worth the costs to them in 
    terms of better control over their operations, better sanitation, and 
    greater efficiencies, such as reduced waste. Virtually all foresaw 
    long-term benefits from operating under HACCP.
        FDA notes that there are several uncertainties with this data. The 
    first is that FDA does not know the extent of previous HACCP-type 
    activities in these firms so that they may have different incremental 
    costs than the industry average. In addition, these firms may have been 
    relatively larger firms so that they may not be fully representative of 
    the industry. Also, FDA does not know whether or not these firms would 
    necessarily be in full compliance with the proposed regulations so that 
    additional costs might have to be expended.
    2. Costs: MSSP Study
        The MSSP study provides FDA with survey data from which detailed 
    cost estimates have been made in the PRIA, subject to numerous 
    uncertainties. As this is the largest and only randomly selected data 
    base available to FDA, the PRIA relied primarily on estimates based on 
    these data. The contractor in the MSSP study sent teams into 130 
    processing plants, none of which were operating under HACCP systems, to 
    project the costs to each plant to implement and operate a form of 
    HACCP chosen for that study.
        In areas where FDA had better data than that used in the contractor 
    reports, the agency has used information available from its field 
    surveys on current practices or conditions in the industry in general, 
    and it has substituted that information for the information gathered 
    from the sample plants in the contractor reports. Where gaps in the 
    contractor estimates exist that could not be filled in by information 
    from FDA field surveys, a number of assumptions have been made for the 
    purposes of this economic assessment. FDA views the cost estimates 
    extrapolated from the contractor reports and other sources as 
    preliminary and requests comments on them.
        From FDA's 1992 official establishment inventory, FDA has estimated 
    that there are 4,846 domestic seafood manufacturing plants that will be 
    affected by the proposed rule. Thirty-three percent of the first year 
    costs can be attributed to expenditures necessary to comply with the 
    HACCP-based sanitation provisions of the proposed rule. Another 36 
    percent are attributable to monitoring and recordkeeping requirements. 
    In addition, approximately 31 percent of the first year costs are for 
    equipment such as temperature indicators, temperature recorders, and 
    can seam tear-down machines. Additional costs are for HACCP training, 
    consulting by processing authorities, writing HACCP plans, instituting 
    operational changes, responding to critical limit deviations, and 
    analytical testing. The average expected cost of the proposed rule per 
    domestic manufacturing plant is estimated to be $23,900 in the first 
    year ($24,000 for small plants, $23,400 for large plants) and $15,000 
    in the following years ($14,700 for small plants and $15,700 for large 
    plants). Total costs of the proposed rule for domestic manufacturers 
    are estimated to be $117 million in the first year and $65 million in 
    the following years.
        In addition, FDA estimates that 924 importers will bear start-up 
    costs of approximately $8 million, and 1,571 repackers and warehouses 
    will bear annual recurring costs of $14 million. Therefore, based on 
    these data, FDA estimates domestic costs for this rule to be $139 
    million in the first year and $79 million in succeeding years. 
    Discounted domestic costs are estimated to be $676 million over 10 
    years (6 percent). FDA also estimates that 8,125 foreign processors 
    will have initial costs of $96 million and recurring costs of $44 
    million.
        Should smoked fish products be required to bear refrigeration 
    statements on their labels, the maximum possible cost to this industry 
    segment would be estimated to be $2.5 million for a label redesign for 
    all products. A label redesign would be likely only in the case of 
    extensive refrigeration instructions. If a simple statement such as 
    ``keep refrigerated'' were to be required, then the cost to the smoked 
    fish industry would be approximately $168,000 because approximately 75 
    percent of the products currently bear such statements.
        These estimates are considerably higher than the estimates from 
    data submitted to FDA from seafood plants as discussed above. These 
    differences may be attributable to several factors. For example, the 
    MSSP-based estimates also include estimated costs of compliance by 
    processors with pre-existing sanitation requirements in part 110 and 
    costs of complying with guidelines that are appended to these proposed 
    regulations. Although these costs are not inherent to the operation of 
    a HACCP system, they represent one-third of the total MSSP-based 
    estimates. As indicated earlier in this document, compliance with 
    CGMP's for sanitation has been a continuing problem across the 
    industry. For this reason, FDA is proposing specific sanitation 
    requirements in subpart A of part 123.
        Moreover, the estimate of costs associated with complying with 
    guidelines in the appendices may be overstated because, in actuality, 
    FDA may find industry practices other than those stated in the 
    guidelines to be acceptable. The guidelines are intended to provide the 
    industry with information on how it could implement HACCP, not how it 
    must do so.
        Costs to importers and to foreign processors that ship to the 
    United States were also estimated. In the absence of reliable data for 
    estimating costs to foreign processors, FDA estimated the number of 
    plants that export seafood to the United States and based their costs 
    of implementing HACCP on MSSP- generated data on the costs to U.S. 
    plants.
        It is important to recognize that many of the United States major 
    seafood trading partners are using, or have opted for, HACCP programs. 
    For example, the EC will soon require HACCP or an equivalent system 
    from over 100 nations that export to it. Consequently, with the current 
    trend toward HACCP worldwide, the costs to many foreign processors of 
    implementing HACCP may be incurred regardless of whether FDA issued 
    these proposed regulations. Moreover, in the near future, U.S. 
    importers subject to this proposed rule should have little difficulty 
    finding products produced under HACCP. FDA specifically invites comment 
    on the estimated costs of the proposed regulations to importers and 
    foreign processors, e.g., whether they are high due to the worldwide 
    move toward HACCP or whether they are low due to other factors that 
    have not been considered, and the potential effect on U.S. consumers of 
    requiring that imports be produced under HACCP systems.
        The PRIA presumes that most of the cost of compliance of the 
    proposed regulations will be passed on to consumers. Estimating the 
    magnitude of these price increases is difficult. U.S. consumers spent 
    about $16.5 billion on domestically produced seafood in 1991 (Ref. 42). 
    If the domestic industry passed on all of the estimated annual costs to 
    consumers, prices for domestically produced seafood would increase by 
    less than 1 percent in the first year and less than one-half of 1 
    percent in succeeding years. Price changes of such magnitude are 
    unlikely to have a major impact on general seafood purchases. However, 
    some regional price increases may considerably exceed this. In 
    addition, this estimation of change in price does not address potential 
    concentration effects. It is worth noting that the contractor that 
    performed the MSSP study estimated a range of cost increases from 
    negligible to 1.3 percent, depending on the type of product.
        The effect on prices of imported products is impossible to 
    estimate. While the PRIA uses MSSP data and a number of assumptions to 
    estimate possible costs to foreign processors of complying with the 
    proposed regulations, those costs will be spread among the consumers 
    from all nations to which these processors export. FDA is unable to 
    estimate what percentage of these costs would be passed on to U.S. 
    consumers.
        On the other side of the ledger, the MSSP-based estimates were not 
    able to include costs associated with some features of the proposed 
    rules because data were lacking. An inventory of these features is 
    provided in the PRIA, and FDA invites comment on possible costs 
    associated with them. They include prevention of cross contamination by 
    the separation of food contact surfaces, storage at 40  deg.F of 
    cooked, ready-to-eat products and products that are made in whole or in 
    part of scombroid toxin forming species, and the costs of following the 
    approach presented in the guidelines at Appendix B for scombroid toxin 
    forming species.
    
    C. Benefits
    
        This proposed action will reduce the amount of illness that derives 
    from consumption of seafood (safety benefits) and may have significant 
    nutrition benefits that result from increased consumption of seafood. 
    The increased consumption will result from a decrease in consumer 
    anxiety associated with the consumption of seafood. In addition, there 
    may be significant cost savings (benefits) in other areas as a result 
    of adoption of this proposed rule.
        The existence of a national, mandatory, HACCP-based inspection 
    system for seafood should have a beneficial, although nonquantifiable 
    effect on both the industry and the Federal government. FDA knows from 
    experience that continuing concerns about the adequacy of the current 
    Federal regulatory system for seafood place a financial stress on 
    industry, which must constantly defend itself from criticism, and on 
    regulatory agencies such as FDA, which must divert resources in order 
    to respond to the Congress and the media. While public interest in food 
    safety is healthy and desirable, the extreme interest in seafood 
    safety, which has manifested itself in over 10 congressional hearings 
    and over 20 pieces of legislation in the past 5 years, demonstrates how 
    a system that is less than fully adequate from the public's standpoint 
    can cause a steady diversion of both public and private resources that 
    is likely to continue in the absence of a system that overcomes current 
    inefficiencies and shortcomings.
        Finally, there will be an additional benefit to firms wishing to 
    export seafood to those countries which require federally monitored 
    HACCP. The latter two benefits have not been quantified, and FDA 
    requests comments on how this might be done.
        The agency followed three steps to quantify the safety benefits of 
    HACCP for processors: (1) Identify all significant hazards associated 
    with seafood safety and establish the baseline number of incidents of 
    each hazard in the U.S. population; (2) estimate the reduction in the 
    number of incidents of each hazard that HACCP is expected to 
    accomplish; and (3) quantify the benefit of the reduced illnesses and 
    deaths. In all three steps, FDA acknowledges that there is substantial 
    uncertainty.
        First, to establish a baseline number of illnesses, FDA reviewed 
    both reported data to the CDCP, which provides a lower bound on the 
    actual number of cases, and an earlier FDA risk assessment that 
    estimated an upper-bound number of cases. Using information about the 
    probable amount of underreporting for each type of illness, FDA 
    constructed a likely baseline number for each type of illness by 
    inflating these numbers between zero and 1,000 times the amount 
    reported. Thus, for example, while it is likely that nearly all cases 
    of neurotoxic shellfish poisoning (NSP) are reported to CDCP, it is 
    likely that Campylobacter jejuni is underreported by approximately 100 
    times the actual number of cases. This approach for estimating cases 
    yielded an estimated 33,000 cases of illness from seafood per year. 
    However, FDA acknowledges that even a reasonably precise estimate of 
    the number of illnesses cannot be determined with the existing 
    foodborne disease reporting mechanisms in this country.
        In the second step, FDA used a panel of internal experts to 
    determine the number of illnesses the proposed regulations are likely 
    to reduce.\1\ For example, it is not likely to reduce any cases of NSP 
    because they are primarily associated with recreational fishing. On the 
    other hand, it is likely to reduce over 50 percent of scombroid 
    poisoning because most of the mishandling of seafood comes either at 
    the catch or processing stages. This action will not reduce any cases 
    that are a result of consumer or retailer mishandling but, as explained 
    earlier in this document, problems at the retail level are addressed 
    through mechanisms outside of this proposed regulation. FDA has 
    estimated that between 5,000 and 19,000 cases of seafood illness and 
    death will be reduced by the proposed action annually.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        \1\Memorandum to Richard A. Williams, Jr., November 17, 1993.
    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
        In the third step, FDA used economic valuation techniques to 
    quantify the effect of reducing the range of cases of seafood illness. 
    This technique combines costs of illness, such as hospital costs, with 
    the costs of pain and suffering in a reduced health state to estimate 
    the cost of each hazard. Thus, for example, NSP, with very mild 
    symptoms, has a low cost per case ($270), whereas Vibrio vulnificus, 
    with a high probability of death, has a very high cost ($1.3 million 
    per case). Using this methodology, the total safety benefits of the 
    proposed option are valued between $15 and $75 million per year.
        FDA has also evaluated the potential health benefits associated 
    with increased consumption of seafood. Because of the negative 
    publicity concerning water pollution and seafood safety, consumer 
    perception of seafood safety may overestimate actual risk. In addition, 
    contamination scares cause drastic short-term drops in consumer demand 
    for seafood products and undoubtedly contribute to the chronic level of 
    consumer concern about seafood safety. Thus, safety concerns about 
    seafood are a likely factor preventing wider consumer acceptance of 
    seafood as part of the U.S. diet.
        If this proposal is finalized, consumer concerns about seafood 
    safety may be reduced which may, in turn, lead to increased consumption 
    of seafood. FDA has evaluated the possibility that consumers may switch 
    from higher fat flesh protein, such as meat and poultry, to seafood. 
    The resulting reduced dietary fat in the diet of the general population 
    would result in reduced incidence of coronary heart disease and cancer. 
    Using the same methodology employed in an earlier analysis of the 
    Nutrition Labeling and Education Act of 1990 (Pub. L. 101-535), FDA 
    analyzed the benefits of a 1- and 5-pound per capita increase in 
    consumption of seafood. These were estimated to decrease deaths by 673 
    and 2,782, respectively, over a 10-year period. The resulting benefits 
    are valued at $3 and $14 billion.
    
    D. Small Business Impact
    
        The proposed rule will have a substantial impact on small seafood 
    processors as defined by the Regulatory Flexibility Act. Eighty percent 
    of the seafood processors covered by this proposed regulation are 
    small, where small is defined for nonshrimp firms as less than $1 
    million in annual gross revenue and less than $2 million for shrimp 
    firms. The provisions of this rule, such as monitoring and 
    recordkeeping, are largely fixed costs (costs which do not vary 
    significantly with the amount of the product produced) which will 
    impose larger per unit costs on small rather than on large businesses. 
    In addition, small firms may have as many critical control points as 
    large firms because critical control points tend to be related to the 
    complexity of the operation, not the size of the business. However, it 
    may be that smaller firms are less complex than large firms, although 
    the agency does not have sufficient data to determine if this is so.
        In some cases the increase in cost will be large enough to cause 
    some firms to go out of business. For example, estimates of firm 
    failure have been as low as 2 percent (96 firms) of all firms (from the 
    Canadian experience) to 334 firms (estimated for compliance with MSSP). 
    However, FDA does not have enough information to estimate the number of 
    firms that will close if the proposed rule becomes final.
        There are several factors that affect the ability of small 
    processors to comply with the proposed regulations. First, the basic 
    HACCP requirements proposed in subpart A of part 123 deliberately 
    include only the essentials of HACCP in order to keep fixed costs to a 
    minimum. Second, FDA is developing considerable guidance in the form of 
    a hazard guide and model HACCP plans to enable small processors to 
    implement an effective HACCP system at the lowest possible cost. Third, 
    FDA is also aware that academia and trade associations are available to 
    assist processors to implement HACCP. Finally, for those small 
    processors that have very simple operations requiring few critical 
    control points, an inherent feature of HACCP is that it adjusts to the 
    complexity and risks of an operation.
        While any closure is regrettable, the agency strongly believes that 
    firms that are unable to identify the likely hazards associated with 
    their products and take reasonable preventive controls to prevent those 
    hazards from occurring should not be selling food in interstate 
    commerce. As described in the preamble, FDA is keenly interested in 
    keeping the costs of implementing HACCP to a minimum and is issuing 
    guidance documents and model HACCP plans to facilitate such 
    implementation.
        FDA is specifically requesting comment in areas where costs and 
    benefit estimates are either very uncertain or potentially large. FDA 
    will utilize answers received on these comments along with all other 
    comments to help formulate the final rule.
    1. Costs
        FDA specifically requests comments on:
        (1) The expected cost to retrofit plants as necessary for the 
    proper operation of HACCP controls (e.g., enhance refrigerator 
    capacity, water supply changes, etc.).
        (2) The cost of taking corrective actions to respond to critical 
    limit deviations on an annual basis. FDA has estimated an average of 
    $1,000 per firm to take such actions as discarding product, buying new 
    equipment, and changing the processing practice.
        (3) The cost of training employees. FDA has estimated that there 
    will be a cost per plant of $900 to train an employee to manage HACCP. 
    This will include the cost of training, travel expenses, and loss of 
    several days of productivity for that employee. Not all of these costs 
    may be borne by manufacturers, however, because some training may be 
    sponsored by academia, trade associations, and others.
        (4) The cost of ensuring that cooking and pasteurizing equipment 
    and processes are achieving the desired safety results (i.e., 
    destroying microbiological pathogens). This ensurance may be obtained 
    by having equipment and processes that are equivalent to those found 
    effective by a processing authority. FDA estimated that this would cost 
    $1,000 per plant in the first year and, on average, half that amount in 
    the following years as processors change their processes and equipment. 
    This cost may be offset, however, by reliance on literature that 
    contains the necessary information from a processing authority.
        (5) The cost of temperature indicators and thermometers for plants 
    who do not now have this equipment. FDA estimated that the cost would 
    be $1,000 per plant, initially, with replacement as necessary.
        (6) The cost of creating a HACCP plan from the guidance provided by 
    FDA. FDA estimated that it will take processors with simpler processes 
    24 hours of managerial time to adapt the guidance into a HACCP plan. 
    FDA estimated that it will take processors with more complex processes 
    72 hours of managerial time to adapt the guidance into a HACCP plan.
        (7) FDA requests comment on the recordkeeping burden associated 
    with the proposed sanitation requirements in Sec. 123.10 (b) and (c). 
    If possible, such estimates should be provided in terms of hours spent 
    and translated into dollars if staff compensation rates are known.
        In addition, FDA was unable to provide cost estimates of the 
    following provisions and requests specific comments on these areas:
        (1) Section 123.10(a)(7), prevention of cross-contamination by the 
    separation of food-contact surfaces;
        (2) Section 123.10(a)(14), storage at 40  deg.F or below;
        (3) Appendix A.6., cooling after cooking;
        (4) Appendix B., scombroid toxin forming species;
        (5) Appendix 1., specifically, the guidance on smoked and smoke-
    flavored fishery products;
        (6) Increased short-term recall potential, if any, due to 
    heightened industry awareness;
        (7) Increasing time spent escorting Federal inspectors, 
    particularly in the initial phases;
        (8) The cost of restricting catch in certain areas and seasons if 
    processors find it necessary.
    2. Benefits
        (1) FDA is reprinting two tables from the PRIA and requests 
    comments on both the baseline number of illnesses due to seafood and 
    the likelihood that HACCP for processors will reduce those illnesses. 
    The baseline number of illnesses reflects an estimate of all cases 
    (from any source, including recreational harvest, retail, and consumer 
    mishandling). FDA considers the estimates in both tables as preliminary 
    estimates.
    
              Table 1.--Significant Hazards Associated With Seafood         
           [All Seafood Sources Combined--Recreational and Commercial]      
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         Reported   Upper-bound   Estimated 
                 Hazards                  cases        cases        cases   
                                        (annual)     (annual)     (annual)  
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Anasakis.........................          1          100          100  
    Campylobacter jejuni.............          2          200          200  
    Ciguatera........................        800        8,000          800  
    Clostridium botulinum............          4            4            4  
    Clostridium perfringens..........          7           70           70  
    Diphyllobothrium latum...........      (\1\)        1,000        1,000  
    Giardia..........................          3           50           30  
    Hepatitis A virus................          9.2      6,700           92  
    Neurotoxic shellfish poisoning...         48           48           48  
    Norwalk virus....................         12.4     30,000       12,400  
    Other Vibrios....................         43       10,000       10,000  
    Paralytic shellfish poisoning....         13.4         13.4         13.4
    Salmonella nontyphi..............          2        2,750          200  
    Scombrotoxin.....................        796       21,500        7,960  
    Shigella.........................          7          100           70  
    Vibrio vulnificus................         24           48          48   
                                      --------------------------------------
        Total........................      1,772       80,389      33,035   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    \1\Unknown.                                                             
    
    
        Table 2.--Projected Number of Cases Averted Using HACCP Approach    
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           FDA best                         
                                           estimate    Number of   Number of
                  Hazards                   of the       cases       cases  
                                           number of    averted     averted 
                                             cases     (lower)*    (upper)**
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Anasakis............................         100          10        75  
    Campylobacter jejuni................         200         100       150  
    Ciguatera...........................         800          50       100  
    Clostridium botulinum...............           4           0         1  
    Clostridium perfringens.............          70          53        70  
    Diphyllobothrum latum...............       1,000         250       750  
    Giardia.............................          30           0         7.5
    Hepatitis A virus...................          92          15        46  
    Neurotoxic shellfish poisoning......          48           0         0  
    Norwalk virus.......................      12,400       1,000     6,200  
    Other Vibrios.......................      10,000       1,000     5,000  
    Paralytic shellfish poisoning.......          13           0         0  
    Salmonella nontyphi.................         200         100       150  
    Scombrotoxin........................       7,960       3,980     5,970  
    Shigella............................          70          18        35  
    Vibrio vulnificus...................          48           0        24  
                                         -----------------------------------
        Total...........................      33,035       6,575   18,679   
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    *Estimates by Klontz and Altekruse.                                     
    **Estimates by Archer.                                                  
    \1\Memorandum to Richard A. Williams, Jr., November 16, 1993.           
    
        (2) FDA also specifically requests comments on the number of cases 
    of illness included in the baseline estimate (33,035) that may be due 
    to factors outside the processors' control, such as those due to 
    recreational harvests (that are not eventually sent to processors), 
    those due to restaurants and supermarkets, and those due to consumer 
    mishandling.
        (3) As mentioned above, FDA has also estimated potential benefits 
    associated with increased seafood consumption. These benefits will only 
    be realized if the price increase resulting from this rule does not 
    offset the effect of increased demand for seafood which will result 
    from reduced consumer anxiety. FDA requests specific comment on the 
    likelihood that seafood consumption will be increased as a result of 
    this rule.
        (4) FDA has identified but not quantified benefits to seafood 
    exporters as well as reduced public anxiety associated with the safety 
    of seafood. FDA requests comments on these benefits (including how to 
    quantify them) as well as other potential benefits such as how HACCP 
    will help firms gain better control over their operations, better 
    sanitation and greater efficiencies such as reduced product waste.
    
    E. Tribal Governments
    
        FDA is aware that some tribal governments are involved in the 
    processing of seafood for interstate commerce. The agency expects that 
    the proposed regulations will apply to them in such cases. Executive 
    Order 12875 of October 26, 1993, requires, among other things, 
    consultation with tribal governments before the formal promulgation of 
    regulations containing unfunded Federal mandates. While FDA does not 
    believe that the proposed regulations would impose an unfunded Federal 
    mandate, the agency wishes to foster consultation on matters that might 
    significantly affect tribal communities. Consequently, FDA specifically 
    requests comment on the economic effect of the proposed regulations on 
    tribal governments.
    
    F. Availability of PRIA/RFA
    
        FDA acknowledges considerable uncertainty in both cost and benefit 
    estimates of the proposed regulations and requests comment on all 
    aspects of the PRIA and the RFA. The full PRIA/RIA is available at the 
    Dockets Management Branch (address above).
    
    XI. Environmental Impact
    
        The agency has carefully considered the potential environmental 
    effects of this action. FDA has concluded that the action will not have 
    a significant impact on the human environment, and that an 
    environmental impact statement is not required. The agency's finding of 
    no significant impact and the evidence supporting that finding, 
    contained in an environmental assessment, may be seen in the Dockets 
    Management Branch (address above) between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday 
    through Friday.
    
    XII. Request for Comments
    
        Interested persons may, on or before April 28, 1994, submit to the 
    Dockets Management Branch (address above) written comments regarding 
    this proposal. Two copies of any comments are to be submitted, except 
    that individuals may submit one copy. Comments are to be identified 
    with the docket number found in brackets in the heading of this 
    document. Received comments may be seen in the office above between 9 
    a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday.
    
    
    
    XIII. References
    
        The following references have been placed on display in the Dockets 
    Management Branch (address above) and may be seen by interested persons 
    between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday.
    
        1. Committee on Diet and Health, Food and Nutrition Board, 
    Commission on Life Sciences, National Research Council, ``Diet and 
    Health: Implications for Reducing Chronic Disease Risk,'' National 
    Academy Press, Washington, DC, 1989.
        2. National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute, DHHS, ``National 
    Cholesterol Education Program: Report of the Expert Panel on 
    Population Strategies for Blood Cholesterol Reduction, Executive 
    Summary,'' NIH Publication No. 90-3047, National Institutes of 
    Health, Bethesda, MD, 1990.
        3. Hackney, C., and D. Ward, ed., ``Microbiology of Marine Food 
    Products,'' Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1991.
        4. Roper, W.L. Director, Centers for Disease Control, letter to 
    the Honorable John D. Dingell, May 2, 1990.
        5. Otwell, W.S., ``Seafood Safety in Question,'' MTS Journal, 
    25(1):23-29.
        6. FDA, DHHS, ``Seafood Safety,'' May 10, 1993.
        7. Ahmed, F.E. ed., Committee on Evaluation of the Safety of 
    Fishery Products, Food and Nutrition Board, Institute of Medicine, 
    NAS, Seafood Safety, National Academy Press, 1991.
        8. Rhodehamel, E.J., ``Overview of Biological, Chemical, and 
    Physical Hazards,'' HACCP: Principles and Applications, Van Nostrand 
    Reinhold, 1992.
        9. Colwell, R.R. ed., ``Natural Toxins and Human Pathogens in 
    the Marine Environment,'' Report of a Sea Grant-Sponsored Workshop, 
    A Maryland Sea Grant Publication, undated.
        10. Stone, R., ed., ``Single-Celled Killer in Monterey Bay,'' 
    Science, November 22, 1991.
        11. Letter to John A. Sandor from Thomas J. Billy, March 22, 
    1993.
        12. Bier, J.W., T.L. Deardorff, G.J. Jackson, and R.B. 
    Raybourne, ``Human Anisakiasis,'' Bailliere's Clinical Tropical 
    Medicine and Communicable Diseases, 2(3):723-733, 1987.
        13. Liston, J., Statement before the Senate Committee on 
    Commerce, Science, and Transportation, U.S. Senate, June 30, 1992.
        14. Mayer, B.K., and D.R. Ward, ``Microbiology of Finfish and 
    Finfish Processing,'' Microbiology of Marine Food Processing, Van 
    Nostrand Reinhold, 1991.
        15. Spitzig, P., memorandum, ``Decomposition Data From the 
    Seafood Regulatory Action Database,'' May 14, 1992.
        16. FDA, DHHS, ``The Fish List: FDA Guide to Acceptable Market 
    Names for Food Fish Sold in Interstate Commerce,'' 1988.
        17. Letter From Skip Widtfeldt, Seafood Permit Coordinator, 
    State of Alaska Department of Environmental Conservation, to Alaska 
    Seafood Processors, January 17, 1992.
        18. Nardi, G., ``HACCP: A View From the Inside,'' American 
    Seafood Institute Report, April 1992.
        19. Coons, K., ``HACCP is Here,'' Seafood Supplier, May/June 
    1992.
        20. Kraemer, D.W., memorandum, ``Unique Nature of Seafood 
    Processing Industry,'' May 6, 1993.
        21. Kraemer, D.W., memorandum, ``High Risk Survey--Cooked Ready 
    to Eat Results,'' March 1, 1993.
        22. Bryan, F.L., ``What the Sanitarian Should Know About 
    Staphylococci and Salmonellae in Non-Dairy Products: I. 
    Staphylococci,'' Journal of Milk and Food Technology, 31(4):110-116, 
    April 1968.
        23. Golden, D.A., E.J. Rhodehamel, and D.A. Kautter, ``Growth of 
    Salmonella spp. in Cantaloupe, Watermelon, and Honeydew Melons,'' 
    Journal of Food Protection, 56(3):194-196, 1993.
        24. FDA Smoked or Salted Fish Assignment (FY 89), and 
    compilation of data, dated December 19, 1988.
        25. New York State Good Manufacturing Practices Regulation for 
    Smoked Fish Products, 1990.
        26. Eklund, M.W. et al., ``Inhibition of Clostridium Botulinum 
    Types A and E Toxin Production by Liquid Smoke and NaCl in Hot- 
    Process Smoke-Flavored Fish,'' Journal of Food Protection, 
    45(10):935, 1982.
        27. Program Evaluation Branch, Office of Regulatory Affairs, 
    FDA, DHHS, ``Field Summary Seafood Accomplishments/Expenditures FY 
    1984-FY 1992,'' November 1992.
        28. FSIS, USDA, ``Meat and Poultry Inspection 1991: Report of 
    the Secretary of Agriculture to the U.S. Congress.''
        29. Snyder, M.I., memorandum, ``FDA Rejection Insurance,'' May 
    7, 1993.
        30. Sunde, S., ``A Sea of Uncertainties,'' Seattle Post-
    Intelligencer, February 25, 1993.
        31. Wilms, H.G., memorandum, ``State Seafood Resources,'' May 
    17, 1993.
        32. Spencer, H., ``The Role of Government in a Mandatory HACCP 
    Based Program,'' Dairy, Food and Environmental Sanitation, July 
    1992.
        33. Bauman, H.E., ``Introduction to HACCP,'' HACCP: Principles 
    and Applications, Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1992.
        34. NACMCF, ``National Advisory Committee on Microbiological 
    Criteria for Foods, Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Point 
    System Adopted March 20, 1992,'' HACCP: Principles and Applications, 
    Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1992.
        35. NMFS, NOAA, U.S. Department of Commerce, ``The Report of the 
    Model Seafood Surveillance Project: A Report to the Congress,'' 
    draft dated February 5, 1993.
        36. Subcommittee on Microbiological Criteria, Committee on Food 
    Protection, Food and Nutrition Board, National Research Council, An 
    Evaluation of the Role of Microbiological Criteria for Foods and 
    Food Ingredients, National Academy Press, 1985.
        37. Lee, J.S., and K.S. Hilderbrand, Jr., ``Hazard Analysis & 
    Critical Control Point Applications to the Seafood Industry,'' 
    Oregon Sea Grant, ORESU-H-92-001, 1992.
        38. Weddig, L.J., letter to the Honorable Donna E. Shalala, 
    February 25, 1993.
        39. Iani, L.J., letter to Tom Billy, April 1, 1993.
        40. Peeler, T., ``Review of the FDA/NOAA Seafood Pilot,'' 
    undated.
        41. Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, 
    ``Fishery Statistics: Commodities 1990,'' vol. 71, Rome, 1992.
        42. NMFS, NOAA, U.S. Department of Commerce, ``Fisheries of the 
    United States, 1991,'' Silver Spring, MD, 1992.
        43. NMFS, NOAA, U.S. Department of Commerce, ``Current Fisheries 
    Statistics No. 9202: Imports and Exports of Fishery Products Annual 
    Summary, 1992.''
        44. The Council of the European Communities, ``Council Directive 
    of 22 July 1991 Laying Down the Health Conditions for the Production 
    and the Placing on the Market of Fishery Products,'' Official 
    Journal of the European Communities, No. L 268/15.
        45. GATT Secretariat, ``Draft Final Act Embodying the Results of 
    the Uruguay Round of Multilateral Trade Negotiations,'' December 20, 
    1991.
        46. Codex Alimentarius Commission, Food and Agriculture 
    Organization of the United Nations, ``Joint FAO/WHO Food Standards 
    Programme, Codex Alimentarius Commission, 20th Session, Geneva 28 
    June-7 July 1993, Report of the 25th Session of the Codex Committee 
    on Food Hygiene Washington D.C., 28 October-1 November 1991.''
        47. ``Communication From The President of the United States 
    Transmitting the Final Legal Text of the U.S.-Canada Free-Trade 
    Agreement, The Proposed U.S.-Canada Free- Trade Agreement 
    Implementation Act of 1988, and a Statement of Administrative 
    Action, Pursuant to 19 U.S.C. 2112(e)(2), 2212(a),'' House Document 
    100-216, July 26, 1988.
        48. Rhodehamel, E.J., ``FDA's Concerns With Sous Vide 
    Processing,'' Food Technology, 46(12) 73-76, 1992.
        49. Cook, D.W., and Ruple, A.D., ``Vibrio Vulnificus and 
    Indicator Bacteria in Shellstock and Commercially Processed Oysters 
    From the Gulf Coast,'' Journal of Food Protection, 55(9):667-671, 
    1992.
        50. FDA, DHHS, ``Food and Drug Administration Pesticide Program: 
    Residue Monitoring 1991,'' Journal of the Association of Official 
    Analytical Chemists International, Vol. 75, September/October 1992.
        51. Corlett, D.A., Jr., and Pierson, M.D., ed., HACCP: 
    Principles and Applications, Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1991.
        52. Duersch, J.W., Paparella, M.W., and Cockey, R.R., 
    ``Processing Recommendations for Pasteurizing Meat from the Blue 
    Crab,'' Advisory Report, Maryland Sea Grant Program, Publication No. 
    UM-SG-MAP-81- 02, 1981.
        53. Gorga, C., and Ronsivalli, L.J., ``Quality Assurance of 
    Seafood,'' Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York.
        54. Schaffner, R.M., ``Introduction to Canned Foods: Principles 
    of Thermal Process Control, Acidification and Container Closure 
    Evaluation'' The Food Processors Institute, 1982.
        55. Corlett, D.A., Jr., and Pierson, M.D., ``Hazard Analysis and 
    Assignment of Risk Categories,'' HACCP: Principles and Applications, 
    Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1991.
        56. Farber, J.M., ``Listeria Monocytogenes in Fish Products,'' 
    Journal of Food Protection, 54:922-924, 1991.
        57. Lovett, J., Francis, D.W., and Bradshaw, J.G., ``Outgrowth 
    of Listeria Monocytogenes in Foods,'' Foodborne Listeriosis, Society 
    for Industrial Microbiology, Elsevier Science Publishers, New York, 
    1990.
        58. Farber, J.M., and Peterkin, P.I., ``Listeria Monocytogenes, 
    a Food-borne Pathogen,'' Microbiology Reviews, 55:476-511, 1991.
        59. Warner, E.T., memorandum, ``New York District Smoked Fish 
    Inspection Results,'' May 24, 1993.
        60. Wilson, B.F., memorandum, ``Seafood Consumer Complaint 
    Data,'' April 15, 1993.
        61. Data summary sheets.
        62. Wilson, B., memorandum, ``Sanitation Data from 1991-1992 
    Abbreviated Inspections,'' April 13, 1993.
        63. Bryan, F.L., ``Microbiological Food Hazards Today--Based on 
    Epidemiological Information,'' Food Technology, pp. 52-64, September 
    1974.
        64. FDA, DHHS, ``FDA Fact Sheet: Shigella in Food,'' December 
    1969.
        65. FDA, DHHS, ``Food Service Sanitation Manual Including a 
    Model Food Service Sanitation Ordinance,'' DHEW Publication No. 
    (FDA) 78-2081, 1976.
        66. Koren, H., ``Handbook of Environmental Health and Safety 
    Principles and Practices,'' Vol. I, 2d ed., Lewis Publishers, pp. 
    116-117, 1991.
        67. Benenson, A.S., ed., ``Control of Communicable Diseases in 
    Man,'' 15th ed., American Public Health Association, pp. 170-177, 
    197-8, 210-11, 491-2, 1991.
        68. Cross Connection Control Committee, Pacific Northwest 
    Section, American Water Works Association, With the Assistance of 
    EPA, ``Cross Connection Control Manual, Accepted Procedures and 
    Practice,'' 5th Ed., May, 1990.
        69. National Sanitation Foundation, ``Reference Guide: 
    Sanitation Aspects of Food Service Facility Plan Preparation and 
    Review,'' January 1978.
        70. EPA, ``Drinking Water; Substitution of Contaminants and 
    Priority List of Additional Substances which May Require Regulation 
    under the Safe Drinking Water Act,'' 52 FR 25720, July 8, 1987.
        71. National Sanitation Foundation, Ann Arbor, Michigan, 
    ``Sanitation Aspects of Installation of Food Service Equipment,'' 
    undated.
        72. The National Food Safety Certification Program, Applied Food 
    Service Sanitation, A Certification Coursebook, 4th ed., John Wiley 
    & Sons, Inc., pp. 176-179, 1992.
        73. Surkiewicz, B.F., Hyndman, J.B., and Yancey, M.V., 
    ``Bacteriological Survey of the Frozen Prepared Foods Industry: II. 
    Frozen Breaded Raw Shrimp,'' Applied Microbiology, 15(1):1-9, 
    January 1967.
        74. Bryan, F.L., ``Emerging Foodborne Diseases: II. Factors that 
    Contribute to Outbreaks and Their Control,'' Journal of Milk and 
    Food Technology, 35(11):632-638, November 1972.
        75. Brown, J.L., ``Fundamentals of Cleaning Multi-Use 
    Utensils,'' National Sanitation Foundation Testing Laboratory, Ann 
    Arbor, Michigan, undated.
        76. ``Carbon Dioxide Treatment Destroys Biofilms: NFPA Food 
    Chemical News, p. 22, November 11, 1991.
        77. Surkiewicz, B.F., Groomes, R.J., and Shelton, L.R. Jr., 
    ``Bacteriological Survey of the Frozen Prepared Foods Industry: IV. 
    Frozen Breaded Fish,'' Applied Microbiology, 16(1): 147-150, January 
    1968.
        78. Food Safety Committee, NFPA, ``Guidelines for the 
    Development of Refrigerated Foods,'' NFPA Bulletin 42-L, 1989.
        79. Kornacki, J.L., and Gabis, D.A., ``Microorganisms and 
    Refrigeration Temperatures,'' Dairy, Food and Environmental 
    Sanitation, 10(4):192-195, April 1990.
        80. Phillips, F.A., and Peeler, J.T., ``Bacteriological Survey 
    of the Blue Crab Industry,'' Applied Microbiology, pp. 958-966, 
    December 1972.
        81. Moody, M.W., ``How Cleaning Compounds Do the Job,'' Seafood 
    Technology Cooperative Extension Service, Louisiana State 
    University, undated.
        82. Lentsch. S., ``Sanitizers for an Effective Cleaning 
    Program,'' Klenzade Division, Economics Laboratories, St. Paul, MN.
        83. Codex Alimentarius Commission, Food and Agriculture 
    Organization of the United Nations, ``Recommended International Code 
    of Practice for Fresh Fish,'' 2d ed., CAC/RCP 9-1976.
        84. Bryan, F.L., ``Emerging Foodborne Diseases: I. Their 
    Surveillance and Epidemiology,'' Journal of Milk and Food 
    Technology, 35(10):618-625, October 1972.
        85. Refrigerated Foods and Microbiological Committee, NFPA, 
    ``Factors to be Considered in Establishing Good Manufacturing 
    Practices for the Production of Refrigerated Foods,'' Dairy and Food 
    Sanitation, 8(6):288-291, June 1988.
        86. Schmidt, C.F., Lechowich, R.V., and Folinazzo, J.F., 
    ``Growth and Toxin Production by Type E Clostridium Botulinum Below 
    40  deg.F,'' Journal of Food Science, 26:626, 1961.
        87. Bott, T.L. et al., ``Clostridium Botulinum Type E in Fish 
    from the Great Lakes,'' Journal of Bacteriology, 91(3):919, 1966.
        88. Bott, T.L., et al., ``Possible Origin of the High Incidence 
    of Clostridium Botulinum Type E in an Inland Bay (Green Bay of Lake 
    Michigan), Journal of Bacteriology,
        95(5):1542, 1968.
        89. Milk Safety Branch, Center for Food Safety and Applied 
    Nutrition, FDA, ``FDA's Dairy Product Safety Initiatives: 
    Preliminary Status Report,'' September 1986.
        90. FDA, DHHS, ``National Shellfish Sanitation Program--Manual 
    of Operations Part I Sanitation of Shellfish Growing Areas,'' 1992.
        91. Richards, G.P., ``Outbreaks of Shellfish-Associated Enteric 
    Virus Illness In The United States: Requisite For Development Of 
    Viral Guidelines,'' Journal of Food Protection, 48:815-823; 1985.
        92. Richards, G.P., 1987, ``Shellfish-associated Enteric Virus 
    Illness in the United States,'' 1934-1984, Estuaries 10(1):84-85.
        93. McFarren, E.C., et al., 1960, ``Public Health Significance 
    of Paralytic Shellfish Poison,'' Advances in Food Research, 10:135-
    179.
        94. Farrington, J.W., et al., ``U.S. `Mussel Watch' 1976-1978: 
    An Overview Of The Trace-Metal, DDE, PCB, Hydrocarbon, And 
    Artificial Radionuclide Data,'' Environmental Science Technology, 
    17:490-496; 1983.
        95. Kaplan, J.E., et al., 1982, ``Epidemiology of Norwalk 
    Gastroenteritis and the Role of Norwalk Virus in Outbreaks of Acute 
    Nonbacterial Gasteroenteritis,'' Annals of Internal Medicine, 
    96(1):756-761.
        96. FDA, PHHS ``National Shellfish Sanitation Program--Manual of 
    Operations, Part II, Sanitation of The Harvesting, Processing and 
    Distribution of Shellfish, 1992.''
        97. FDA, Compliance Policy Guide, Chapter 58--Non-Government 
    Agreements, 7158.04, April 1, 1984.
        98. FDA, Compliance Program Guidance Manual, Compliance Program 
    7318.004 (TN 92-41, 01/01/92), 1992.
        99. General Accounting Office, ``Problems in Protecting 
    Consumers From Illegally Harvested Shellfish (Clams, Mussels, and 
    Oysters),'' HRD-84-36, Report to the Honorable Thomas J. Downey, 
    House of Representatives, 1984, U.S. Government Printing Office, 
    Washington, DC.
        100. New York Department of Environmental Conservation, 
    ``Improved Procedures for Source Identification of Shellfish by 
    State Government,'' 1988.
        101. Goza, M., memorandum, ``Arizona Ban of Shellfish,'' 
    February 19, 1993.
        102. Veazey, J., memorandum, ``Louisiana and Mississippi 
    Seizures for Tagging Violations,'' March 29, 1993.
        103. Steele, E.A., memorandum, ``Shellfish Summons and Arrests--
    South Carolina,'' April 9, 1992.
        104. Letter from David G. Field, Director, State Program Branch, 
    Northeast Region, FDA, to Mr. John Volk, Director, Aquaculture 
    Division, Connecticut Department of Agriculture, December 10, 1992.
        105. Letter from David G. Field, Director, State Program Branch, 
    Northeast Region, FDA to Mr. John Volk, Director, Aquaculture 
    Division, Connecticut Department of Agriculture, December 18, 1992.
        106. Letter from David G. Field, Director, State Program Branch, 
    Northeast Region, FDA, to Mr. John Volk, Director, Aquaculture 
    Division, Connecticut Department of Agriculture, December 31, 1992.
        107. Hesselman, D., memorandum, ``Imported Shucked Frozen 
    Mussels from Thailand,'' March 4, 1993.
        108. Letter from Donald M. Hesselman, Shellfish Specialist, 
    Southeast Region, FDA, to Mr. Robert G. Benton, Chief, Shellfish 
    Sanitation Program, North Carolina Department of Environment, Health 
    and Natural Resources, February 11, 1993.
        109. Glatzer, M., memorandum, ``Tagging/Labeling Violations/
    Actions,'' March 24, 1993.
        110. Letter from Joseph P. Hile, Associate Commissioner for 
    Regulatory Affairs, FDA, to Dr. Robert L. Flentge, Chief, Division 
    of Food, Drugs and Dairies, State of Illinois, November 5, 1985.
        111. Moore, K., Statement before the House Merchant Marine and 
    Fisheries Committee, Subcommittee on Fisheries and Wildlife 
    Conservation and the Environment, U.S. House of Representatives, May 
    15, 1991.
        112. Smith, T., Statement before the House Merchant Marine and 
    Fisheries Committee, Subcommittee on Fisheries and Wildlife 
    Conservation and the Environment, U.S. House of Representatives, May 
    15, 1991.
        113. Banks, A., memorandum, ``Model Food Codes Provisions 
    Requiring that Shellfish be Obtained from U.S. PHS Listed Sources, 
    and Status of Adoptions,'' May 17, 1993.
        114. Kraemer, D.W., ``Processing Methods for Ready-To-Eat 
    Seafood Products and Control and Inactivation of Listeria 
    monocytogenes,'' December 1989.
        115. FSIS, USDA, ``Time/Temperature Guidelines for Cooling 
    Heated Products,'' FSIS Directive 7110.3.
        116. Department of Fisheries and Oceans, Canada, ``Good 
    Manufacturing Practices, Lobster Processing, Annex A: Sanitary 
    Zone(s),'' Revision No. 1 900601, pp. 49-51.
        117. Stratton, J.E., and Taylor, S.L., ``Scombroid Poisoning,'' 
    Microbiology of Marine Food Products, Van Nostrand Reinhold, pp. 
    331-351, 1991.
        118. Frank, H.A., and Yoshinaga, D.H., ``Histamine Formation in 
    Tuna,'' Seafood Toxins, Regelis, E.P., ed., ACS Symposium Series No. 
    262, American Chemical Society, Washington, D.C., pp. 443-451, 1984.
        119. Barnett, J.D., memorandum, ``Scombrotoxin Regulation,'' May 
    14, 1993.
        120. Yoshinaga, D.H., and Frank, H.A., ``Histamine-Producing 
    Bacteria in Decomposing Skipjack Tuna (Katsuwonus pelamis)'' Applied 
    and Environmental Microbiology. 44(2):447-452, 1982.
        121. Baranowski, J.D., Frank, H.A., Brust, P.A., 
    Chongsiriwatana, M., and Premaratne, R.J., ``Decomposition and 
    Histamine Content in Mahimahi (Coryphaena Hippurus),'' Journal of 
    Food Protection, 53(3):217-222, 1990.
        122. Association of Food and Drug Officials Quarterly Bulletin, 
    49(3):129, July 1985.
        123. General Accounting Office, ``Seafood Safety: Seriousness of 
    Problems and Efforts to Protect Consumers,'' GAO/RCED-88-135, 1988.
        124. Brunetti, A.P., memorandum, ``Import Detentions Related to 
    Misbranding for FY 1992,'' May 26, 1993.
        125. Hsieh, Y., Kirsh, P., and Woodward, B., ``Species 
    identification of retail snapper fillets in Florida,'' Proceedings 
    of the 14th Annual Conference of the Tropical and Subtropical 
    Fisheries Technological Society of the Americas, Florida Sea Grant 
    Program, SGR-101, University of Florida, Gainesville, September, 
    1990.
        126. Ian Dore, ``Fresh Seafood, The Commercial Buyers Guide,'' 
    Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York, 1984.
        127. National Fisheries Institute, Inc., ``Seafood Quality: 
    Inspecting the Issue: A Study of the U.S. Fisheries Inspection 
    System Conducted by the National Fisheries Institute in Cooperation 
    With the National Marine Fisheries Service,'' Washington, DC, 1985.
        128. Jones, B., and Doolin, C., ``Industry and Regulatory 
    Interface to Address Concerns for Seafood Product Quality and 
    Safety,'' Federal Saltonstall-Kennedy Project NA88-WC-H-06065, 
    Southeast Fisheries Association, Inc., Tallahassee, FL, June, 1990.
        129. Spiller, P., Memorandum, ``Industry Costs of HACCP,'' 
    September 13, 1993.
        130. Schlech, W.F. et al., ``Epidemic Listeriosis--Evidence for 
    Transmission by Food,'' New England Journal of Medicine, 308:203-
    206, 1983.
        131. Fleming, D.W. et al., ``Pasteurized Milk as a Vehicle of 
    Infection in an Outbreak of Listeriosis,'' New England Journal of 
    Medicine, 312:404-407, 1985.
        132. James, S.M. et al., ``Listeriosis Outbreak Associated With 
    Mexican-style Cheese--California,'' Morbidity and Mortality Weekly 
    Report, 34:358-359, 1985.
        133. Azadian, B.S., G.T. Finnerty, and A.D. Pearson, 
    ``Cheeseborne Lister Meningitis in Immunocompetent Patient,'' The 
    Lancet, i:322-323, 1989.
        134. Buchanan, R.L., H.G. Stahl, M.M. Bencivengo, and F. Del 
    Corral, ``Comparison of Lithium Chloride-Phenylethanol-Moxalactam 
    and Retail-Level Meats, Poultry, and Seafood,'' Applied and 
    Environmental Microbiology, 55:599-603, 1989.
        135. Johnson, J.L., M.P. Doyle, and R.G. Cassens, ``Listeria 
    Monocytogenes and Other Listeria Spp. in Meat and Meat products: A 
    Review,'' Journal of Food Protection, 53:81-91, 1990.
        136. Weagant, S.D. et al., ``The Incidence of Listeria Species 
    in Frozen Seafood Products,'' Journal of Food Protection, 51:655-
    657, 1988.
        137. Farber, J.M., ``Listeria Monocytogenes in Fish Products,'' 
    Journal of Food Protection, 54:922-924, 1991.
        138. Lovett, J., D.W. Francis, and J.G. Bradshaw, ``Outgrowth of 
    Listeria Monocytogenes in Foods,'' p. 183-187, In A.J. Miller, J.L. 
    Smith, and G.A. Somkuti (eds.), ``Foodborne Listeriosis,'' Society 
    for Industrial Microbiology, Elsevier Science Publishers, New York, 
    1990.
        139. Rorvik, L.M., M. Yndestad, and E. Skjerve, ``Growth of 
    Listeria Monocytogenes in Vacuum-packed, Smoked Salmon, During 
    Storage At 4  deg.C, International Journal of Food Microbiology, 
    14:111-118, 1991.
        140. Farber, J.M., and P.I. Peterkin, ``Listeria Monocytogenes, 
    a Food-borne Pathogen, Microbiology Reviews, 55:476-511, 1991.
        141. Hartemink, R., and F. Georgsson, ``Incidence of Listeria 
    Species in Seafood and Seafood Salads,'' International Journal of 
    Food Microbiology, 12:189-196, 1991.
        142. Jemmi, T., ``Occurrence of Listeria Monocytogenes in 
    Imported Smoked and Fermented Fish,'' Food Science and Technology 
    Abstracts, 23(9):226, 1990.
        143. Guyer, S., and T. Jemmi, ``Behavior of Listeria 
    Monocytogenes During Fabrication and Storage of Experimentally 
    Contaminated Smoked Salmon, Applied Environmental Microbiology, 
    57:1523-1527, 1991.
        144. Jemmi, T., and A. Keusch, ``Behavior of Listeria 
    Monocytogenes During Processing and Storage of Experimentally 
    Contaminated Hot-smoked Trout,'' International Journal of Food 
    Microbiology, 15:339-346, 1992.
        145. Shahamat, M., A. Seaman, and M. Woodbine, ``The Survival of 
    Listeria Monocytogenes in High Salt Concentrations,'' Zentral Blatt 
    for Bakteriologie, Mikrobiologie and Hygiene I.ABT.Originate, A, 
    246:506-511, 1980.
        146. Golden, D.A., L.R. Beuchat, and R.E. Brackett, 
    ``Inactivation and Injury of Listeria Monocytogenes as Affected by 
    Heating and Freezing,'' Food Microbiology, 5:17-23, 1988.
        147. Pace, P.J., and E.R. Krumbiegel, ``Clostridium Botulinum 
    and Smoked Fish Production: 1963-1972,'' Journal of Milk and Food 
    Technology, 36(1):42, 1973.
        148. Craig, J.M., and K.S. Pilcher, ``Clostridium Botulinum Type 
    F: Isolation From Salmon From the Columbia River,'' Science, 
    153:311, 1966.
        149. Kautter, D.A. et al., ``Incidence of Clostridium Botulinum 
    in Crabmeat From the Blue Crab,'' Applied Microbiology, 28(4):722, 
    1974.
        150. Ward, B.Q. et al., ``Survey of the U.S. Atlantic Coast and 
    Estuaries From Key Largo to Staten Island for the Presence of 
    Clostridium Botulinum,'' Applied Microbiology, 15(4):964, 1970.
        151. Ward, B.Q. et al., ``Survey of the U.S. Gulf Coast for the 
    Presence of Clostridium Botulinum,'' Applied Microbiology, 
    15(3):629, 1970.
        152. Huss, H.H., A. Pedersen, and D.C. Cann, ``The Incidence of 
    Clostridium Botulinum in Danish Trout Farms,'' Journal of Milk and 
    Food Technology, 9(4):445, 1974.
        153. Pace, P.J., E.R. Krumbiegel, and H.J. Wisniewski, 
    ``Interrelationship of Heat and Relative Humidity in the Destruction 
    of Clostridium Botulinum Type E Spores on Whitefish Chubs,'' Applied 
    Microbiology, 23(4):750, 1972.
        154. Graikoski, J.T., ``Effect of Heat and Environmental 
    Conditions on the Survival and Outgrowth of Clostridium Botulinum 
    Type E in Smoked Fish,'' unpublished, May 12, 1967.
        155. Bott, T.L. et al., ``Clostridium Botulinum Type E in Fish 
    From the Great Lakes,'' Journal of Bacteriology, 91(3):919, 1966.
        156. Bott, T.L. et al., ``Possible Origin of the High Incidence 
    of Clostridium Botulinum Type E in an Inland Bay (Green Bay of Lake 
    Michigan),'' Journal of Bacteriology, 95(5):1542, 1968.
        157. Craig, J.M., and K.S. Pilcher, ``The Natural Distribution 
    of Cl. Botulinum Type E in the Pacific Coast Areas of the United 
    States'' In M. Ingram, and T.A. Roberts, (eds.), ``Botulism 1966, 
    Proceedings of the Fifth International Symposium on Food 
    Microbiology: Moscow, July 1966,'' Chapman and Hall Ltd., London, 
    1967.
        158. Craig, J.M., S. Hayes, and K.S. Pilcher, ``Incidence of 
    Clostridium Botulinum Type E in Salmon and Other Marine Fish in the 
    Pacific Northwest,'' Applied Microbiology, 16(4):553, 1968.
        159. Eklund, M.W., and F. Poysky, ``Incidence of Cl. Botulinum 
    Type E From the Pacific Coast of the United States,'' In M. Ingram, 
    and T.A. Roberts, (eds.), ``Botulism 1966, Proceedings of the Fifth 
    International Symposium on Food Microbiology: Moscow, July 1966,'' 
    Chapman and Hall Ltd., London, 1967.
        160. Hayes, S., J.M. Craig, and K.S. Pilcher, ``The Detection of 
    Clostridium Botulinum Type E in Smoked Fish Products in the Pacific 
    Northwest,'' Canadian Journal of Microbiology, 16(3):207, 1970.
        161. U.S. Department of the Interior and U.S. Department of 
    Health, Education, and Welfare, ``Sanitation Standards for Smoked-
    Fish Processing; 1967 Recommendations,'' Public Health Service 
    Publication No. 1587, 1967.
        162. Guthrie, R.K., ``Sanitation in Food Production and 
    Processing,'' In R.K. Guthrie, ``Food Sanitation,'' p. 131, AVI 
    Publishing Co., Inc., Westport, CT, 1980.
        163. Christiansen, L.N. et al., ``Survival and Outgrowth of 
    Clostridium Botulinum Type E Spores in Smoked Fish,'' Applied 
    Microbiology, 16(1):133, 1968.
        164. United States v. Nova Scotia Food Products Corp., U.S. 
    Court of Appeals, Second Circuit, 1977, 568 F.2d 240.
        165. Anonymous, Monthly Epidemiological Bulletin, State of 
    Israel Ministry of Health, December 1987.
        166. Centers for Disease Control, ``International Outbreak of 
    Type E Botulism Associated With Ungutted, Salted Whitefish,'' 
    Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, 36(49):812, 1987.
        167. Centers for Disease Control, ``Botulism Associated With 
    Commercially Distributed Kapchunka--New York City,'' Morbidity and 
    Mortality Weekly Report, 34(35):546, 1985.
        168. Badhey, H. et al., ``Two Fatal Cases of Type E Adult Food-
    borne Botulism With Early Symptoms and Terminal Neurologic Signs,'' 
    Journal of Clinical Microbiology, 23(3):616, 1986.
        169. EIR's conducted by FDA.
        170. Letter to D.A. Kautter from Alan L. Hoeting, July 31, 1987.
        171. Codex Alimentarius Commission, ``Thirteenth Session of the 
    Codex Committee on Fish and Fishery Products, RCP-25, Recommended 
    International Code of Practice for Smoked Fish,'' 1979.
        172. Codex Alimentarius Commission, ``Thirteenth Session of the 
    Codex Committee on Fish and Fishery Products, RCP-26, Recommended 
    International Code of Practice for Salted Fish,'' 1979.
        173. Eklund, M.W., ``Significance of Clostridium Botulinum in 
    Fishery Products Preserved Short of Sterilization,'' Food 
    Technology, 35(12):107, 1982.
        174. Schmidt, C.F., R.V. Lechowich, and J.F. Folinazzo, ``Growth 
    and Toxin Production by Type E Clostridium Botulinum Below 40 
    deg.F,'' Journal of Food Science, 26:626, 1961.
        175. CPG No. 7108.17; Salt-cured, Air-Dried, Uneviscerated Fish 
    (53 FR 44949, November 7, 1988), Docket No. 88D-0306.
        176. Graham, P.P., R.S. Hamilton, and M. D. Pierson, ``Influence 
    of Bringing Procedures on Salt Content and Distribution in Smoked 
    Whitefish Chubs,'' Journal of Food Processing and Preserving, 
    10:295, 1986.
        177. Deng, J., R.T. Toledo, and D.A. Lillard, ``Effect of 
    Smoking Temperatures on Acceptability and Storage Stability of 
    Smoked Spanish Mackerel,'' Journal of Food Science, 39:596, 1974.
        178. Chan, W.S., R.T. Toledo, and J. Deng, ``Effect of 
    Smokehouse Temperature, Humidity, and Air Flow on Smoke Penetration 
    into Fish Muscle,'' Journal of Food Science, 40:240, 1975.
        179. Pelroy, G.A. et al., ``Inhibition of Clostridium Botulinum 
    Types A and E Toxin Formation by Sodium Nitrite and Sodium Chloride 
    in Hot-process (Smoked) Salmon,'' Journal of Food Protection, 
    45(9):833, 1982.
        180. Eklund, M.W., testimony presented at New York State 
    Department of Agriculture and Markets' hearing, May 13, 1989.
        181. Newberry, R.E., Letter to City Smoked Fish Co., Use of 
    Colors in Smoked Salmon, March 11, 1985.
        182. National Fisheries Institute, Inc., ``Techniques For 
    Smoking Fish,'' Washington, DC.
        183. Borgstrom, G., ``Smoking,'' in ``Fish as Food, Processing: 
    Part I, Vol. 3,'' p. 88, Academic Press, New York, 1965.
        184. Kautter, D.A., memorandum, ``Aqueous Phase Salt 
    Concentration for Vacuum Packaged Cold-smoked Fish,'' April 6, 1990.
        185. Eklund, M.W. et al., ``Feasibility of a Heat-pasteurization 
    Process for the Inactivation of Nonproteolytic Clostridium Botulinum 
    Types B and E in Vacuum-packaged, Hot-process Smoked Fish,'' Journal 
    of Food Protection, 51(9):720, 1988.
        186. Eklund, M.W., D.I. Wieler, and F.T. Poysky, ``Outgrowth and 
    Toxin Production of Nonproteolytic Type B Clostridium Botulinum at 
    3.3 to 5.6  deg.C,'' Journal of Bacteriology, 93(4):1461, 1967.
        187. Solomon, H.M. et al., ``Effect of Low Temperatures on 
    Growth of Clostridium Botulinum Spores in Meat of the Blue Crab,'' 
    Journal of Food Protection, 40(1):5, 1977.
        188. Ohye, D.F., and W.J. Scott, ``Studies in the Physiology of 
    Clostridium Botulinum Type E,'' Australian Journal of Biological 
    Science, 10:85, 1956.
        189. National Research Council, ``An Evaluation of the Role of 
    Microbiological Criteria for Foods and Food Ingredients,'' p. 249, 
    National Academy Press, Washington, DC.
        190. Federal Standard, ``Sanitation Standards For Fish Plants,'' 
    FED-STD-369, Academy of Health Sciences, U.S. Army, Fort Sam 
    Houston, Houston, TX, August 2, 1977.
        191. Masso T.W., letters to T. Schwarz With AFDO Resolution No. 
    8, June 8, 1990.
        192. Bryan, F.L., ``Application of HACCP to Ready-to-eat Chilled 
    Foods,'' Food Technology, 44(7):70, 1990.
        193. Tartakow, I.J., and J.H. Vorperian, (eds.), ``Foodborne and 
    Waterborne Diseases: Their Epidemiologic Characteristics,'' p. 50-
    52, AVI Publishing Co., Westport, CN, 1981.
        194. Rhodehamel, J.E., N.R. Reddy, and M.D. Pierson, ``Botulism: 
    The Causative Agent and its Control in Foods: A Review,'' Food 
    Control, 3(3):125-143, 1992.
        195. FDA, ``Human Foods; Current Good Manufacturing Practice 
    (Sanitation) in Manufacturing, Processing, Packing, or Holding 
    Smoked Fish,'' 34 FR 17176, October 23, 1969.
        196. FDA, Part 110--Current Good Manufacturing Practice in 
    Manufacturing, Packing, or Holding Human Food (21 CFR part 110).
        197. FDA, FDA Inspections Manual, Chapter 5, Establishment 
    Inspection, Subchapter 530, Food.
        198. Center for Disease Control, ``Fish Botulism--Hawaii, 
    1990,'' Morbidity and Mortality Weekly, 40(24):412-414, June 21, 
    1991.
        199. FDA, ``Studies in Food Sanitation Control--Year Five, 
    Contract No. 223-80-2295, Task XVI, Effect of Controlled Humidity of 
    Processing Ovens at High Operating Temperatures on Production of 
    Smoked Fish,'' June 14, 1984.
        200. Printout of FDA FY 90/91 Domestic Fish and Fishery Products 
    Assignment Inspection Data as of August 6, 1991.
        201. Daniels, Richard W., ``Applying HACCP to New Generation 
    Refrigerated Foods at Retail and Beyond,'' Food Technology, June 
    1991.
    
    List of Subjects
    
    21 CFR Part 123
    
        Fish, Fishery products, Imports, Reporting and recordkeeping 
    requirements, Seafood.
    
    21 CFR Part 1240
    
        Communicable diseases, Public health, Travel restrictions, Water 
    supply.
    
        Therefore, under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act and under 
    authority delegated to the Commissioner of Food and Drugs, it is 
    proposed that 21 CFR chapter I be amended as follows:
        1. Part 123 is added to read as follows:
    
    PART 123--FISH AND FISHERY PRODUCTS
    
    Subpart A--General Provisions
    
    Sec.
    123.3  Definitions.
    123.5  Current good manufacturing practice (sanitation).
    123.6  Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point (HACCP) plan.
    123.7  Corrective actions.
    123.8  Records.
    123.9  Training.
    123.10  Sanitation control procedures.
    123.11  Obligations of importers.
    123.12  Imports--determination of compliance.
    
    Subpart B--[Reserved]
    
    Subpart C--Raw Molluscan Shellfish
    
    123.20  General.
    123.28  Source controls and records.
    
    Appendix A to Part 123--Cooked, Ready-to-eat Fishery Products
    Appendix B to Part 123--Scombroid Toxin Forming Species
    Appendix C to Part 123--[Reserved]
    Appendix D to Part 123--Product Integrity
    
        Authority: Secs. 201, 402, 403, 406, 409, 701, 704, 721, 801 of 
    the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 321, 342, 343, 
    346, 348, 371, 374, 379e, 381); secs. 301, 307, 361, 1702 of the 
    Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 241, 242l, 264, 300u-1).
    
    Subpart A--General Provisions
    
    
    Sec. 123.3  Definitions.
    
        The definitions and interpretations of terms in section 201 of the 
    Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act and in part 110 of this chapter 
    are applicable to such terms when used in this part. The following 
    definitions shall also apply:
        (a) Certification number means a unique combination of letters and 
    numbers assigned by a shellfish control authority to a molluscan 
    shellfish processor.
        (b) Cooked, ready-to-eat fishery product means a fishery product 
    that is subjected by a commercial processor to either a cooking process 
    before being placed in a final container, or to pasteurization in the 
    final container, or to both.
        (c) Critical control point means a point in a food process where 
    there is a high probability that improper control may cause, allow, or 
    contribute to a hazard in the final food.
        (d) Critical limit means the maximum or minimum value to which a 
    physical, biological, or chemical parameter must be controlled at a 
    critical control point to minimize the risk of occurrence of the 
    identified hazard.
        (e) Fish means fresh or saltwater finfish, molluscan shellfish, 
    crustaceans, and other forms of aquatic animal life other than birds or 
    mammals.
        (f) Fishery product means any edible human food product derived in 
    whole or in part from fish, including fish that has been processed in 
    any manner.
        (g) Harvester means a person who has an identification number 
    issued by a shellfish control authority for commercially taking 
    molluscan shellfish by any means from a growing area.
        (h) Importer means a person, or his representative in the United 
    States, who is responsible for ensuring that goods being offered for 
    entry into the United States are in compliance with all laws affecting 
    the importation.
        (i) Lot of molluscan shellfish means a collection of shellstock or 
    containers of shellstock of no more than 1 day's harvest from a single, 
    defined growing area harvested by one or more harvesters.
        (j) Molluscan shellfish means any edible species of fresh or frozen 
    oysters, clams, mussels and scallops or edible portions thereof, except 
    when the scallop product consists entirely of the shucked adductor 
    muscle.
        (k) Potable water means water which meets the U.S. Environmental 
    Protection Agency's Primary Drinking Water Regulations as set forth in 
    40 CFR part 141.
        (l) Process control instrument means an instrument or device used 
    to monitor conditions during processing at a critical control point.
        (m) Processing means, with respect to fish or fishery products, 
    handling, storing, preparing, heading, gutting, shucking, freezing, 
    changing into different market forms, manufacturing, preserving, 
    packing, labeling, or holding. Practices such as heading or gutting 
    intended solely to prepare a fish for holding on board a harvest vessel 
    are excluded. This regulation does not cover the operation of a retail 
    establishment.
        (n) Processor means any person engaged in commercial, custom, or 
    institutional processing of fish or fishery products, either in the 
    United States or in a foreign country. Persons engaged in the 
    production of foods that are to be used in market or consumer tests are 
    also included. Persons who only harvest or transport seafood, without 
    otherwise engaging in processing, are not covered by these regulations.
        (o) Shall is used to state mandatory requirements.
        (p) Shellfish control authority means a Federal or State health 
    authority, or foreign government health authority, legally responsible 
    for the administration of a program that includes classification of 
    molluscan shellfish growing areas, enforcement of harvesting controls, 
    and certification of molluscan shellfish processors.
        (q) Shellstock means raw, in-shell molluscan shellfish.
        (r) Should is used to state recommended or advisory procedures or 
    to identify recommended equipment.
        (s) Shucked shellfish means molluscan shellfish that have one or 
    both shells removed.
        (t) Tag means a record of harvesting information attached to a 
    container of shellstock by the harvester or processor.
    
    
    Sec. 123.5  Current good manufacturing practice (sanitation).
    
        (a) The criteria in part 110 of this chapter apply in determining 
    whether the facilities, methods, practices, and controls used to 
    process fish and fishery products are safe, and whether these products 
    have been processed under sanitary conditions.
        (b) The purpose of subpart A of this part is to set forth 
    requirements specific to the processing of fish and fishery products.
    
    
    Sec. 123.6  Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point (HACCP) plan.
    
        (a) Every processor and importer shall have and implement a written 
    HACCP plan that is specific to:
        (1) Each location where fish and fishery products are processed by 
    that processor; and
        (2) Each kind of fish and fishery product processed by the 
    processor. The plan may group kinds of fish and fishery products 
    together if the hazards, critical control points, critical limits, and 
    procedures required to be identified in paragraph (b) of this section 
    are identical for all fish and fishery products so grouped.
        (b) The HACCP plan shall:
        (1) Identify the safety hazards that are reasonably likely to occur 
    and that thus must be controlled for each fish and fishery product, 
    including, as appropriate:
        (i) Natural toxins;
        (ii) Microbiological contamination;
        (iii) Chemical contamination;
        (iv) Pesticides;
        (v) Drug residues;
        (vi) Decomposition;
        (vii) Parasites;
        (viii) Unapproved direct and indirect food and color additives; and
        (ix) Physical hazards;
        (2) Identify the critical control points for each of the identified 
    hazards;
        (3) Identify the critical limits that must be met at each of the 
    critical control points;
        (4) Identify the procedures, and frequency thereof, including the 
    use of consumer complaints received by the processor or importer, that 
    will be used to control and monitor each of the critical control points 
    to ensure compliance with the critical limits. Such procedures shall 
    include the calibration of process control instruments and validation 
    of software for computer control systems as appropriate;
        (5) Provide for a recordkeeping system that will document the 
    monitoring of the critical control points. The records shall contain 
    the actual values obtained during monitoring. The records shall also 
    include consumer complaints that relate to the operation of critical 
    control points or possible critical limit deviations.
        (c) In addition, the HACCP plan should:
        (1) Identify other consumer hazards not related to the safety of 
    the product, including, but not necessarily limited to:
        (i) Decomposition not associated with human illness; and
        (ii) Economic adulteration.
        (2) Provide for control of these hazards in the manner described by 
    paragraphs (b)(2) through (b)(5) of this section.
        (d) Failure of a processor or importer to have and implement an 
    HACCP plan that complies with this section or to operate in accordance 
    with the requirements of this part, shall render the products of that 
    processor or importer adulterated under section 402(a)(4) of the 
    Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act.
    
    
    Sec. 123.7  Corrective actions.
    
        (a) Any critical limit deviation shall require:
        (1) Segregation and holding of the affected product, at least until 
    the requirements of paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this section are 
    met;
        (2) Immediate review by an individual or individuals who have been 
    trained in accordance with Sec. 123.9, to determine the acceptability 
    of the lot in question for distribution, based on a judgment as to 
    whether the deviation may have rendered the product in that lot 
    injurious to health or otherwise adulterated;
        (3) Corrective action, when necessary, with respect to the affected 
    product and the critical control point at which the deviation occurred;
        (4) Timely assessment by an individual or individuals who have been 
    trained in accordance with Sec. 123.9, to determine whether the process 
    or Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point (HACCP) plan needs to be 
    modified to reduce the risk of recurrence of the deviation; and
        (5) Modification when necessary as it applies to the process or 
    HACCP plan.
        (b) When a processor or importer receives a consumer complaint that 
    may be related to the performance of a critical control point or that 
    may reflect a critical limit deviation, it shall determine whether 
    corrective action as described by paragraph (a) of this section is 
    appropriate and, if so, it shall take such action.
        (c) All actions required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section 
    shall be documented in records that are subject to the requirements of 
    Sec. 123.8.
    
    
    Sec. 123.8  Records.
    
        (a) Records required by this part that involve observations or 
    measurements during processing or related activities, including 
    corrective actions taken in accordance with Sec. 123.7, shall include 
    the identity of the product, product code, and date of activity that 
    the record reflects. Processing and other information shall be entered 
    at the time that it is observed. Each record shall be signed by the 
    operator or observer, except that corrective action records need only 
    be signed in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section.
        (b) Records required by this part shall be reviewed, signed, and 
    dated by an individual who has been trained in accordance with 
    Sec. 123.9, before distribution of the product for completeness and 
    compliance with the established critical limits.
        (c) The records required by this part shall be retained at the 
    processing facility or the importer's place of business in the United 
    States for at least 1 year after the date they were prepared in the 
    case of refrigerated products and for at least 2 years after the date 
    they were prepared in the case of frozen or preserved products. Records 
    that relate to the general adequacy of equipment or processes being 
    used by a processor, including the results of scientific studies and 
    evaluations, shall be retained at the processing facility for at least 
    2 years after their applicability to the product being produced at the 
    facility. If the processing facility is closed between seasonal packs, 
    the records may be transferred to some other reasonably accessible 
    location during the period of closure.
        (d) All records required by this part, including HACCP plans 
    required in Sec. 123.6 and consumer complaints that may be related to a 
    critical limit deviation, shall be available for review and copying at 
    reasonable times by duly authorized officers and employees.
        (e) Tags as defined in Sec. 123.3(t) are not subject to the 
    requirements of this section.
    
    
    Sec. 123.9  Training.
    
        Each processor and importer shall employ at least one individual 
    who has successfully completed a prescribed course of instruction in 
    the application of Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point (HACCP) 
    principles to fish and fishery product processing at a program of 
    instruction approved by the Food and Drug Administration. At a minimum, 
    this individual shall be responsible for developing and modifying the 
    plan as required by Sec. 123.6, evaluating critical limit deviations 
    and corrective actions as required by Sec. 123.7, and performing record 
    review as required by Sec. 123.8(b).
    
    
    Sec. 123.10  Sanitation control procedures.
    
        (a) Every processor and importer who takes physical possession of 
    fish or fishery products and engages in the processing of such fish or 
    fishery products, including storing such products, shall perform 
    sanitation inspections and ensure at a minimum that, to the extent 
    applicable to the operations conducted by the processor or importer, 
    the following conditions apply:
        (1) Water that directly comes into contact with a product or with 
    food contact surfaces, or is used in the manufacture of ice, is derived 
    from a safe and sanitary source or is being treated to render it of 
    safe and sanitary quality.
        (2) There are no cross connections between the potable water system 
    and any nonpotable system.
        (3) All food contact surfaces of plant equipment and utensils, 
    including equipment used for ice production and storage, are so 
    designed and of such material and workmanship as to be easily 
    cleanable, and are maintained in a sanitary condition. Such surfaces 
    shall be constructed of nontoxic materials and designed to withstand 
    the environment of its intended use and the action of the food, 
    cleaning compounds, and sanitizing agents.
        (4) All utensils and surfaces of equipment that contact food during 
    processing are cleaned and sanitized with effective cleaning and 
    sanitizing preparations with the following frequency:
        (i) Cleaned at the end of the day's operations;
        (ii) Cleaned and sanitized at least every 4 hours during the 
    processing of cooked, ready-to-eat fishery products; and
        (iii) Sanitized before the beginning of the day's operations.
        (5) Gloves and outer garments that contact food or food contact 
    surfaces are made of an impermeable material and are maintained in a 
    clean and sanitary condition.
        (6) Employees' hands, gloves, outer garments, utensils and food 
    contact surfaces of equipment that come into contact with waste, the 
    floor, or other insanitary objects, do not contact fish or fishery 
    products without first being adequately cleaned and sanitized.
        (7) Where applicable, employee's hands, gloves, outer garments, 
    utensils and food contact surfaces of equipment that come into contact 
    with raw product shall not contact cooked product or ice used on cooked 
    product, without first being adequately cleaned and sanitized.
        (8) Hand washing and hand sanitizing facilities are:
        (i) Located in all processing areas in which good sanitary practice 
    requires employees to wash and sanitize their hands; and
        (ii) Equipped with hand-cleaning and effective sanitizing 
    preparations and single service towels or suitable hand drying devices.
        (9) Food, food contact surfaces, and food-packaging materials shall 
    be protected from adulteration with lubricants, fuel, pesticides, 
    cleaning compounds, sanitizing agents, metal fragments, or other 
    chemical or physical contaminants.
        (10) Toxic compounds shall be identified, held, used, and stored in 
    a manner that protects against contamination of food, food-contact 
    surfaces, or food-packaging materials.
        (11) Food, food-contact surfaces, and food-packaging materials 
    shall be protected from contaminants that may drip, drain, or be drawn 
    into the food.
        (12) Compressed gases that contact food or food contact surfaces of 
    equipment shall be filtered or treated in a way that ensures that they 
    will not contaminate the food with unapproved indirect food additives 
    or other chemical, physical, or microbiological contaminants.
        (13) Unprotected cooked, ready-to-eat fishery products, smoked 
    fishery products, raw molluscan shellfish, and raw fish and fishery 
    products shall be physically separated from each other during 
    refrigerated storage.
        (14) Refrigeration units that store raw materials, in-process, or 
    finished fish or fishery products that are cooked, ready-to-eat, 
    smoked, or made in whole or in part from scombroid toxin forming 
    species shall be operated at a temperature of 40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C) or 
    below.
        (15) Any person who, by medical examination or supervisory 
    observation, is shown to have, or appears to have, an illness, open 
    lesion, including boils, sores, or infected wounds, or any other source 
    of microbial contamination by which there is a reasonable possibility 
    that food, food-contact surfaces, or food-packaging materials will 
    become contaminated, shall be excluded from any operations that may be 
    expected to result in such contamination until the condition is 
    corrected.
        (16) Adequate, readily accessible toilet facilities that provide 
    for proper sewage disposal shall be available and maintained in a 
    sanitary condition and in good repair.
        (17) No pests are in any area of a food plant.
        (18) The plant is designed to minimize the risk of contamination of 
    the food, food-contact surfaces, and food-packaging material.
        (b) Each processor shall maintain sanitation control records that 
    document that the steps required under paragraph (a) of this section 
    are performed with requisite frequency.
        (c) Sanitation control measures shall be taken on a daily basis, 
    and the sanitation control records shall be prepared according to the 
    requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, except that:
        (1) The hand sanitizer strength and sanitary practices of the 
    processing employees, especially as these relate to hand washing and 
    sanitizing practices and the potential for cross contamination, shall 
    be checked and recorded at least every 4 hours during processing.
        (2) All utensils and food-contact surfaces of equipment shall be 
    inspected immediately after each cleaning and sanitizing operation 
    under paragraph (a)(4)(ii) of this section. Each such cleaning and 
    sanitizing shall be documented, and such documentation shall at a 
    minimum record the time of each cleaning, the concentration of the 
    sanitizer, and the condition of the equipment.
        (3) The requirements of paragraphs (a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), 
    (a)(8)(i), (a)(12), and (a)(18) of this section shall be performed and 
    documented with such frequency as is necessary to ensure control.
        (4) The requirement of paragraph (a)(14) of this section shall be 
    ensured by the continuous monitoring of the refrigeration unit with an 
    accurate process control instrument. The instrument shall be checked 
    and the measurements documented with such frequency as is necessary to 
    ensure control.
        (d) Where deviations from the requirements of paragraph (a) of this 
    section are noted during these inspections, appropriate corrective 
    actions shall be taken and documented on the sanitation control record.
        (e) Every plant should have a written standard operating procedure 
    (SOP) for assuring the maintenance of proper sanitary conditions and 
    practices during processing that is specific to each fish and fishery 
    product produced at that location. The SOP should include, at a 
    minimum, requirements as described in paragraph (a) of this section.
        (f)(1) All fish to be smoked or salted shall be eviscerated and 
    free of residual viscera, except for:
        (i) Small species of fish, such as anchovies and herring sprats, 
    provided that they are processed in a fashion so that they contain a 
    water-phase salt level of at least 10 percent, a water activity below 
    0.85, or a pH of 4.6 or less; and
        (ii) Fish that are fully cooked before further processing.
        (2) Evisceration shall be conducted in an area that is segregated 
    and separate from other processing operations. Evisceration shall be 
    performed with minimal disturbance of the intestinal tract contents. 
    The fish, including the body cavity, shall be washed thoroughly with a 
    vigorous water spray or a continuous water flow system.
    
    
    Sec. 123.11  Obligations of importers.
    
        This section sets forth the specific obligations of importers of 
    fish and fishery products into the United States.
        (a) An importer of fish or fishery products shall have and 
    implement a Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point (HACCP) plan in 
    accordance with Sec. 123.6 that describes how the fish will be 
    prepared, packed, or held while it is in the control of the importer.
        (b) The importer of fish or fishery products shall have on file the 
    HACCP plans of each of its foreign processors.
        (c) The importer shall take affirmative steps to ensure that the 
    fish and fishery products that it offers for import were produced under 
    the HACCP plan that it has in its possession and subject to the 
    sanitation controls listed in Sec. 123.10. Such steps may include, but 
    would not be limited to:
        (1) Obtaining from the foreign processor the HACCP monitoring 
    records that relate to the specific fish or fishery products being 
    offered for import.
        (2) Obtaining a certificate from a foreign government inspection 
    authority certifying that the firm is operating under a valid HACCP 
    plan or certification on a lot-by-lot basis.
        (3) Regularly inspecting its suppliers' facilities to ensure that 
    they are being operated in compliance with the applicable HACCP plan 
    and Sec. 123.10.
        (4) Periodic end-product testing by the importer or a private 
    laboratory hired by the importer; or
        (5) Other such verification measures as appropriate.
        (d) An importer's obligation under paragraph (c) of this section 
    will be satisfied if the importer imports product from a country that 
    has an active memorandum of understanding (MOU), or similar agreement, 
    with FDA that documents the equivalency of the inspection system of the 
    foreign country with the U.S. system. The active MOU will be expected 
    to accurately reflect the current situation between the signing parties 
    and be functioning and enforceable in its entirety.
        (e) Importers should encourage foreign processors to obtain HACCP 
    training similar to that required by Sec. 123.9.
    
    
    Sec. 123.12  Imports--determination of compliance.
    
        (a) There must be evidence that seafood that is offered for import 
    has been produced under conditions that comply with subpart A of this 
    part. Such evidence can be provided by:
        (1) Examination, at the U.S. importer's place of business, of the 
    importer's Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point (HACCP) plan, the 
    foreign processor's HACCP plan and sanitation procedures and records 
    associated with the importer's plan that demonstrate that the plan and 
    procedures were followed.
        (2) An active memorandum of understanding (as defined in 
    Sec. 123.11(d)) with an exporting country that provides that the 
    country will impose regulatory controls equivalent to those established 
    in this part for domestic processors.
        (3) Evidence that an exporting country has in place and is 
    enforcing an HACCP-based regulatory system.
        (4) Inspection of foreign processors by FDA or some other 
    organization designated by FDA.
        (5) Any other measures that FDA deems appropriate, including, but 
    not limited to, end-product testing.
        (b) If assurances do not exist that the product has been produced 
    under an HACCP plan and sanitation controls that are equivalent to 
    those required of domestic processors, the product will appear to be 
    adulterated and will be denied entry.
    
    Subpart B--[Reserved]
    
    Subpart C--Raw Molluscan Shellfish
    
    
    Sec. 123.20  General.
    
        This subpart augments subpart A of this part by setting forth 
    specific requirements for processing fresh or frozen molluscan 
    shellfish.
    
    
    Sec. 123.28  Source controls and records.
    
        (a) In order to meet requirements of subpart A of this part as they 
    apply to microbiological contamination, natural toxins, and related 
    hazards, processors shall include in their Hazard Analysis Critical 
    Control Point (HACCP) plans how they are controlling the origin of the 
    molluscan shellfish they process.
        (b) Processors shall only process molluscan shellfish that 
    originate from growing waters approved for harvesting by a shellfish 
    control authority. To meet this requirement, processors shall only 
    receive shellstock:
        (1) From a harvester that is licensed or a processor that is 
    certified by a shellfish control authority; and
        (2) That has affixed a tag on each container of shellstock received 
    by the processor that bears, at a minimum, the information required in 
    Sec. 1240.60(b) of this chapter.
        (3) Bulk shellstock shipments may be identified by a bill of lading 
    or similar document that contains the same information.
        (c) The same requirements that apply to shellstock shall apply to 
    shucked molluscan shellfish received by a processor except that, in 
    lieu of a tag, the body of the container of shucked molluscan shellfish 
    shall bear a label that complies with Sec. 1240.60(c) of this chapter.
        (d) Processors shall maintain records that document that each lot 
    of molluscan shellfish meet the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c) 
    of this section.
        (1) For shellstock these records shall document:
        (i) The date of harvest;
        (ii) The location of harvest by State and site;
        (iii) The quantity and type of shellfish;
        (iv) The date of receipt by the processor; and
        (v) The name of the harvester and identification number.
        (2) For shucked shellfish these records shall document:
        (i) The date of receipt;
        (ii) The quantity and type of shellfish; and
        (iii) The name and certification number of the shipper.
    
    Appendix A to Part 123--Cooked, Ready-to-Eat Fishery Products
    
        1. General guidelines for cooked, ready-to- eat fishery 
    products.
        2. Definitions in Appendix A.
        3. Critical control points.
        4. Thermal processing critical control points.
        5. Container integrity critical control points.
        6. Time and temperature critical control points.
        7. Temperature monitoring equipment.
        8. Corrective actions.
        9. Sanitary zones.
    
    1. General Guidelines for Cooked, Ready-to-Eat Fishery Products
    
        This Appendix provides guidance on how to meet the requirements 
    of 21 CFR part 123, subpart A for the processing of cooked, ready-
    to-eat fishery products. Cooked, ready-to-eat fishery products are 
    those that are subjected by a commercial processor to either a 
    cooking process before being placed in a final container, or to 
    pasteurization in the final container, or to both. This guidance 
    involves processing procedures that are common to most of these 
    products for the control of the microbiological hazards to which 
    they are particularly susceptible. The guidance does not apply to 
    environmental or other hazards that might occur before the processor 
    takes possession of the product or raw materials. (Guidance on these 
    hazards may be found in a separate guidance document for all fish 
    and fishery products to be issued by FDA.) This guidance also does 
    not apply to cooked, ready-to-eat fishery products covered by 21 CFR 
    part 123, subpart B.
    
    2. Definitions in Appendix A
    
        a. Cooking process means the application of sufficient heat for 
    a sufficient period of time to a fish or fishery product to 
    coagulate the protein throughout the product.
        b. Hermetically sealed package means a container that is 
    designed and intended to be secure against the entry of 
    microorganisms.
        c. Microorganisms of public health significance means bacteria, 
    fungi, and viruses capable of producing illness if they or their 
    toxins are ingested by humans.
        d. Pasteurization means a process applied to a fish or fishery 
    product after that fish or fishery product has been placed in a 
    final, hermetically sealed package, which involves the application 
    of sufficient heat or other processes for a sufficient period of 
    time to result in the reduction of microorganisms of public health 
    concern to levels that, under normal conditions of storage, are 
    unlikely to cause disease.
        e. Process authority means a person having expert knowledge of 
    commercial processing of fish and fishery products based on a 
    combination of education, training and experience.
        f. Raw materials means fish and fishery products that are 
    received for processing and include fishery products that have been 
    processed elsewhere and that are received for further processing.
        g. Temperature-indicating device means a mercury-in-glass 
    thermometer or equivalent device, such as a resistance temperature 
    device or thermocouple.
        h. Temperature-recording device means a device that is capable 
    of providing a continuous record of the temperature conditions being 
    monitored.
    
    3. Critical Control Points
    
        Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point (HACCP) plans prepared in 
    accordance with 21 CFR part 123, subpart A will typically identify 
    and address the following critical control points:
        a. Cooking;
        b. Pasteurization;
        c. Finished product container sealing for pasteurized products;
        d. Post-pasteurization cooling;
        e. Cooling after cooking;
        f. Processing after cooking;
        g. Final product cooling;
        h. Refrigerated storage; and
        i. Distribution.
        In accordance with 21 CFR part 123, subpart A, processors shall 
    identify in their HACCP plans how they will control hazards at 
    critical control points. The measures in sections 4. through 6. of 
    this Appendix are suitable for HACCP plans.
    
    4. Thermal Processing Critical Control Points
    
    a. Cooking
    
        1. The Cooking Process. The processor must be able to 
    demonstrate to itself and to FDA that its cooking process ensures 
    the destruction of vegetative cells of microorganisms of public 
    health concern. This may be accomplished by having a cooking process 
    that is at least equivalent to a process established by a process 
    authority. To demonstrate equivalence, a processor should have on 
    file in its Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point (HACCP) records a 
    document that:
        i. Describes the results of a scientific evaluation, conducted 
    by a process authority, of the adequacy of the cooking process; and
        ii. Identifies and establishes values for key aspects of the 
    process or of the product that may affect the adequate destruction 
    of microorganisms of public health concern. At a minimum, these 
    values should include cooking times and temperatures.
        Such a document may consist of, but should not be limited to, a 
    letter from a process authority, articles in scientific journals, or 
    Federal, State, or local government regulations or advisories. 
    Failure to have documentation that the cooking process will achieve 
    its goal will violate 21 CFR 123.8 and will mean that the product 
    produced by the processor will be produced under insanitary 
    conditions whereby it may be rendered injurious to health.
        2. Cooking Equipment Design.
        i. The processor must be able to demonstrate to itself and to 
    FDA that its cooking equipment can deliver the cooking process that 
    ensures the destruction of vegetative cells of microorganisms of 
    public health concern. One way to accomplish this is for the 
    processor to have on file in its HACCP records a document that 
    describes the results of a scientific evaluation, conducted by a 
    process authority, of the design and operation of the type of 
    equipment and the operational procedures used by the processor. The 
    engineering specifications for the equipment used by the processor 
    (e.g., pipe sizes, flow rates, loading configuration, and, whenever 
    a steam process is used, venting parameters) should meet or exceed 
    those for the equipment evaluated by the process authority. Failure 
    to have documentation that the cooking equipment will achieve its 
    goal will violate 21 CFR 123.8 and will mean that the product 
    produced by the processor will be produced under insanitary 
    conditions whereby it may be rendered injurious to health.
        ii. Cooking equipment should be equipped with both a 
    temperature-indicating device and temperature-recording device. The 
    temperature-indicating device should be the reference instrument for 
    determining conformance to the established process temperatures.
        3. Records.
        Monitoring records made by the processor should record both the 
    actual values that are occurring for those key aspects of the 
    process identified by the process authority in section 4.a.1. of 
    this Appendix and the actual values that are occurring for 
    operational procedures identified by the process authority in 
    section 4.a.2.i. of this Appendix.
        4. Special Considerations.
        For the cooking of blue crab (Callinectes sapidus), dungeness 
    crab (Cancer magister), or king crab (Paralithodes camtschatica), 
    the known lethality of the cooking process necessary to make the 
    product generally acceptable for human consumption, or to enable 
    further processing, is sufficient so that the adequacy of the 
    process and the equipment can normally be assumed.
    
    b. Pasteurization
    
        1. The Pasteurization Process. The processor must be able to 
    demonstrate to itself and to FDA that its pasteurization process 
    ensures the adequate reduction of numbers of viable spores of 
    microorganisms of public health concern. One way to accomplish this 
    is to have a pasteurization process that is equivalent to a process 
    established by a process authority. To demonstrate equivalence, a 
    processor should have on file in its HACCP records a document that:
        i. Describes the results of a scientific evaluation conducted by 
    a process authority of the adequacy of the pasteurization process; 
    and that
        ii. Identifies and establishes values for those key aspects of 
    the process, or of the product, that may affect the adequate 
    reduction in numbers of microorganisms of public health concern. At 
    a minimum, these values should include pasteurization times and 
    temperatures.
        Such document may consist of, but should not be limited to, a 
    letter from a process authority, articles in scientific journals, or 
    Federal, State or local government regulations or advisories. 
    Failure to have documentation that the pasteurization process will 
    achieve its goal will violate 21 CFR 123.8 and will mean that the 
    product produced by the processor will be produced under insanitary 
    conditions whereby it may be rendered injurious to health.
        2. Pasteurization Equipment Design.
        i. The processor must be able to demonstrate to itself and to 
    FDA that its pasteurization equipment can deliver the pasteurization 
    process that ensures the adequate reduction of viable spores of 
    microorganisms of public health concern. One way to accomplish this 
    is to have on file a document that describes the results of a 
    scientific evaluation conducted by a process authority, of the 
    design and operation of the type of equipment used by the processor. 
    The engineering specifications for the equipment used by the 
    processor (e.g., pipe sizes, flow rates, loading configuration) 
    should meet or exceed those for the equipment evaluated by the 
    process authority. Failure to have documentation that the 
    pasteurization equipment will achieve its goals will violate 21 CFR 
    123.8 and will mean that the product produced by the processor will 
    be produced under insanitary conditions whereby it may be rendered 
    injurious to health.
        ii. Pasteurization equipment should be equipped with both a 
    temperature-indicating device and temperature-recording device. The 
    temperature-indicating device should be the reference instrument for 
    determining conformance to the established process temperatures.
        3. Records. Monitoring records made by the processor should 
    record the actual values that are occurring for those key aspect of 
    the process identified by the process authority in section 4.b.1.ii 
    of this Appendix.
    
    5. Container Integrity Critical Controls Points
    
    a. Finished Product Container Sealing
    
        Finished product containers must be inspected, and the results 
    recorded, for container integrity to assure a consistently reliable 
    hermetic seal. FDA recommends that:
        1. Visual seam inspection of one container from each seaming 
    head occur every 30 minutes; and
        2. Testing by qualified personnel of one container from each 
    seaming head occur at least every 4 hours. As applicable, these 
    tests should be performed in accordance with 21 CFR 113.60(a)(1) and 
    (a)(2).
    
    b. Post-pasteurization Cooling
    
        Container cooling water must contain a measurable residual of 
    chlorine or other sanitizer. Tests to determine the presence of a 
    measurable residual of chlorine or other sanitizer in the container 
    cooling water should be made, and the results recorded, at 
    sufficient frequency to ensure control.
    
    6. Time and Temperature Critical Control Points
    
    a. Cooling After Cooking
    
        After cooking, the product must be rapidly cooled to minimize 
    recontamination. Continuous cooling from 140  deg.F (60  deg.C) to 
    achieve an internal temperature of 70  deg.F (21.1  deg.C) or below 
    within 2 hours and an internal temperature of 40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C) 
    or below within an additional 4 hours, unless processing after 
    cooking, as described in section 6.b. of this Appendix, occurs 
    during either of these time periods, will effectively minimize 
    recontamination. Other time/temperature parameters may also be 
    effective. Processors should ensure that the cooling parameters are 
    met by either:
        1. Monitoring. Monitoring and recording internal product 
    temperatures at least every 2 hours; or
        2. Studies.
        i. Conducting or obtaining a study that establishes that 
    appropriate cooling temperatures are always met under prescribed 
    processing conditions. The study should establish the limits of 
    significant variables that could affect the rate of cooling. These 
    variables may include product size, ambient air temperature, and 
    amount of product in the cooler. An adequate study should consist of 
    at least three processing runs under the prescribed processing 
    conditions; and
        ii. Monitoring and recording the prescribed processing 
    conditions as identified by the study in section 6.a.2.i. of this 
    Appendix at least every 2 hours.
    
    b. Processing After Cooking
    
        Products that will receive processing after cooking should not 
    be exposed to ambient temperatures of 40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C) or 
    higher for longer than a cumulative total of 4 hours after cooking. 
    If they are exposed to such temperatures for more than 4 hours, 
    unacceptable recontamination is the likely result. Processors are 
    required to regularly monitor and record the length of time that the 
    product is exposed to temperatures above 40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C) 
    under 21 CFR 123.8. FDA recommends that such monitoring and 
    recording be done at least every 2 hours.
    
    c. Final Product Cooling
    
        To avoid microbiological hazards for perishable finished 
    products, the internal temperature of the finished product should be 
    40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C) or below within 4 hours of either placement 
    in a finished product container or the completion of pasteurization. 
    Processors should either conduct:
        1. Monitoring. Monitor and record internal product temperatures 
    at least every 2 hours; or
        2. Studies.
        i. Conduct or obtain a study that establishes that the internal 
    temperature of the finished product will always be 40  deg.F (4.4 
    deg.C) or below within 4 hours of either placement in a finished 
    product container or completion of pasteurization under prescribed 
    processing conditions. The study should establish the limits of 
    significant variables that could affect the rate of cooling. These 
    variables may include product size, ambient air temperature, and 
    amount of product in the cooler. An adequate study should consist of 
    at least three processing runs under the prescribed processing 
    conditions; and
        ii. Monitoring and recording the prescribed processing 
    conditions as identified by the study in section 6.c.2.i. of this 
    Appendix at least every 2 hours.
    
    d. Refrigerated Storage
    
        1. In-process products. Refrigeration units that are being used 
    to store in-process products or finished products shall operate at a 
    temperature of 40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C) or below in accordance with 21 
    CFR 123.10(a)(14).
        2. Temperature devices. Units should be equipped with both a 
    temperature-indicating device and a temperature-recording device. In 
    lieu of a temperature-recording device, a processor may equip a 
    refrigeration unit with a high temperature alarm or a maximum-
    indicating thermometer and maintain a temperature log that notes 
    temperature with such frequency as is necessary to achieve control.
    
    e. Distribution
    
        All perishable finished products should be distributed in a 
    manner that ensures that the internal temperature is maintained at 
    40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C) or below.
    
    7. Temperature Monitoring Equipment
    
        Where reference is made in this Appendix to temperature-
    indicating devices and temperature-recording devices, the following 
    conditions should apply:
    
    a. Temperature-Indicating Devices
    
        Temperature-indicating devices should be installed where they 
    can be easily read and located to ensure that they accurately 
    measure the warmest temperature of the refrigeration equipment and 
    the coldest temperature of the heating equipment, as appropriate. 
    Temperature-indicating devices should be calibrated at the routine 
    operating temperature of the refrigeration, cooling, or heating 
    equipment against a known accurate standard thermometer upon 
    installation and at least once a year thereafter, or more 
    frequently, if necessary, to ensure their accuracy. Records required 
    to be maintained under 21 CFR 123.8 of accuracy checks for 
    temperature-indicating devices should specify the date, standard 
    used, method used, results, and person performing the test. A 
    temperature-indicating device that has a divided fluid column or 
    that cannot be adjusted to the standard should be immediately 
    repaired or replaced.
    
    b. Temperature-Recording Devices
    
        Temperature-recording devices should be installed where they can 
    be easily read and the sensors for such devices should be installed 
    to ensure that they accurately measure the warmest temperature of 
    the refrigeration equipment and the coldest temperature of the 
    heating equipment, as appropriate. Computerized storage of 
    temperature data may be used in place of recorder thermometer charts 
    if the use of such a system has been validated and can be shown to 
    be substantially equivalent to the use of a temperature-recording 
    device. Each temperature-recording device should be checked for 
    accuracy at the beginning and end of each production day and 
    adjusted as necessary to agree as nearly as possible with the 
    reference temperature-indicating device. A record of these accuracy 
    checks should be maintained that specifies the time, date, 
    temperatures indicated by both devices before adjustment, corrective 
    action taken, where applicable, and person performing the accuracy 
    check.
    
    8. Corrective Actions
    
        Under 21 CFR 123.7, whenever a deviation occurs at a critical 
    control point, the processor shall segregate and hold the product 
    until a review can be made to determine the effect of that 
    deviation, and shall take corrective action as necessary. For 
    cooked, ready-to-eat products, when a deviation occurs at a cooking 
    or pasteurization critical control point, the processor should meet 
    the requirements of Sec. 123.7 either by destroying the product; by 
    fully reprocessing, where possible, that portion of the production 
    involved, keeping full records of the reprocessing conditions; or by 
    setting aside that portion of the product involved for further 
    evaluation as to any potential public health significance. Such an 
    evaluation should be made by a process authority and should be in 
    accordance with procedures recognized by process authorities as 
    being adequate to detect any unacceptable hazard to public health. 
    Unless this evaluation demonstrates that the product had been given 
    a thermal process that rendered it free of microorganisms of 
    potential public health significance or, in the case of 
    pasteurization, that resulted in the adequate reduction in numbers 
    of microorganisms, the product set aside should be either fully 
    reprocessed to correct the deficiency or destroyed. A record should 
    be made of the evaluation procedures used and the results. Either 
    upon completion of full reprocessing or after the determination that 
    no significant public health hazard exists, that portion of the 
    product involved may be shipped in normal distribution. Otherwise, 
    the portion of the product involved should be destroyed.
    
    9. Sanitary Zones
    
        In addition to the requirements of 21 CFR 123.10, sanitary zones 
    should be established around areas in which cooked product is 
    handled or stored. In such areas, objects and employees that have 
    come into contact with waste, raw product, or other insanitary 
    objects are excluded. Packaging material, equipment, employees, and 
    in-process materials that enter a sanitary zone should be treated in 
    a manner that will minimize the risk of the introduction of 
    microorganisms. Air handling systems should be designed to minimize 
    the risk of airborne contamination and to provide positive air 
    pressure in the sanitary zone relative to the surrounding areas.
    
    Appendix B to Part 123--Scombroid Toxin Forming Species
    
    1. General guidelines for Scombroid Toxin Forming Species.
    2. Critical control points.
    3. Receipt of raw materials critical control point.
    4. Processing critical control point.
    5. Additional critical control points.
    
    1. General Guidelines for Scombroid Toxin Forming Species
    
        This Appendix provides guidance on how to meet the requirements 
    of 21 CFR part 123, subpart A for fish and fishery products that 
    consist in whole or in part of scombroid toxin forming species. 
    These include tuna, bluefish, mahi mahi, mackerel, sardines, 
    herring, kahawai, anchovies, marlin, and other species, whether or 
    not of the family Scombridae, in which significant levels of 
    histamine may be produced in the fish flesh by decarboxylation of 
    free histidine as a result of exposure of the fish after capture to 
    temperatures that permit the growth of mesophilic bacteria. The 
    guidance focuses on preventing the formation of scombrotoxin, which 
    can be harmful to humans, as a consequence of improper handling 
    after capture, i.e., time and temperature abuse.
    
    2. Critical Control Points
    
        Every processor who engages in processing other than, or in 
    addition to, storing of fish or fishery products that consist in 
    whole or in part of scombroid forming species, must ensure that 
    neither decomposition leading to histamine formation, nor histamine 
    formation, has occurred before receipt of such fish or fishery 
    products. Processors must also ensure that neither decomposition 
    leading to histamine formation, nor histamine formation, occurs as a 
    result of inadequate handling practices by the processor. In order 
    to prevent these hazards from occurring, Hazard Analysis Critical 
    Control Point (HACCP) plans prepared in accordance with 21 CFR part 
    123, subpart A will typically identify and address the receipt of 
    raw materials, as well as processing, as critical control points. In 
    accordance with 21 CFR part 123, subpart A, processors shall 
    identify in their HACCP plans how they will control hazards at 
    critical control points. This appendix provides guidance on how to 
    do so with respect to scombroid toxin forming species.
    
    3. Receipt of Raw Materials Critical Control Point
    
    a. First Processor
    
        1. On-board handling. The first processor to take ownership 
    after harvest of fish and fishery products of scombroid toxin 
    forming species should ensure that vessels supplying such fish have 
    in place measures to ensure that the fish were rapidly brought to, 
    and maintained at, an internal temperature of 40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C) 
    or below, and were not held for a period of time sufficient to allow 
    histamine formation to begin at the temperature at which they were 
    held. The processor may determine the time and temperature history 
    of the fish by requiring certification of the fishing method and on-
    board handling practices, and a time/temperature log from the 
    harvesting vessel. The time/temperature log should record, for each 
    lot of fish, the date of harvest, fishing method, temperature of the 
    harvest water, and temperature history of the fish relating to the 
    lowering of the internal temperature. The temperature history of the 
    fish may be documented by controlling and recording the key aspects 
    of the cooling and storage operation (e.g., refrigerated brine or 
    seawater temperature, fish size, and container packing). For 
    purposes of this guideline, a lot of fish is the fish in a vessel 
    storage compartment (i.e., well, tote, or other container). The log 
    should be sufficient to enable the processor to determine whether 
    the fish were subject to conditions in the water after capture, on 
    the harvesting vessel, or in storage, that could cause, or 
    significantly contribute to, the formation of histamine in the fish.
        2. Sampling and examination. The first processor, as described 
    in section 3.a.1. of this Appendix, should subject a representative 
    sample of fish in each lot from the vessel to an external 
    organoleptic examination for decomposition and should record the 
    results of the examination. A representative sample should provide 
    at least 95 percent confidence that decomposition does not exist in 
    more than 2.5 percent of the fish in the lot. If the number of fish 
    from a vessel is small enough to permit an examination of each fish, 
    e.g., because the weight of each fish is typically greater than 10 
    pounds, the processor is encouraged to examine each fish.
        i. Any fish that exhibits decomposition should either be 
    rejected and not used for food, or reconditioned according to the 
    processor's established procedures. Reconditioning should include, 
    at a minimum, removal of all parts of the fish that exhibit any 
    decomposition, organoleptic reexamination of the remaining fish 
    flesh, and the performance of a histamine analysis on the remaining 
    fish flesh.
        ii. If no decomposition in any fish in a lot is detected through 
    organoleptic examination, the following should apply:
        A. If the time/temperature log as described in section 3.a.1. of 
    this Appendix indicates that the conditions on the vessel were 
    unlikely to cause, or significantly contribute to, the formation of 
    histamine in the fish, all the fish from that lot may be further 
    processed or enter commerce.
        B. If the time/temperature log as described in section 3.a.1. of 
    this Appendix indicates that the conditions on the vessel were 
    likely to cause, or significantly contribute to, the formation of 
    histamine in the fish in a lot, or if no adequate time/temperature 
    log is available, a histamine analysis should be made on a 
    representative sample of fish from that lot.
        iii. If decomposition is detected in less than 2.5 percent of 
    the fish from a lot, the following should apply:
        A. If the time/temperature log as described in section 3.a.1. of 
    this Appendix indicates that the conditions on the vessel were 
    unlikely to cause, or significantly contribute to, the formation of 
    histamine in the fish in a particular lot, those fish from that lot 
    found to have decomposition should be treated in accordance with 
    section 3.a.2.i. of this Appendix. Other fish from that lot may be 
    further processed or enter commerce.
        B. If the time/temperature log as described in section 3.a.1. of 
    this Appendix indicates that the conditions on the vessel were 
    likely to cause, or significantly contribute to, the formation of 
    histamine in the fish in a particular lot, or if no adequate time/
    temperature log is available, the processor should perform a 
    histamine analysis on a representative sample of organoleptically 
    acceptable fish from that lot. (However, if the processor elects to 
    perform a histamine analysis on a representative sample of each lot 
    of fish from the vessel before conducting an organoleptic analysis 
    for decomposition because, for example, the processor received the 
    fish in a frozen state, the histamine analysis does not have to be 
    repeated based on results of subsequent organoleptic analysis.)
        iv. If decomposition is detected in more than 2.5 percent of the 
    fish from a particular lot, the processor should perform a histamine 
    analysis on a representative sample of organoleptically acceptable 
    fish from that lot.
        3. Histamine Findings.
        i. If any fish from a particular lot is found to have histamine 
    above a defect action level or other regulatory level or limit for 
    histamine established by FDA, the fish in that lot may not be used 
    for food.
        ii. If any fish from a particular lot is found to have histamine 
    below the defect action level or other regulatory level or limit for 
    histamine established by FDA but above levels expected of fresh 
    fish, the fish from that lot should enter commerce only if first 
    immediately cooked to prevent histamine from increasing to 
    unacceptable levels.
    
    b. Subsequent Processors
    
        1. Processor evaluations. All subsequent processors who take 
    ownership of fish and fish products of scombroid toxin forming 
    species and who engage in processing other than, or in addition to, 
    storage, should subject a representative sample each lot of such 
    fish and fishery products to organoleptic evaluation for 
    decomposition to determine whether decomposition occurred during 
    transfer from the previous processor. Any fish that exhibits 
    decomposition should be treated in accordance with section 3.a.2.i. 
    of this Appendix.
        2. Decomposition. A finding of any organoleptically detectable 
    decomposition should result in the organoleptic examination of the 
    entire lot. If decomposition is detected in more than 2.5 percent of 
    the fish in the lot, the processor should perform a histamine 
    analysis on a representative sample of fish from the lot. The 
    results should be treated in accordance with section 3.a.3. of this 
    Appendix.
        4. Processing Critical Control Point.
        Products that are undergoing processing should not be exposed to 
    ambient temperatures of 40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C) or higher for more 
    than a cumulative total of 4 hours. Processors should ensure that 
    this requirement is met by monitoring and recording, at least every 
    2 hours, the length of time that the product is exposed to 
    temperatures of 40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C) or higher.
        5. Additional Critical Control Points.
        The guidelines relating to cooked ready to eat fish and fishery 
    products specified by Appendix A, sections 6 and 7 should also be 
    applied to scombroid toxin forming species, where applicable.
    
    Appendix C to Part 123--[Reserved]
    
    Appendix D to Part 123--Product Integrity
    
        1. General guidelines for product integrity.
        2. Product integrity critical control points.
    
    1. General Guidelines for Product Integrity
    
        This Appendix provides guidance on how a processor can use an 
    HACCP-based approach to ensure that all fish and fishery products 
    are in compliance with the economic adulteration and misbranding 
    provisions of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (sections 
    402(b) and 403, respectively). This guidance applies to controlling 
    economic factors including the identity of species, weight, count 
    and size, and the percentage of valuable constituents. These factors 
    must be accurately represented on the label and labeling of a food.
    
    2. Product Integrity Critical Control Points
    
        Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point (HACCP) plans prepared in 
    accordance with subpart A of 21 CFR part 123 will typically include 
    the following critical control points, as appropriate, that can be 
    used to ensure the economic integrity of the product:
    
    a. Receipt of Raw Material
    
        A processor must ensure that the fish and fishery products that 
    it receives are correctly identified as to species at the point of 
    receipt into its processing facility. Methods used for 
    identification upon receipt may include, but are not limited to:
        1. Exams. Physical examination of the seafood species by 
    qualified personnel;
        2. Evaluations. Laboratory evaluation (e.g., protein 
    chromatography); and
        3. Acceptance of species identity as certified by a supplier 
    under either a Limited or a General and Continuing Guaranty, as 
    provided for by section 303(c)(2) of the Federal Food, Drug, and 
    Cosmetic Act (21 CFR 7.12 and 7.13).
    
    b. Labeling-Economic Value
    
        A processor must ensure that the finished product labels, 
    labeling, and invoices accurately represent the weight, count, and 
    size of the product, as well as the presence and amount of any 
    valuable constituents. An example would be the handling of shrimp 
    and breading material to make breaded shrimp. The processor must 
    ensure that the shrimp has not been adulterated by the addition of 
    water, and that the valuable constituents are present at levels that 
    are consistent with FDA standards of identity (21 CFR part 161) and 
    compliance policy guides. The processor thus should provide for 
    monitoring of the level of the valuable constituents throughout 
    receipt, processing, and distribution to ensure that:
        1. Identification. The species is correctly identified by its 
    common or usual name and is so represented on the label and 
    labeling. Guidance in selecting the correct common or usual name of 
    a species is provided by the FDA Fish List. Specific requirements 
    are given in 21 CFR 101.18 and 21 CFR part 161.
        2. Valuable constituents. The valuable constituents of the 
    product are not omitted or abstracted from the product (e.g., 
    breaded shrimp contains the required weight ratio of shrimp to 
    breading and, if appropriate, shrimp of the size and weight 
    specified on the label or labeling).
        3. Substitution. No substance is substituted wholly or in part 
    for the valuable constituent (e.g., through added water or glazing, 
    or substitution of crab flavored surimi for crab meat in a product 
    labeled as crab cake).
        4. Damage or inferiority. Damage or inferiority is not concealed 
    in any manner (e.g., through bleaching or coloring of product to 
    conceal its true nature or condition of wholesomeness).
        5. Product adulteration. No substance is added to, or mixed 
    with, the product to increase its bulk or weight or to reduce its 
    quality, or make it appear of better or greater value than it is 
    (e.g., through adding water to a product by chemical or other 
    means).
    
    PART 1240--CONTROL OF COMMUNICABLE DISEASES
    
        2. The authority citation for 21 CFR part 1240 continues to read as 
    follows.
    
        Authority: Secs. 215, 311, 361, 368 of the Public Health Service 
    Act (42 U.S.C. 216, 243, 264, 271).
    
        3. Section 1240.3 is amended by revising paragraph (p) to read as 
    follows:
    
    
    Sec. 1240.3  General definitions.
    
    * * * * *
        (p) Molluscan shellfish. Any edible species of fresh or frozen 
    oysters, clams, mussels, and scallops or edible portions thereof, 
    except when the scallop or scallop product consists entirely of the 
    shucked adductor muscle.
        4. Section 1240.60 is amended by revising the section heading; by 
    designating the existing text as paragraph (a) and adding the word 
    ``molluscan'' before the word ``shellfish'' the two times that it 
    appears; and by adding new paragraphs (b) and (c) to read as follows:
    
    
    Sec. 1240.60  Molluscan shellfish.
    
    * * * * *
        (b) All unshucked raw molluscan shellfish, that is all unshucked 
    molluscan shellfish that has not been subject to a treatment sufficient 
    to kill pathogens of public health significance, shall bear a tag that 
    discloses the date and place they were harvested, type and quantity of 
    shellfish, and by whom they were harvested, including the number 
    assigned to the harvester by the shellfish control authority. Any raw 
    molluscan shellfish that are found by FDA in interstate commerce 
    without such a tag or label, or with a tag or label that does not bear 
    all the required information, will be subject to seizure and 
    destruction.
        (c) Shucked molluscan shellfish shall be subject to the same 
    requirements as apply to molluscan shellfish that has not been shucked 
    as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, except that, in lieu of a 
    tag, the body of the container of shucked molluscan shellfish, shall 
    bear a label that identifies the name, address, and certification 
    number of the processor of the molluscan shellfish.
    
        Dated: January 21, 1994.
    David A. Kessler,
    Commissioner of Food and Drugs.
    Donna E. Shalala,
    Secretary of Health and Human Services.
        Note: The following appendix will not appear in the annual Code 
    of Federal Regulations.
    
    Appendix 1--FDA Fish Fishery Products Hazard and Controls Guide 
    Including Guidance on Smoked Fish
    
        FDA is in the process of developing guidance to, among other 
    things, assist the seafood industry develop and implement HACCP 
    systems. The guidance will be titled the ``FDA Fish and Fishery 
    Products Hazard and Controls Guide.'' When a draft of the entire 
    Guide is completed in the near future, FDA will publish a notice of 
    availability in the Federal Register and invite public comment. FDA 
    will revise the draft as warranted and then issue the first edition 
    of the Guide.
    
    I. The Information Presented
    
        The selected portions of the draft Guide that are provided below 
    are:
        Example 1. The Table of Contents.
        Example 2. One page each from the ``Vertebrate'' and 
    ``Invertebrate Hazard and Control Lists.'' Together, these lists 
    contain about 350 species of commercially marketed fish. Each list 
    is in the form of a chart that directs the reader to one or more of 
    the 10 numbered hazard and control descriptions elsewhere in the 
    Guide for species-related hazards. For purposes of the Guide, 
    species-related hazards are those that can occur in the environment 
    or during harvest. Processors should find in the appropriate list 
    the species they handle, then turn to those numbered hazard and 
    control descriptions that are relevant to that species.
        Example 3. A sample of a species-related hazard and control 
    description (Species-related Hazard and Control #1 (Chemical 
    Contamination)). Each description explains a hazard and the measures 
    available to control it, with an emphasis on HACCP controls such as 
    critical control points, critical limits, monitoring procedures and 
    frequencies, recordkeeping, and corrective actions. Some 
    descriptions contain several control options.
        Example 4. One page from the ``Process-related Hazards and 
    Controls List.'' For purposes of this Guide, process-related hazards 
    are those that can occur because of the nature of the processing 
    procedures and the finished product form. This list includes 20 
    types of finished products (e.g., cooked shrimp) and directs the 
    reader to one or more of the 22 process-related hazard and control 
    descriptions, which are located in the next part of the Guide.
        The process-related hazard and control descriptions are 
    numbered. Some of them are further subdivided into lettered 
    portions. Where the reader need only refer to a portion of a 
    process-related hazard and control description, the list directs the 
    reader to that portion by referring to a lettered part of the 
    description. See below.
        Example 5. A sample of a process-related hazard and control 
    description (``Process-related Hazard and Control #11'' (pathogen 
    survival during pasteurization)). As with the species-related 
    descriptions discussed above, each process-related description 
    explains a hazard and the measures available to control it, with an 
    emphasis on HACCP controls. Some of these descriptions are 
    subdivided. For example, ``Process-related Hazard and Control No. 
    8,'' which is about temperature abuse, is subdivided into ``8a: 
    Histamine,'' ``8b: Pathogens,'' and ``8c: Decomposition.'' Where the 
    list in 4. above directs a reader to a number-letter combination, 
    e.g., ``8b,'' it is to one of the subdivided portions of a 
    description, in this case to the ``Pathogens'' material in Process-
    related Hazards and Controls #8.
        Example 6. A consolidated section for smoked and smoke-flavored 
    fishery products.
        Example 7. A model HACCP plan. This is essentially a fill-in-
    the-blank model. Processors can use the materials in the hazards and 
    controls descriptions and this model plan, to develop much if not 
    all of their HACCP plans, depending on their circumstances.
        It must be remembered that these materials reflect a work in 
    progress and are published to provide the public with a preview of 
    the document. When the entire document is made available to the 
    public in the near future, the selected portions published here may 
    have been revised.
        To help processors and other interested persons to understand 
    the guidance presented in the consolidated section on smoked fishery 
    products, FDA will explain that guidance in the section that 
    follows.
    
    II. Smoked Fishery Products
    
        Research conducted since FDA proposed the 1970 final rule shows 
    that less stringent processing temperatures and lower water-phase 
    salt content, with or without use of other inhibiting factors such 
    as sodium nitrite, can provide an adequate margin of safety for hot-
    process products held in refrigerated storage (40  deg.F (4.4 
    deg.C) or lower). FDA has considered this research, and based on it, 
    the agency is proposing a guidance setting forth what it tentatively 
    finds are the minimum time, temperature, and salinity requirements 
    to make a safe and marketable smoked fish product. Proposed TTS 
    parameters are found in example 6 of this appendix.
        A. Raw Materials/Handling of Unprocessed Fish.
        The presence of microorganisms, including C. botulinum and L. 
    monocytogenes, cannot be avoided in fresh-water fish and marine fish 
    because they are present in the aquatic environment. Under certain 
    conditions, the potential exists for the outgrowth of C. botulinum 
    spores and toxin production (Refs. 148 through 152), as well as for 
    an increase in the L. monocytogenes population (Ref. 143).
        To minimize microbial growth, fresh fish should be maintained at 
    refrigerated temperatures close to 38  deg.F (3.3  deg.C) (Refs. 173 
    and 175). Although certain strains of C. botulinum are capable of 
    growth at temperatures as low as 38  deg.F (3.3  deg.C), favorable 
    growth media are necessary for a significant growth rate to occur at 
    this temperature. For example, it has been shown that C. botulinum 
    Type E requires 31 to 35 days before outgrowth and toxin production 
    occurs in a beef stew media held at 38  deg.F. However, outgrowth 
    and toxin production in a cooked meat medium held at 41  deg.F does 
    not occur until after 56 days, demonstrating that less favorable 
    growth media can significantly lower the rate of growth. Even in 
    those cases where C. botulinum does grow and produce toxin, the 
    laboratory conditions are generally more ideally suited to growth 
    than those found in nonexperimental situations where less favorable 
    growth environments prevail. Thus, while the growth of C. botulinum 
    is not completely inhibited at 40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C), under the 
    less than ideal conditions for its growth that are generally 
    encountered in the processing of smoked fish, FDA has tentatively 
    concluded that maintaining fresh fish at a maximum temperature of 40 
     deg.F, only 2 degrees above the temperature of complete growth 
    inhibition, before and during processing will provide adequate 
    protection against C. botulinum outgrowth. Moreover, 40  deg.F (4.4 
    deg.C) is consistent with the maximum temperature FDA has proposed 
    in various guidelines, such as the Unicode (now called the Food 
    Code) (53 FR 16472, May 9, 1988). Therefore, under proposed 
    Sec. 123.10(a)(14), all raw fish that is to be smoked must be 
    refrigerated until needed for processing (Ref. 175).
        Similarly, fish that are initially frozen need to remain in the 
    frozen state until needed for processing (Refs. 161 and 25). When 
    frozen fish are needed for processing, the thawing procedure must be 
    carried out in a way that minimizes the opportunity for microbial 
    growth (Refs. 161 and 171). The method used to thaw the fish must 
    provide an environment that will inhibit the growth of C. botulinum 
    and other microorganisms that pose a potential health hazard (Refs. 
    171 and 172). Thus, the fish should be thawed in a way that ensures 
    that the internal temperature at the core of the fish does not 
    exceed 40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C) (Refs. 171 and 172). Therefore, 
    section 4.a. of Example 6 of this appendix, the agency suggests that 
    this procedure be used in the thawing process.
    
    B. Manufacturing Operations
    
        Reduction of the potential health hazard from C. botulinum spore 
    outgrowth and toxin production in smoked and smoke-flavored fish 
    relies on the interrelationship of processing time, processing 
    temperature, water-phase salt concentration in the loin muscle, and 
    smoke (or constituents of smoke) deposition, combined with 
    refrigerated storage (40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C) or lower) (see proposed 
    Sec. 123.10(a)(14)) (Ref. 173). At one time, smoking and associated 
    brining may have been an effective preservation method. With the 
    changes in processing techniques that have occurred since the advent 
    of refrigeration and in response to consumers' demands for products 
    with certain organoleptic qualities, however, smoked fish products, 
    either hot- or cold-process, have become perishable products that 
    must be refrigerated and cannot be considered preserved foods (Ref. 
    173). The changes that have occurred, both in processing techniques 
    and in organoleptic qualities, have resulted in products that are 
    more moist and contain less salt. As a result, the two critical 
    processing factors that affect the overall preservation and safety 
    of the product have been altered. The processing time-temperature 
    parameters have been decreased, and the water-phase salt content has 
    been reduced (Ref. 173). Therefore, these products need to be 
    maintained at refrigerated temperatures (40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C) or 
    lower) or frozen immediately after processing to ensure the overall 
    quality of these products (Ref. 173).
        1. Brining/dry salting. Salt, as a preservative in smoked and 
    smoke-flavored fish, is somewhat limited in its effectiveness 
    because of the variability in salt uptake by fish flesh, even among 
    fish in the same brining tank. Ventral muscle, which is thin, 
    absorbs high levels of salt, while the thicker dorsal muscles absorb 
    less salt, limiting the effectiveness of salt as a deterrent against 
    spore outgrowth in that part of the fish. Equilibration techniques, 
    such as two-stage brining, reduce variation in salt content within a 
    fish and increase the preservative effect (Ref. 176).
        It is possible that salt-tolerant microorganisms of public 
    health concern (such as strains of Staphylococcus) may grow during 
    brining or after the dry salting process. Therefore, FDA is 
    providing in section 5.c. and 5.e. in example 6 of this appendix 
    that the brining and dry salting of fish be carried out at 
    refrigerated temperatures, i.e., 40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C) or lower. 
    Doing so will ensure that the environment in which brining is done, 
    and in which fish are held after dry-salting, will inhibit the 
    growth of salt-tolerant microorganisms that can cause a potential 
    health hazard (Ref. 173).
        FDA recognizes that when fish are initially added to the brine, 
    the temperature of the brine may increase. It is essential to this 
    process that the brine be returned to refrigerated temperatures 40 
    deg.F (4.4  deg.C) or lower to reduce the opportunity of microbial 
    growth and to ensure the overall quality of the product during the 
    brining process (Refs. 175 and 182). Therefore, the agency is 
    suggesting in section 5.d. of Example 6 of this appendix that the 
    temperature of the brine not exceed 60  deg.F (16  deg.C) at the 
    start of brining.
        To minimize the variation in salt content of the fish, the 
    agency is recommending in section 5.f. of Example 6 of this appendix 
    that only fish of the same species and of similar size and similar 
    weight be brined in the same tank (Refs. 171 and 199). Because reuse 
    of brine solutions is a possible route of microbial contamination of 
    raw fish, the agency is providing in section 5.g. of Example 6 of 
    this appendix that brines not be reused unless they have been 
    processed in some way to return them to a microbiological quality 
    equivalent to the original, unused brine made with potable water and 
    food-grade salt. The agency is also providing in section 5.h. of 
    Example 6 of this appendix that a processor may rinse the brined 
    fish with fresh water to remove any unwanted excess salt on the 
    exterior of the fish.
        2. Drying. Fish that are to be processed as smoked or smoke-
    flavored fish are dried after brining to remove excess water and 
    prevent dripping during smoking. The drying process, usually of 
    several hours in duration, provides another opportunity for 
    microbial growth. Therefore, to minimize the opportunity for 
    microbial growth by reducing those conditions that would provide a 
    favorable environment for such growth, the agency is providing in 
    section 5.i. of Example 6 of this appendix that the presmoking 
    drying step should be conducted in a refrigerated room (Ref. 46).
        3. Smoking. Smoke deposition, like water-phase salt content, is 
    very difficult to control. Constituents of smoke called ``inhibitory 
    compounds'' (such as phenolic compounds) are reported to have a 
    bactericidal effect (Ref. 177). Factors that affect the quantity of 
    inhibitory compounds deposited on the fish surface and the degree of 
    penetration by those compounds into the fish are the humidity in the 
    smoking chamber, the temperature of smoking, and the air flow in the 
    smoking chamber (Ref. 178). Decreased levels of inhibitory compounds 
    reduce the preservative effect of the smoke and make dependence on 
    these compounds inadvisable (Ref. 178). In general, smoked products 
    are not shelf stable and must be either refrigerated at a 
    temperature of 40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C) or lower or frozen immediately 
    after processing (Refs. 43, 45, and 178).
        To promote uniform deposition of smoke, heat exposure, and 
    dehydration, and to ensure that on completion of these processes, 
    the fish do not contain any raw or wet sections that would create an 
    environment favorable for microbial growth and spoilage, the agency 
    is providing in section 5.j. of Example 6 of this appendix that fish 
    should be arranged in the smokehouse chamber or oven so that they 
    are not overcrowded or touching each other, and that only fish of 
    like size and weight should be included in a single batch of fish 
    for smoking.
        Liquid smoke, a solution of wood smoke that, when diluted, may 
    be used to impart a smoke flavor to fish products, is often used as 
    an alternative to generated smoke. Liquid smoke has been reported to 
    have similar antibacterial properties to, and some advantages over, 
    generated smoke (Ref. 26). It is easier to apply uniformly, and the 
    inhibitory compounds penetrate further into the fish flesh (Ref. 
    26). Liquid smoke, generated smoke, or a combination of liquid smoke 
    and generated smoke needs to be applied to all surfaces of fish to 
    be smoked. Liquid smoke may be applied to the product before, at the 
    commencement of, or during the process, while generated smoke needs 
    to be applied to the fish during the first half of the process and 
    longer if necessary (Refs. 178 and 179). If a combination of liquid 
    smoke and generated smoke is used, the method for use of liquid 
    smoke may be followed, and the generated smoke may be applied at any 
    stage of the process (Ref. 26). The agency is providing for the use 
    of liquid smoke alone or in combination with generated smoke in 
    section 3.c.2. of Example 6 of this appendix to impart smoke flavor 
    and antibacterial properties to the products.
        4. Use of sodium nitrite. Use of sodium nitrite in smoked and 
    smoke-flavored fish products is limited to the species listed in 
    Sec. 172.175 (21 CFR 172.175) and to chubs in Sec. 172.177 (21 CFR 
    172.177). Section 172.175 permits the use of sodium nitrite as a 
    preservative and color fixative in cured, smoked sablefish, salmon, 
    and shad. However, it requires that the level of sodium nitrite in 
    the final product not exceed 200 ppm. Use of sodium nitrite 
    substantially reduces the level of salt necessary to inhibit 
    outgrowth of C. botulinum type A and type E spores, although the 
    levels vary because of the difference in heat resistance between the 
    two types of spores (Ref. 179). The quantity of sodium nitrite 
    necessary to achieve inhibition is affected by both the level of 
    contamination and the resistance of the spores (Refs. 179 and 180). 
    Refrigeration of the finished product at temperatures of 40  deg.F 
    (4.4  deg.C) or below is necessary to retain the inhibitory 
    characteristic gained through use of sodium nitrite (Ref. 179). 
    Therefore, in accordance with the provisions of Secs. 172.175 and 
    172.177, the agency is proposing to provide for the use of sodium 
    nitrite in the processing and packaging of smoked and smoke-flavored 
    fish in section 5.a. and section 5.b. of Example 6 of this appendix.
        5. Vacuum- and modified atmosphere-packaging. Vacuum packaging 
    and other types of modified atmosphere-packaging (those in which the 
    air in the package or container is replaced by one or more gases, in 
    various concentrations, before the package is sealed) extend the 
    shelf life of foods markedly. However, the anaerobic environment 
    created in these types of packaging favors the outgrowth of C. 
    botulinum spores and subsequent toxin production, and it inhibits 
    growth of aerobic microorganisms that might otherwise serve as 
    organoleptic indicators of spoilage (Refs. 180 and 182). 
    Consequently, use of vacuum- or modified atmosphere-packaging 
    demands strict adherence to temperature-controlled storage and 
    distribution to reduce the opportunity for spore outgrowth and toxin 
    production and to reduce the potential growth of other 
    microorganisms of public health significance (such as L. 
    monocytogenes).
        Two methods of reducing the potential public health hazard of 
    vacuum or modified atmosphere packaged smoked, smoke-flavored, and 
    salted fish products are: (1) To store and distribute the products 
    frozen or, alternatively, (2) to use in-package heat processing 
    followed by refrigeration. At freezer temperatures, outgrowth of 
    spores of C. botulinum types B, E, and F is retarded (Refs. 171, 
    173, and 180). Type A does not grow below 50  deg.F (10  deg.C) 
    (Refs. 179 and 180). Storage and distribution in the frozen state 
    reduces the possibility that temperature abuse will occur.
        In-package heat processing, sometimes referred to as ``heat 
    pasteurization,'' at temperatures in the range of 185  deg.F (85 
    deg.C) for 85 minutes to 198  deg.F (92  deg.C) for 55 minutes, 
    inhibits outgrowth and toxin production by type E spores (Ref. 185). 
    Longer exposure to processing temperatures is required for more heat 
    resistant spores, such as types B and A (Ref. 185). In a study 
    examining this method of packaging, samples of hot-process salmon 
    steaks were injected with spores of nonproteolytic strains of C. 
    botulinum types B and E (Ref. 185). The steaks were vacuum packaged, 
    heat pasteurized, then incubated using different time-temperature 
    combinations. The results of this research showed that closely 
    controlled in-package heat processing extends the shelf life of the 
    product, inactivates nonproteolytic C. botulinum types B, E, and F 
    and other vegetative pathogens, and maintains product quality 
    attributes. However, this process is more suitable for pieces, 
    fillets, and steaks than for whole eviscerated fish because this 
    process causes the flesh to separate from the backbone (Ref. 185).
    
    C. Specific Processing Conditions
    
        The various processing techniques used to produce smoked and 
    smoke-flavored fish are affected by the interrelationship of the 
    smoking, the method of smoke application, the time-temperature 
    combinations used, and the water-phase salt content. A critical 
    factor in determining alternative processing methods is the type of 
    packaging utilized, specifically whether the product is air-packaged 
    or vacuum-packaged. The following discussion sets out the various 
    processing procedures that the agency has tentatively concluded will 
    ensure the safety of hot-process smoked and smoke-flavored fish, and 
    cold-process smoked and smoke-flavored fish.
        1. Hot-process smoked and smoke-flavored fish. a. Air-packaged. 
    Research data and industry practice show that a lower minimum water-
    phase salt content (3.5 percent or lower), in combination with lower 
    processing temperatures (lower than 180  deg.F (82  deg.C)) than 
    cited in the 1970 final rule for hot-process products are effective 
    in inhibiting spore outgrowth and toxin production when the products 
    are not vacuum-packaged and are held at refrigerated temperatures 
    (40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C) or lower) (Refs. 24, 163, and 177). Research 
    studies from the National Marine Fisheries Service and testimony 
    presented at a public hearing held by the New York State Department 
    of Agriculture and Markets on May 3, 1989, to establish a CGMP for 
    the manufacture of smoked and smoke-flavored fish products, show 
    that C. botulinum type E is inhibited in air-packaged smoked fish 
    products when the water-phase salt content is at least 3.0 percent, 
    and the processing internal temperature of the product is maintained 
    at a minimum of 145  deg.F (63  deg.C) for at least 30 minutes (Ref. 
    180). In light of these findings, FDA is setting forth these 
    processing parameters in Example 6 of this appendix to provide 
    guidance on the safe manufacturing of these products.
        The agency is setting forth the following minimum T-T-S 
    parameters for air-packed, hot-process smoked and smoke-flavored 
    fish in section 5.a.1. of Example 6 of this appendix: Heating at an 
    internal temperature of 145  deg.F (63  deg.C) for 30 minutes with a 
    water-phase salt content of 3.0 percent in the finished product.
        b. Vacuum-packaged/modified atmosphere. For vacuum-packaged 
    products, National Marine Fisheries Service research shows that 
    processing temperatures in the range of 145 to 175 deg. F (63 to 80 
    deg.C) for hot-process smoked fish will inhibit C. botulinum type E 
    when the water-phase salt content is greater than 3.5 percent (Refs. 
    26, 173, and 180). Based on this evidence, New York's CGMP included 
    a procedure for processing vacuum-packaged smoked fish that 
    specifies heating the fish to an internal temperature of 145  deg.F 
    (63  deg.C) for 30 minutes, with a water-phase salt content of 3.5 
    percent (Ref. 25).
        The use of sodium nitrite in combination with sodium chloride 
    significantly inhibits the outgrowth and toxin production of C. 
    botulinum type E. Research data show that when the water-phase salt 
    content and sodium nitrite content are at least 3.1 percent and 100 
    ppm, respectively, and the internal temperature of the fish is not 
    less than 145  deg.F, the inhibitory effect on C. botulinum growth 
    and toxin production greatly increases (Refs. 173 and 179). At 
    higher processing temperatures, e.g., 180  deg.F (82  deg.C), a 
    water-phase salt content of 3.0 percent or more inhibits toxin 
    formation by C. botulinum type E (Ref. 163).
        Based on this information, the agency is setting forth the 
    following T-T-S parameters for vacuum-packaged hot-process smoked 
    and smoke-flavored fish in section 5.a.2. of Example 6 of this 
    appendix: (1) Heating at an internal temperature of at least 145 
    deg.F (63  deg.C) for 30 minutes with a minimum water-phase salt 
    content of 3.5 percent in the finished product, or (2) heating at an 
    internal temperature of at least 145  deg.F (63  deg.C) for 30 
    minutes, with a minimum water-phase salt content of 3.0 percent, and 
    a sodium nitrite content of 100 to 200 ppm (as permitted by the food 
    additive regulations in Sec. 172.175) in the finished product, or 
    (3) as described in Sec. 172.177 for smoked chub containing sodium 
    nitrite.
        The agency points out that these processing parameters for 
    vacuum-packaged hot-process smoked and smoke-flavored fish are 
    minimums. Unless the comments on Example 6 of this appendix convince 
    the agency otherwise, fish that have been processed at a lower 
    temperature or with a lower water-phase salt level could provide the 
    basis for regulatory action on the grounds that the product has been 
    processed under conditions whereby it may have been reduced 
    injurious to health and thus could represent a hazard for consumers.
        2. Cold-process smoked and smoke-flavored fish. Cold-process 
    smoked and smoke-flavored fish, by virtue of the temperatures used 
    in processing, are not cooked because they are processed at 
    temperatures lower than those that coagulate protein, i.e., 100 
    deg.F (38  deg.C) or lower. Because these temperatures are not high 
    enough to inactivate C. botulinum spores, and because they provide a 
    favorable environment for other food spoilage microorganisms, other 
    inhibitive factors, such as higher salt content and sodium nitrite 
    (where permitted by food additive regulations in Sec. 172.175) need 
    to be used.
        The time and temperature relationship in the processing of cold-
    smoked and smoke-flavored fish is a critical factor in yielding a 
    microbiologically safe and high quality finished product (Ref. 182). 
    Modern establishments that cold-smoked fish generally process 
    between 40  deg.F (5  deg.C) and 100  deg.F (38  deg.C) for 18 to 24 
    hours (Refs. 171 and 182). Based on the research data that are 
    available and the requirements in the New York CGMP, the agency is 
    proposing the following requirements for air-packaged and vacuum-
    packaged/modified atmosphere cold-process smoked and smoke-flavored 
    fish (Refs. 25, 180, and 184).
        a. Air-packaged products. The agency is providing in section 
    5.a.3. of Example 6 of this appendix that air-packed, cold-process 
    smoked and smoke-flavored fish should have a minimum water-phase 
    salt content of: (1) 3.5 percent, or (2) 3.0 percent and contain 100 
    to 200 ppm of sodium nitrite in the finished product, or (3) 2.5 
    percent in the finished product if the product is frozen immediately 
    after processing and cooling and is kept frozen throughout holding 
    and distribution. The agency is providing that the finished product 
    that contains a water-phase salt content of 2.5 percent should be 
    frozen immediately and kept frozen to ensure the microbiological 
    safety of the product, as well as to maintain the shelf-life of the 
    finished product.
        As stated above, because these products are not cooked and 
    contain a low water-phase salt content, these products may present a 
    potential public health hazard because they provide an ideal 
    environment for the outgrowth of C. botulinum spores and toxin 
    production. Therefore, based on the discussion above, the agency is 
    suggesting that air-packaged cold-process smoked and smoke-flavored 
    fish be processed under one of the following sets of conditions: (1) 
    A maximum 20-hour drying and smoking period with the temperature in 
    the smoking chamber not exceeding 90  deg.F (32  deg.C) (section 
    5.a.3.i. of Example 6 of this appendix), or (2) a maximum 24-hour 
    drying and smoking period with the temperature in the smoking 
    chamber not exceeding 50  deg.F (10  deg.C) (section 5.a.3.ii. of 
    Example 6 of this appendix) except that sablefish needs to be heated 
    to a temperature not to exceed 120  deg.F (49  deg.C) for a period 
    not to exceed 6 hours (section 5.a.3.iii. of example 6 of this 
    appendix) (Refs. 25, 180, and 184).
        b. Vacuum-/modified atmosphere-packaged products. FDA is 
    providing in section 5.a.4. of Example 6 of this appendix that cold-
    process smoked and smoke-flavored fish to be vacuum- or modified 
    atmosphere-packaged should have a minimum water-phase salt content 
    of: (1) 3.0 percent and contain 100 to 200 ppm of sodium nitrite in 
    the finished product, or (2) 3.5 percent in the finished product 
    when no sodium nitrite is used. The agency is also providing that 
    vacuum-/modified atmosphere-packaged cold-process smoked and smoke-
    flavored fish should be processed under one of the following sets of 
    conditions: (1) A maximum 20-hour drying and smoking period with the 
    temperature in the smoking chamber not exceeding 90  deg.F (32 
    deg.C) (section 5.a.3.i. of Example 6 of this appendix), or (2) a 
    maximum 24-hour drying and smoking period with the temperature in 
    the smoking chamber not exceeding 50  deg.F (10  deg.C) (section 
    5.a.3.ii. of Example 6 of this appendix) (Refs. 25, 180, and 184).
        The agency again points out that these processing parameters for 
    vacuum-/modified atmosphere-packaged cold-process smoked and smoke-
    flavored fish are minimums. Failure to adhere to these parameters 
    could provide the basis for regulatory action because the product 
    that results may be injurious to health and thus could represent a 
    hazard to consumers.
        The agency believes that the proposed processing requirements 
    for cold-process smoked and smoke-flavored products, air-packed and 
    vacuum- or modified atmosphere-packaged, will produce a safe and 
    commercially acceptable product. However, because less data and 
    information are available for these products than for hot-process 
    products, the agency is requesting specific comments, data, and 
    information about these processing parameters and any alternative 
    processing parameters that should be included in the guideline.
        3. Cooling and storage of finished products. Rapid cooling and 
    storage at temperatures of 40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C) or below are 
    essential for all smoked, smoke-flavored, and salted fish products 
    to minimize microbial growth. The exceptions are cold-process air-
    packaged products that contain a water-phase salt content of 2.5 
    percent, which should be frozen immediately after processing and 
    remain frozen throughout distribution because of the lower water-
    phase salt content and lower processing temperatures that may 
    provide an opportunity for food spoilage microorganisms to flourish 
    during storage (see section 5.a.3. of Example 6 of this appendix) 
    and the discussion above).
        Outgrowth of C. botulinum spores, types A and proteolytic B, and 
    toxin production are inhibited at temperatures of 50  deg.F (10 
    deg.C) and lower. Spore types E and nonproteolytic B are completely 
    inhibited at temperatures of 38  deg.F (3.3  deg.C) and lower (Refs. 
    174 and 185 through 188).
        At section 6 of Example 6 of the appendix, the agency is 
    recommending specific time/temperature controls for processing after 
    smoking. These proposed controls are the same as those proposed for 
    after cooking in the cooked, ready-to-eat section of this document 
    (Appendix A, section 6). A full discussion of the controls is 
    provided in section VII.J.3. of this document.
        4. Alternative processing parameters. As this preamble 
    indicates, FDA has tentatively concluded that the TTS processing 
    parameters reflected in this appendix are the minimum necessary to 
    ensure that these products are free from botulinum toxin over their 
    shelf life. FDA has also tentatively concluded that the T-T-S 
    parameters, coupled with good sanitation practices, will also render 
    these products listeria free. Nonetheless, the agency does not wish 
    to discourage the development and use of alternative procedures that 
    are capable of achieving the same outcome.
        Consequently, section 11 of Example 6 of this appendix calls for 
    the use of alternative processing parameters when the user can 
    demonstrate the following: (1) For botulism, zero toxin production 
    slightly beyond the expected shelf life of the product, demonstrated 
    through inoculated pack studies under normal and moderate abuse 
    conditions and (2) for listeria, no detectable L. monocytogenes in 
    the final product. The data demonstrating these outcomes would have 
    to be available to FDA to enable the agency to determine whether 
    they have been achieved.
        Example 6 of this appendix states that those data should be part 
    of a processor's HACCP records. FDA asks for comment on whether a 
    third-party scientific expert, or processing authority, should be 
    involved in the development of the data that demonstrate the 
    effectiveness of the alternative procedure.
        5. Use of vacuum- and modified atmosphere-packaging. As 
    explained above, vacuum- or modified atmosphere-packaged smoked, 
    smoke-flavored, and salted fish products represent an increased 
    public health hazard over conventionally packaged products because 
    these types of packaging provide the ideal environment for spore 
    outgrowth and toxin production. Based on the discussion above, the 
    agency states in section 3 of Example 6 of this appendix that these 
    types of packaging should be used only when: (1) As provided in 
    section 5.a.2. of Example 6 of this appendix the product is a hot-
    process smoked or smoke-flavored product, is vacuum-packed or 
    modified atmosphere-packed, and contains at least 3.5 percent water-
    phase salt in the finished product, or 3.0 percent salt and 100 to 
    200 ppm of sodium nitrite in the finished product (section 4.a.1. of 
    Example 6 of this appendix); (2) as provided in section 5.a.4. of 
    Example 6 of this appendix, the product is a cold-process smoked or 
    smoke-flavored product, is vacuum-packed or modified atmosphere- 
    packed, and contains at least 3.5 percent water-phase salt in the 
    finished product or 3.0 percent salt and 100 to 200 ppm of sodium 
    nitrite.
        The agency is providing in Appendix C, section 8.a. that all 
    vacuum- or modified atmosphere-packaging should be conducted within 
    the processing plant where the product is manufactured (Ref. 180). 
    FDA considers this limitation appropriate to prevent any 
    postprocessing contamination of the product from bacterial pathogens 
    and to ensure that the fish will be packaged immediately after 
    processing to protect its overall quality.
        6. Process monitoring. Section 7 of Example 6 of this appendix, 
    the agency is recommending specifications for temperature indicating 
    and recording devices where they are recommended elsewhere in this 
    appendix. These proposed specifications are the same as those 
    proposed in Appendix A for cooked, ready-to-eat fishery products 
    (Appendix A, section 7). A full discussion of these controls is 
    provided in section VII.J.4. of the preamble to this document. 
    Temperature indicating and recording devices are specifically 
    recommended in section 5.j. and 5.k. of Example 6 of this appendix 
    for the control of the smoking temperature.
        At section 5.b. of Example 6 of this appendix, the agency is 
    recommending specific controls to ensure that the appropriate water-
    phase salt and sodium nitrate levels are achieved. The significance 
    of these attributes has already been discussed in this document. In 
    section 5.b. of Example 6 of this appendix, the agency recommends 
    that a processor perform or obtain a study that shows that under 
    certain processing conditions the desired water phase salt or sodium 
    nitrite level will reliably be achieved. The processor should 
    monitor those processing conditions identified by the study as 
    having an impact on the ability of the product to achieve the 
    desired level. The study should provide critical limits for each of 
    the relevant processing conditions (e.g. maximum fish size, minimum 
    soak time, minimum salt to product ratio).
        Because of the existence of numerous variables that affect the 
    ability of fish to uniformly take up salt and sodium nitrite, it may 
    be appropriate for a processor to perform periodic finished product 
    water phase salt or sodium nitrite analyses as a verification step. 
    The purpose of such analyses would be to identify any variables that 
    have an impact on salt or nitrite absorption that were not 
    identified by the study.
        7. Corrective actions. At section 9 of Example 6 of this 
    appendix, the agency is recommending corrective action procedures. 
    These proposed procedures are the same as those proposed in the 
    cooked, ready-to-eat section of this document (Appendix A, section 
    8). A full discussion of the procedures is provided in section 
    VII.J.5 of the preamble to this document.
        8. Sanitary zones. At section 10 of Example 6 of this appendix, 
    the agency is recommending the institution of sanitary zones. This 
    proposed control procedure is the same as that proposed in the 
    cooked, ready-to-eat section of this document (Appendix A, section 
    9). A full discussion of the control procedure is provided in 
    section VII.J.6 of the preamble to this document.
        To further ensure the safety of the product during distribution 
    and storage, FDA is considering adopting specific package labeling 
    requirements for smoked and smoke-flavored fish products to reduce 
    the opportunity of temperature abuse of the finished product. The 
    agency requests comments on whether it should require that the label 
    of all shipping containers and retail packages state that the 
    product is perishable, and, more specifically, that the product must 
    be kept refrigerated. FDA tentatively finds that such labeling is 
    extremely important to ensuring the safe handling of these products, 
    and, therefore, it considers it likely that it will require this 
    labeling in the final rule. The agency requests comment on whether 
    it should do so. The agency also requests comment on whether, if it 
    decides to require such a label statement, the statement should 
    specify a temperature at which the product should be refrigerated 
    (e.g. 40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C) or below). The agency is also 
    considering requiring that the label of all frozen smoked products 
    state that the product must remain frozen, that if the product needs 
    to be thawed, it must be thawed at refrigerated temperatures, and 
    that the product must not be refrozen.
        FDA has authority to adopt these labeling requirements under 
    sections 201(n), 403(a), and 701(a) of the act because these 
    sections require the inclusion of facts on the food label that are 
    material with respect to consequences that may result from use of 
    the product under conditions of use prescribed in the label or that 
    are otherwise customary or usual. The agency requests comments on 
    whether it is necessary to do so.
    
    EXAMPLE 1.--FDA Fish And Fishery Products Hazards And Controls Guide
    
    Table of Contents
    
        Section I:
        Status
        Purpose
        HACCP
        This Guide and How to Use It
    Section II:
        Table 1--Vertebrate Hazard and Control List
        Table 2--Invertebrate Hazard and Control List
        Species Related Hazards and Controls Nos. 1-10
        No. 1 (Safety)--Chemical contamination other than methyl mercury
        No. 2 (Safety)--Methyl mercury
        No. 3 (Safety)--Natural toxins
        3a Paralytic shellfish poisoning (PSP)
        3b Neurotoxic shellfish poisoning (NSP)
        3c Diarrheic shellfish poisoning (DSP)
        3d Amnesic shellfish poisoning (ASP)
        3e Ciguatera food poisoning (CFP)
        3f Clupeotoxin
        3g Chondrichthytoxin
        3h Tetrodotoxin
        3i Gempylotoxin
        No. 4 (Nonsafety)--Filth, extraneous materials or noxious 
    substances
        No. 5 (Nonsafety)--Decomposition
        No. 6 (Safety)--Histamine
        No. 7 (Safety)--Food and color additives
        No. 8 (Nonsafety/safety): Parasites
        No. 9 (Safety)--Animal drugs
        No. 10 (Safety)--Pathogenic Microorganisms
    Section III:
        Table 3--Process Related Hazards and Controls List
        Process Related Hazards and Controls Nos. 1-22
        No. 1 (Nonsafety)--Filth in dry ingredients
        No. 2 (Nonsafety)--Processing of dead crustaceans and mollusks
        No. 3 (Nonsafety)--Temperature abuse during raw material storage
        No. 4 (Safety)--Excessive water activity
        No. 5 (Safety)--Inadequate salt, sugar, and/or nitrite 
    concentration
        No. 6 (Safety)--Pathogen survival during cook
        No. 7 (Safety)--Cross-contamination
        No. 8 (Safety/nonsafety)--Temperature abuse during processing of 
    cooked products and raw molluscan shellfish
        No. 9 (Safety/nonsafety)--Temperature abuse during processing of 
    noncooked products
        No. 10 (Safety)--Microbiological growth in batter
        No. 11 (Safety)--Pathogen survival during pasteurization
        No. 12 (Safety): Recontamination after pasteurization
        No. 13 (Safety/nonsafety)--Temperature abuse during final 
    cooling
        No. 14 (Safety/nonsafety)--Temperature abuse during finished 
    product storage
        No. 15 (Safety/Nonsafety)--Temperature abuse during finished 
    product distribution
        No. 16 (Safety)--Metal inclusion
        No. 17 (Safety)--Food and color additives
        No. 18 (Nonsafety)--Short weight
        No. 19 (Nonsafety)--Species substitution
        No. 20 (Nonsafety)--Grade size misrepresentation
        No. 21 (Nonsafety)--Incorrect proportions
        No. 22 (Nonsafety)--Over breading
    Section IV:
        Finished Product Standards for Use in Verification
    Section V:
        Smoked and Smoke-Flavored Fishery Products
        Cooked, Ready-to-Eat Fishery Products
        Scombroid Toxin Forming Species
    Section VI:
        Model HACCP Plan
    
                              Example 2.--Section II                        
                  [Table 1--Vertebrate Hazard and Control List]             
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          Safety  Non safety
           Market names            Scientific names      hazards  hazards\1\
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Aholehole................  Kuhlia spp.               .......        4, 5
    Alewife/river herring....  Alosa spp.                      1     4, 5, 8
    Alfonsino/red bream......  Beryx spp.                .......        4, 5
                               Trachichthodes spp.       .......        4, 5
    Amberjacks/yellowtail....  Seriola spp.                3e, 6     4, 5, 8
    Anchovy/anchoveta........  Anchova spp.               1, 3f,        4, 5
                               Anchoviella spp.                6        4, 5
                               Cetengraulis spp.            1, 6        4, 5
                               Engraulis spp.               1, 6        4, 5
                               Stolephorus spp.             1, 6        4, 5
    Aquaculture species......  Aquatic species,            1, 7,     4, 5, 8
                                (Including                  8, 9            
                                invertebrates, fishes,                      
                                amphibians and                              
                                reptiles)                                   
    Angelfish................  Holacanthus spp.               3e        4, 5
                               Pomacanthus spp.          .......        4, 5
    Argentine/queenfish......  Argentina elongata        .......        4, 5
    Barracouta...............  Thrysites atun            .......        4, 5
    Barracuda................  Sphyraena spp.                 3e        4, 5
    Bass.....................  Ambloplites spp.             1, 9     4, 5, 8
                               Micropterus spp.             1, 9     4, 5, 8
                               Morone spp.                  1, 9     4, 5, 8
                               Stereolepis gigas            1, 9     4, 5, 8
                               Synagrops bellus             1, 9     4, 5, 8
    Bass, sea................  Acanthistius                    8     4, 5, 8
                               Brasilianus               .......     4, 5, 8
                               Centropristis spp.        .......     4, 5, 8
                               Dicentrachus labrax       .......     4, 5, 8
                               Lateolabrax               .......     4, 5, 8
                               Japonicus                 .......     4, 5, 8
                               Paralabrax spp.           .......     4, 5, 8
                               Pranthias furcifer        .......  ..........
                               Polyprion spp.            .......  ..........
    ------------------------------------------------------------------------
    \1\See Table of Contents for key to hazards.                            
    Reminder: See process hazard tables beginning on p. 70 for hazards that 
      apply to your product.                                                
    
    
                                     TABLE 2.--Invertebrate Hazard and Control List                                 
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Market names                 Scientific names            Safety hazards\1\       Non safety hazards\1\  
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Abalone......................  Haliotis spp.................  1, 3a, 3b, 3c, 3d.......  4, 5                    
    Aquacultured invertebrates...  All species (Coelenterates,    1, 3a, 3b, 3c, 3d, 7, 9,  4, 5, 8                 
                                    Molluscs, Crustacea, and       10.                                              
                                    Echinoderms).                                                                   
    Arkshell.....................  Anadara subcrenata Arca spp..  1, 3a, 3b, 3c, 3d, 10...  4, 5                    
    Clam, Carpet Shell...........  Tapes spp....................  1, 3a, 3b, 3c, 3d, 10...  4, 5                    
    Clam, Bentnose...............  Macoma nasuta,...............  1, 3a, 3b, 3c, 3d, 10...  4, 5                    
    Clam, Butter.................  Saxidomus spp................  1, 3a, 3b, 3c, 3d, 10...  4, 5                    
    Clam, Calico.................  Macrocallista maculata.......  1, 3a, 3b, 3c, 3d, 10...  4, 5                    
    Clam, Clovis.................  Tapes virginea...............  1, 3a, 3b, 3c, 3d, 10...  4, 5                    
    Clam, Geoduck................  Panopea spp..................  1, 3a, 3b, 3c, 3d, 10...  4, 5                    
    Clam, Hard...................  Arctica islandica,             3a, 3b, 3c, 3d, 10......  4, 5                    
                                    Meretricinae spp. Venus                                                         
                                    mortoni.                                                                        
    Clam, Hardshell/Quahog.......  Protothaca thaca.............  1, 3a, 3b, 3c, 3d, 10...  4, 5                    
    Clam, Littleneck.............  Protothaca staminea            1, 3a, 3b, 3c, 3d, 10...  4, 5                    
                                    Protothaca tenerrima, Tapes                                                     
                                    philippinarum.                                                                  
    Clam, Manila.................  Tapes semidecussata..........  1, 3a, 3b, 3c, 3d, 10...  4, 5                    
    Clam, Pismo..................  Tivela stultorum.............  1, 3a, 3b, 3c, 3d, 10...  4, 5                    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    \1\See Table of Contents for key to hazards.                                                                    
    Reminder: See process hazard tables beginning on p. 70 for hazards that apply to your product.                  
    
    Example 3
    
    Species-Related Hazards and Controls No. 1
    
    Hazard No. 1 (Safety)--Chemical Contamination Other Than Methyl Mercury
    
        Contamination of Raw Material at Receipt with Pesticides, 
    Radioactivity, Toxic Elements, and Industrial Chemicals, Derived 
    From the Harvest Area.
    
    Hazard Statement
    
        Fish and molluscan shellfish may be harvested from waters that 
    are exposed to varying amounts of environmental contaminants. 
    Industrial chemicals, pesticides, and many toxic elements may 
    accumulate in fish at levels that can cause public health problems. 
    Concern for these contaminants primarily focuses on fish and 
    shellfish harvested from fresh water, estuaries, and near-coastal 
    waters rather than from the open ocean. Pesticides and herbicides 
    used near aquaculture operations or for other purposes may 
    contaminate fish and fishery products.
        Federal tolerances or action levels are established for some of 
    the most toxic and persistent contaminants that are found in fish 
    and fishery products shipped in interstate commerce. (These 
    contaminants and their corresponding limits are listed below.) When 
    products exceed these limits, FDA can seize the contaminated fish 
    and fishery products.
        States often use the limits for deciding whether to issue 
    consumption advisories or to close or classify waters for 
    harvesting. Molluscan shellfish waters are controlled by the State 
    Shellfish Control Agency (SSCA) or the equivalent in foreign 
    countries that have Memoranda of Understanding with the United 
    States that permit them to export molluscan shellfish to this 
    country. If local or regional contaminants are not covered by 
    federal limits, contact local health departments to decide if 
    contaminant levels in fish and fishery products are of public health 
    concern.
        The control measures provided in this section are appropriate 
    for the control of methyl mercury contamination in fish, where such 
    contamination is the result of industrial contamination in a harvest 
    area. Recommended controls for the problem of open ocean species, 
    such as swordfish and shark, concentrating methyl mercury from their 
    diet and its diffuse presence in the environment are provided in the 
    ``Mercury'' hazard section.
    
    Critical Control Point: Receiving
    
        There are five options for control at this critical control 
    point.
    
    Option 1
    
        Where the firm receives wild caught fish, other than molluscan 
    shellfish, directly from the fisher or from a supplier that has 
    credible knowledge of the harvest area location (e.g., a tender or 
    related company that pools fish from various fishers), the following 
    applies:
    
    Control Measures
    
        1. Find out the harvest area location for each lot or batch from 
    the fisher upon receipt.
        2. Find out whether the harvest area is closed to fishing by 
    foreign, Federal, State or local health authorities due to known 
    instances of chemical contamination.
        3. Reject fish that have been caught in a closed area.
    
    Example
    
        ABC Fish Co. has contacted the State Department of Health and 
    learned that the Long River is closed to commercial harvest above 
    Lookout Point, including its tributaries, due to the presence of 
    chlordecone (KeponeTM). The species affected are croaker, 
    bluefish, and striped bass. ABC Fish Co., which processes these 
    species, will reject any of the listed species originating from the 
    area.
    
    Frequency
    
        1. For finding out the location: each lot or batch.
        2. For finding out whether the harvest area is closed: before 
    accepting fish from a new area and after that at least quarterly.
        3. For rejecting fish: each lot or batch that does not meet the 
    critical limit.
    
    Critical Limits
    
        Zero tolerance for fish (i.e., accept no fish) harvested from 
    areas closed by foreign, State, or local health authorities due to 
    chemical contamination.
    
    Records
    
        A record for each lot or batch that shows the harvest area for 
    the fish. Record may be the receipt from the fisher, if it shows the 
    harvest area, or it may be a notation on another record of the 
    location of harvest for each lot or batch. The description of the 
    location should be clear enough to show that the fish were harvested 
    from an area that is open to harvesting. Longitude and latitude may 
    be necessary (e.g., for open ocean harvesting).
    
    Corrective Actions
    
        Destroy or recall product that fails to meet the critical limit.
        Any critical limit deviation should cause a timely assessment by 
    management to: Decide whether the process or HACCP plan needs 
    changing to reduce the risk of recurrence of the deviation, and to 
    take appropriate followup action.
    
    Option 2
    
        Where the firm receives raw fish, other than molluscan 
    shellfish, directly from the aquacultural or maricultural producer 
    or from a supplier that has credible knowledge of the harvest area 
    location (e.g., a tender or related company that pools fish from 
    various aquaculturists), the following applies:
    
    Control Measures
    
        1. Find out the harvest area location for each lot or batch of 
    aquacultured fish.
        2. Find out the potential for chemical contamination before 
    receipt of the product. This can be done by obtaining or reviewing 
    the results of analysis of soil, water, and raw fish samples, as 
    needed. Monitor agricultural and industrial practices in the 
    aquacultural or maricultural production area.
        3. Reject fish that have been grown in an area where uses of 
    agricultural or industrial chemicals are likely to have caused 
    contamination of the growing and harvesting environment or where 
    soil, water, or fish sample results show chemical contamination.
    
    Example
    
        ABC Fish Co., which receives pond-raised catfish from the Long 
    River delta area, screens potential pond sites either directly or by 
    obtaining results of the aquaculturists' analyses of soil and water 
    samples.
        The samples are analyzed for pesticides, PCB's, dioxins, and 
    petrochemicals. Either ABC Fish Co. representatives visit each pond 
    to assess the potential for ongoing chemical contamination, or 
    information is obtained from the U.S. Department of Agriculture 
    Extension Service about the use of pesticides and herbicides near 
    each pond. Where there is a potential for pond contamination, annual 
    samples are collected and analyzed for the same contaminants. Fish 
    that come from contaminated or suspect ponds are rejected.
    
    Frequency
    
        1. For finding out the location: each lot or batch.
        2. For learning the potential for contamination: before 
    accepting fish from a new growing area, and annually, after that if 
    there is a potential for ongoing contamination of the growing area.
        3. For rejecting fish: each lot or batch that does not meet the 
    critical limit.
    
    Critical Limits
    
        Zero tolerance for fish (i.e., accept no fish) produced in an 
    area where uses of agricultural or industrial chemicals are likely 
    to have caused contamination of the growing and harvesting 
    environment.
    
    Records
    
        Record that shows the production area for each lot of raw 
    material. Records describing the assessed risk of chemical 
    contamination for all producers.
    
    Corrective Actions
    
        Destroy or recall product that fails to meet the critical limit.
        Any critical limit deviation should cause a timely assessment by 
    management to: Learn whether the process or HACCP plan needs 
    modification to reduce the risk of recurrence of the deviation, and 
    take appropriate followup action.
    
    Option 3
    
        Where the firm receives fish, other than molluscan shellfish, 
    from someone other than the fisher, aquacultural producer, or a 
    supplier that has credible knowledge of the harvest area location 
    (e.g., a transportation company that pools fish from various fishers 
    or aquaculturists), the following applies:
    
    Control Measures
    
        1. Periodically monitor the incoming fish for environmentally 
    persistent organochlorine pesticides which have the potential to be 
    present in the fish. These should include, but are not limited to: 
    DDT and its degradation products (DDE, TDE), chlordane, and 
    heptachlor, also similar chlorinated industrial chemicals, such as 
    PCB's and dioxins. Sampling should represent all suppliers (i.e., 
    three samples per supplier per year).
        2. Reject all shipments from suppliers that provide fish that 
    exceed the critical limits unless convincing evidence can be 
    obtained that only acceptable harvest or growing areas are now being 
    used.
    
    Example
    
        ABC Fish Co. receives brown shrimp from an interstate seafood 
    transportation company. The carrier, which buys the shrimp directly 
    from the fishers, makes no effort to learn the harvest location. ABC 
    Fish Co. collects three samples per supplier per year and sends them 
    to a contract laboratory for pesticide screening. When positive test 
    results are obtained, the firm stops using that supplier.
    
    Frequency
    
        1. For sampling incoming fish: three times per supplier per 
    year.
        2. For rejecting fish: each lot or batch that does not meet the 
    critical limit.
    
     Critical Limits
    
        All limits are for the edible portion of the fish product, and 
    are based on wet weight:
         Aldrin plus dieldrin, chlordane, endrin, heptachlor 
    plus heptachlor epoxide, and chlordecone (KeponeTM): 0.3 ppm in 
    edible portion (except chlordecone in crabmeat 0.4 parts per 
    million(ppm)) (CPG 7141.01);
         DDT plus TDE plus DDE: 5 ppm (CPG 7141.01);
         Mirex: 0.1 ppm (CPG 7141.01);
         Toxaphene: 5.0 ppm in edible portion (CPG 7141.01);
         PCB's: 2 ppm [CPG 7108.19 and CFR 109. 30 (A)];
         Methyl mercury: 1 ppm (CPG 7108.07).
    
    Records
    
        Records of analytical results from the firm's own laboratory or 
    contract laboratory(s).
    
    Corrective Actions
    
        Destroy or recall product that fails to meet the critical limit.
        Any critical limit deviation should cause a timely assessment by 
    management to: Learn whether the process or HACCP plan needs 
    changing to reduce the risk of recurrence of the deviation, and take 
    appropriate followup action.
    
    Option 4
    
        Where the firm receives inshell molluscan shellfish, the 
    following applies:
    
    Control Measures
    
        1. Find out the harvest area location from the harvester's tag 
    on the containers of shellfish for each lot or batch of shellfish.
        2. Check the harvester's state commercial fishing license or 
    compare the dealer's certification number to those listed in the 
    most current edition of the ``Interstate Certified Shellfish 
    Shippers List (ICSSL).'' If the dealer is not listed, check for 
    certification with the SSCA or equivalent.
        3. Find out whether the harvest area is closed (i.e. classified 
    as prohibited) to fishing by a SSCA or equivalent due to chemical 
    contamination.
        4. Reject molluscan shellfish harvested from a closed (i.e., 
    classified as prohibited) area, or delivered by an unlicensed 
    harvester or uncertified dealer, or those not properly tagged.
    
    Example
    
        The ABC Fish Co. distributes clams, muscles, and oysters to 
    restaurants. The shellfish are received from other processors. The 
    firm examines the labels of the containers in each lot to learn the 
    name, address, and certification number of the last processor. This 
    information is compared to the ICSSL to confirm that the product is 
    from a certified processor. Containers from uncertified processors 
    and inadequately labeled containers are rejected. Contact the State 
    Department of Health to confirm certification for unlisted 
    processors.
    
    Frequency
    
        1. For finding out the location: each lot or batch.
        2. For checking licenses and certification: each lot or batch.
        3. For finding out whether the harvest area is closed: before 
    accepting shellfish from a new area and as often after that as 
    necessary to ensure accuracy.
        4. For rejecting molluscan shellfish: each lot or batch that 
    does not meet the critical limit.
    
    Critical Limits
    
        Zero tolerance for molluscan shellfish (i.e., accept no 
    molluscan shellfish) harvested from areas closed (i.e. classified as 
    prohibited) by a SSCA or equivalent due to chemical contamination.
        Zero tolerance for molluscan shellfish (i.e., accept no 
    molluscan shellfish) delivered by a harvester that is unlicensed or 
    a processor that is not certified by a SSCA or equivalent.
        Zero tolerance for molluscan shellfish (i.e., accept no 
    molluscan shellfish) that do not bear a tag on each container that 
    contains the following information, at a minimum: harvester's name, 
    address, the harvester number assigned by the SSCA or equivalent; 
    date of harvest; location of harvest by state and site; type and 
    quantity of shellfish. Bulk shipments should be identified by a 
    bill-of-lading that contains the same information.
    
    Records
    
        A record for each lot or batch that shows the information from 
    the harvester tag or bill of lading, including: name of harvester, 
    address, identification number, the date of harvest, location of 
    harvest by state and site, quantity and type of shellfish.
    
    Corrective Actions
    
        Destroy or recall product which fails to meet the critical 
    limit.
        Any critical limit deviation should cause a timely assessment by 
    management to: learn whether the process or HACCP plan needs 
    changing to reduce the risk of recurrence of the deviation, and take 
    appropriate followup action.
    
    Option 5
    
        Where the firm receives shucked molluscan shellfish, the 
    following applies:
    
    Control Measures
    
        1. Find out the name, address, and certification number of the 
    last processor from the containers of shucked molluscan shellfish in 
    each lot or batch.
        2. Compare the dealer's certification number to those listed in 
    the most current edition of the ``Interstate Certified Shellfish 
    Shippers List'' (ICSSL), which is published monthly. If the dealer 
    is not listed, check for certification with the SSCA or equivalent.
        3. Reject molluscan shellfish not from a dealer certified by a 
    SSCA or equivalent, packed in containers not bearing the name, 
    address, and certification number of the last processor.
    
    Example
    
        ABC Fish Co. receives shucked oysters from other processors. The 
    firm examines the labels of the containers in each lot to learn the 
    name, address, and certification number of the last processor. This 
    information is compared to the current ICSSL to confirm that the 
    product is from a certified processor. Containers from uncertified 
    processors and inadequately labeled containers are rejected. The 
    firm contacts the State Department of Health to confirm 
    certification for unlisted processors.
    
    Frequency
    
        1. For finding the certification number: each lot or batch.
        2. For finding out if the processor is certified: each lot or 
    batch.
        3. For rejecting uncertified molluscan shellfish: each batch 
    that does not meet the critical limit.
    
    Critical Limits
    
        Zero tolerance for molluscan shellfish (i.e., accept no 
    molluscan shellfish) from an uncertified processor.
        Zero tolerance for molluscan shellfish (i.e., accept no 
    molluscan shellfish) packed in containers that do not list the name, 
    address, and certification number of the last processor.
    
    Records
    
        Record for each lot or batch that shows the date of receipt, 
    type and quantity of shellfish, and name and certification number of 
    the last processor.
    
    Corrective Actions
    
        Destroy or recall product that does not meet the critical limit.
        Any critical limit deviation should cause a timely assessment by 
    management to: Learn whether the process or HACCP plan needs 
    changing to reduce the risk of recurrence of the deviation, and take 
    appropriate followup action.
    
    Example 4
    
    Section III
    
                              Table 3.--Process-Related Hazards and Controls List Products                          
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   Finished product                          Safety hazards                  Nonsafety hazards      
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Cooked crustacean meat, cooked crustacean      3b\1\, 6\2\, 7, 8b, 13b, 14b, 15b  2\4\, 3c\1\, 8c, 13c, 14c,    
     sections, whole crustaceans (except shrimp).   16\3\, 17.                         15c, 18, 19                  
    Cooked shrimp................................  6, 7, 8b, 13b, 14b, 15b, 16\3\,    3c, 8c, 13c, 14c, 15c, 18, 20 
                                                    17.                                                             
    Surimi-based analog products.................  6, 7, 8b, 13b, 14b, 15b, 16, 17..  1, 8c, 13c, 14c, 15c, 18, 21  
    Pasteurized crustacean meat and pasteurized                                                                     
     surimi-based analog products (in addition to                                                                   
     hazards identified above).                                                                                     
                                                   11, 12...........................  ..............................
    Coldsmoked fish (including spreads and dips).  3a\5\b, 5, 7, 9a\5\b, 13a\5\b,     3c, 9c, 13c, 14c, 15c, 18, 19 
                                                    14a\5\b, 15a\5\b, 16\3\, 17.                                    
    Hotsmoked fish (including spreads, dips,       3a\5\, 5, 6, 7, 8a\5\b, 13a\5\b,   3c, 8c, 13c, 14c, 15c, 18, 19 
     sausages, and jerkies).                        14a\5\b, 15a\5\b, 16\3\, 17.                                    
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    \1\This hazard applies only if a cooked raw material or molluscan shellfish is used.                            
    \2\This hazard does not apply to blue crab (Callinectes sapidus), dungeness crab (Cancer magister), or king crab
      (Paralithodes spp.) and golden crab (Lithodes aequispina).                                                    
    \3\This hazard applies only to those products that are mechanically produced.                                   
    \4\This hazard applies only to live raw material.                                                               
    \5\This hazard applies only for scombriod-type species. See Vertebrate Hazard List (Hazard 6-Histamine).        
    
    Example 5
    
    Process-Related Hazard and Control No. 11
    
    Hazard No. 11 (Safety)--Pathogen Survival During Pasteurization
    
    Hazard Statement
    
        Survival of Clostridium botulinum (C. botulinum type E) or other 
    microorganisms of public health concern, through the pasteurization 
    process is a food safety hazard for cooked, ready-to-eat products 
    packed in hermetically sealed containers and held refrigerated. 
    Pasteurization is a process applied to a fish or fishery product 
    after that fish or fishery product has been placed in a final, 
    hermetically sealed package. The process involves the application of 
    sufficient heat (or other processes) for a sufficient time to cause 
    the reduction of microorganisms of public health concern to levels 
    that, under normal conditions of storage, are unlikely to cause 
    disease. C. botulinum type E is a pathogenic microorganism that may 
    be found in fish and fishery products.
        Botulism is a severe type of food poisoning caused by the 
    ingestion of foods containing the potent neurotoxin formed during 
    the growth of C. botulinum. C. botulinum type E can grow and produce 
    toxin at temperatures as low as 3.3  deg.C (38  deg.F), and must, 
    therefore, be eliminated from the hermetically sealed container 
    during the pasteurization process. Pasteurized products that are 
    stored, distributed, and displayed in the frozen state, and are so 
    labeled, are not similarly at risk, and need not be subjected to the 
    constraints of these control measures.
        For there to be assurance that the pasteurization step 
    effectively eliminates the microorganisms of public health 
    significance (e.g., C. botulinum type E), a minimum acceptable 
    process should be scientifically established. This requires expert 
    knowledge of thermal process calculations. Procedures used in 
    establishing the minimum thermal process should be those that are 
    generally recognized and accepted. Sometimes, thermal death time, 
    heat penetration, and inoculated pack studies will be necessary to 
    establish the minimum process. In other instances, existing 
    literature is sufficient to provide the processor with a minimum 
    process.
        In either case, characteristics of the process and/or the 
    product will necessarily affect the ability of the cook step to 
    effectively eliminate the microorganisms of public health 
    significance. Such factors should be considered in the establishment 
    of the process. Where control of those factors is necessary to 
    consistently achieve that goal, the process authority should specify 
    these to the processor.
        It is necessary that the pasteurizing equipment be designed and 
    operated so that every unit of product receives the established 
    minimum process. This will require that a competent process 
    authority, who is thoroughly familiar with the dynamics of heat 
    transfer in processing equipment, evaluate the design and operation 
    of the type of equipment used by the processor. Sometimes 
    temperature distribution studies will be necessary to establish the 
    adequacy of the equipment. In other instances existing literature 
    will be sufficient to establish the adequacy of the equipment.
    
    Critical Control Point: Pasteurization Control Measures
    
        1. Make sure that the pasteurization process that is being used 
    was designed to ensure an appropriate reduction in the numbers of 
    viable microorganisms of public health concern. The adequacy of the 
    pasteurization process should be established by a process authority. 
    The pasteurization process that is being used should meet any 
    factors of the process or of the product that are identified by the 
    process authority as critical to achieving pathogen destruction. At 
    a minimum, these critical factors should include pasteurizing times 
    and temperatures.
        2. Make sure that the pasteurization equipment being used is 
    properly designed and operated to deliver the process established by 
    the process authority. The engineering specifications of the 
    equipment being used (e.g., pipe sizes, flow rates, loading pattern) 
    should meet or exceed that of the equipment evaluated by a process 
    authority.
        3. Deliver the pasteurization process in a way that there is no 
    deviation from the minimum established pasteurization critical 
    factors.
        4. Monitor the pasteurization temperature with a temperature 
    recording device (i.e., temperature recorder). The temperature 
    recorder should be installed where it can be easily read and the 
    sensor for the device should be installed to ensure that it 
    accurately measures the coldest temperature of the pasteurizing 
    equipment. The temperature recorder must show a continuous record of 
    the process. Computerized storage of temperature data may be used 
    for a temperature recorder chart if the use of such a system has 
    been validated and can be shown to be equivalent to the use of a 
    temperature recorder.
        5. Check the accuracy of each temperature recorder at the 
    beginning and end of each production day and adjust it as necessary 
    to agree as nearly as possible with a temperature indicating device 
    (mercury-in-glass thermometer or equivalent device). The thermometer 
    should be installed where it can be easily read and placed to ensure 
    that it accurately measures the coldest temperature of the 
    pasteurizing equipment.
        6. Calibrate the thermometer at the pasteurizing temperature 
    against an accurate standard thermometer. This should be done when 
    the thermometer is installed and at least once a year after that, or 
    more frequently, if necessary, to ensure its accuracy.
        7. Monitor the length of the pasteurization cycle.
        8. Monitor other critical factors (e.g., initial temperature, 
    container size, product formulation) at the start of each shift or 
    when the product changes during a shift.
    
    Example
    
        The ABC Crab Co. produces pasteurized crabmeat. The 
    pasteurization process being used has been established by the 
    university extension service (a process authority). The process 
    provided by the extension service includes limits on how to stack 
    the canned product into the pasteurizer, the process temperature, 
    and the length of time needed to achieve proper pasteurization.
        The pasteurization equipment being used by ABC Crab Co. is at 
    least equivalent to that described by the information received from 
    the extension service. It is equipped with both a mercury-in-glass 
    thermometer and a recording thermometer. The recording thermometer 
    is compared to the mercury-in-glass thermometer during each 
    pasteurization cycle. It is adjusted as necessary to meet the 
    critical limit. The mercury-in-glass thermometer is calibrated at an 
    independent laboratory every 6 months. The temperature of each 
    pasteurization cycle is controlled to meet the critical limits using 
    the mercury-in-glass thermometer and the length of each cycle is 
    controlled using a wall clock. The loading of the cans is checked 
    before starting each batch.
    
    Frequency
    
        1. For making sure that the pasteurization process was properly 
    established: before using a pasteurization process.
        2. For making sure that the pasteurizing equipment is properly 
    designed: before using pasteurizing equipment.
        3. For properly delivering the process: each lot or batch.
        4. For monitoring the temperature: each lot or batch.
        5. For checking the accuracy of the temperature recorder: at the 
    beginning and end of each production day.
        6. For calibrating the thermometer: at installation and at least 
    annually after that.
        7. For monitoring the length of the pasteurizing cycle: each lot 
    or batch.
        8. For monitoring other critical factors: as often as necessary 
    to achieve control.
    
    Critical Limits
    
        Zero tolerance for product produced with a deviation from the 
    minimum established pasteurization process, including such critical 
    factors as time, temperature, initial temperature, container size, 
    and product formulation.
        The temperature-indicating device should agree within 1  deg.C 
    (2  deg.F) of the National Institute of Standards and 
    Technology (NIST) traceable thermometer.
        The temperature recording device should be adjusted to agree as 
    nearly as possible, but never to be higher, than the temperature 
    indicating device.
    
    Records
    
        A record that describes the results of a scientific evaluation, 
    conducted by a process authority, of the adequacy of the 
    pasteurizing process. Such document may consist of, but is not 
    limited to, a letter from a process authority, articles in 
    scientific journals, or Federal, State, or local government 
    regulations or advisories.
        A record that describes the results of a scientific evaluation, 
    conducted by a process authority, which applies to the design and 
    operation of the type of equipment used by the processor.
        A record for each lot or batch that shows the results of the 
    pasteurization process. The records should include: the time of day 
    that the pasteurization temperature is achieved; the time of day 
    that the pasteurization cycle ends; the time of day that the product 
    is placed in the water; and, as appropriate, the product size, belt 
    speed (continuous pasteurizer), the temperature at the time that the 
    processing starts, and any other factors of the process or of the 
    product that are identified by the process authority as being 
    critical to achieving pathogen reduction.
        Temperature recorder charts or computerized temperature data 
    storage. A record of calibration for thermometers that specify the 
    date, standard against which the thermometers were compared (NIST-
    traceable thermometer), procedure used, results, and person 
    performing the test.
        A record of accuracy checks for the temperature recorder that 
    specifies the time, date, temperatures shown by the thermometer and 
    temperature recorder before adjustment, the corrective action taken, 
    and person performing the accuracy check.
        Records of process evaluation by the process authority, where 
    deviations from critical limits occurred.
    
    Corrective Actions
    
        When there has been a failure to maintain appropriate 
    temperature, time, or other critical factors of the process or of 
    the product, within the critical limits, the affected product should 
    be:
         destroyed;
         reprocessed to eliminate the hazard, keeping full 
    records of the processing conditions; or,
         segregated and held until an evaluation can be made to 
    determine the effect of a deviation. The evaluation should be made 
    by a process authority following recognized procedures. Unless the 
    evaluation shows that the product has received adequate 
    pasteurization, the product should be destroyed or reprocessed to 
    eliminate the hazard.
        Indicating or recording thermometers that cannot be adjusted to 
    within the critical limits should be repaired or replaced. A 
    thermometer that has a divided fluid column should be immediately 
    repaired or replaced.
        Any critical limit deviation should cause a timely assessment by 
    management to: Learn whether the process or HACCP plan needs 
    changing to reduce the risk of recurrence of the deviation, and take 
    appropriate followup action.
    
    Example 6
    
    General Guidance for Smoked and Smoke-Flavored Fishery Products
    
        1. General guidance for smoked and smoke-flavored fishery 
    products
        2. Definitions
        3. Critical control points
        4. Thawing
        5. Brining and smoking
        6. Post-smoking
        7. Temperature monitoring equipment
        8. Packaging
        9. Corrective actions
        10. Sanitary zones
        11. Alternative parameters
    
    1. General guidance for smoked and smoke-flavored fishery products
    
        This section provides consolidated guidance on how to meet the 
    requirements of subpart A of 21 CFR part 123, for the processing of 
    smoked and smoke-flavored fishery products. This guidance involves 
    processing procedures for the control of the microbiological hazards 
    to which these products are particularly susceptible. The guidance 
    does not apply to finnan haddie, smoked cod fillets, smoked scotch 
    kippers, or other smoked fish that are cooked before being consumed, 
    because these products will be heated to destroy any potential 
    toxins or pathogens. The guidance also does not apply to smoked 
    fishery products that are packaged in hermetically sealed 
    containers, processed to destroy spores of nonproteolytic C. 
    botulinum types B, E, and F, and stored and distributed 
    refrigerated, in the same container. These products are covered by 
    Appendix A relating to Cooked, Ready-to-Eat fishery products. In 
    addition, the guidance does not cover environmental or other hazards 
    that might occur before the processor takes possession of its 
    product or raw materials. (Guidance on these hazards may be found in 
    a separate guidance document for all fish and fishery products 
    issued by FDA.)
    
    2. Definitions
    
        a. Cold-process smoked or cold-process smoked-flavored fish 
    means the finished food prepared by subjecting forms of smoked fish 
    and smoke-flavored fish to heat for a period of time that does not 
    coagulate the protein.
        b. Hot-process smoked or hot-process smoke-flavored fish means 
    the finished food prepared by subjecting forms of smoked fish and 
    smoke-flavored fish to sufficient heat for a sufficient period of 
    time to coagulate protein throughout the fish.
        c. Liquid smoke means an aqueous solution of wood smoke which, 
    when suitably diluted, may be used to impart a smoke flavor to fish 
    products.
        d. Loin muscle means the longitudinal quarter of the great 
    lateral muscle of the fish that is free from skin, scales, visible 
    blood clots, bones, gills, and from the nonstriated part of such 
    muscle, which part is known anatomically as ``the median superficial 
    muscle.''
        e. Modified atmosphere-packaging means the food-packaging 
    technique in which the air in a package or container is replaced by 
    one or more gases, in various concentrations, before sealing. The 
    purpose of this type of packaging is to extend the refrigerated 
    shelf life of the product by limiting microbial growth or 
    detrimental chemical changes in the food.
        f. Smoked-flavored fish means fish that is prepared by treating 
    it with salt (sodium chloride) and then imparting to it the flavor 
    of smoke by other than the direct action of smoke, such as immersing 
    it in a solution of liquid smoke. This paragraph does not alter the 
    labeling requirements under Sec. 101.22 of this chapter.
        g. Smoked fish means fish that is prepared by treating it with 
    salt (sodium chloride) and then subjecting it to the direct action 
    of smoke from burning wood, sawdust, or similar material.
        h. Sodium nitrite content means the concentration in parts per 
    million of sodium nitrite in the loin muscle of the finished product 
    as determined by the method of analysis for sodium nitrite in the 
    ``Official Methods of Analysis of the Association of Official 
    Analytical Chemists,'' 15th ed. (1990).
        i. Vacuum-packaged means the food-packaging technique in which 
    the air in a package or container is removed before sealing.
        j. Water-phase salt content means the percent salt (sodium 
    chloride) in the finished product as determined by the method of 
    analysis for water-phase salt on the ``Official Methods of Analysis 
    of the Association of Official Analytical Chemists,'' 15th ed. 
    (1990). It is measured in the loin muscle of whole, dressed fish and 
    in the thickest part of cuts of fish.
    
    3. Critical Control Points
    
        Hazards Analysis Critical Control Point (HACCP) plans prepared 
    in accordance with subpart A of 21 CFR part 123, will typically 
    identify and address the following critical control points:
        a. Raw material thawing
        b. Brining or dry salting
        c. Drying
        d. Smoking
        e. Cooling after smoking
        f. Post-smoke processing, if any
        g. Final product cooling
        h. Refrigerated storage
        i. Distribution
        In accordance with subpart A of 21 CFR part 123, processors 
    shall identify in their HACCP plans how they will control hazards at 
    critical control points. The measures in sections 4 through 11 of 
    this guidance are suitable for HACCP plans.
    
    4. Thawing
    
        Thawing should be carried out in as rapid a manner as possible, 
    so that the internal temperature at the core of the fish does not 
    exceed 40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C).
    
    5. Brining and smoking
    
        a. Products covered by this guidance should be subjected to one 
    of the following processes:
        (1) Hot-process smoked or hot-process smoke-flavored fish to be 
    air packaged needs to be heated to a continuous internal temperature 
    of at least 145  deg.F (63  deg.C) throughout each fish for a 
    minimum of 30 minutes, and brined to contain not less than 3.0 
    percent water-phase salt in the finished product (except that smoked 
    chub containing sodium nitrite as provided for in Sec. 172.177 of 
    this chapter must be processed as described in that section); or
        (2) Hot-process smoked or hot-process smoked-flavored fish to be 
    vacuum packaged, modified atmosphere packaged, or controlled 
    atmosphere packaged, needs to be heated to a continuous internal 
    temperature of at least 145  deg.F (63  deg.C) throughout each fish 
    for a minimum of 30 minutes. It also needs to be brined to contain 
    not less than 3.5 percent water-phase salt in the finished product. 
    However, where sodium nitrite is present at not less than 100 parts 
    per million (as permitted by Secs. 172.175 and 172.177 of this 
    chapter) the water-phase salt content in the finished product should 
    not be less than 3.0 percent; or
        (3) Cold-process smoked fish and cold-process smoke-flavored 
    fish to be air-packaged should be brined or dry salted to contain at 
    least 3.5 percent water-phase salt in the finished product. However, 
    when such fish contains not less than 100 parts per million sodium 
    nitrite, it should contain not less than 3.0 percent water-phase 
    salt in the finished product. When cold-process smoked fish or cold-
    process smoked-flavored fish to be air-packaged is frozen 
    immediately after smoking and cooling, and remains frozen throughout 
    subsequent storage and distribution, it should contain not less than 
    2.5 percent water-phase salt in the finished product. Cold smoked 
    and cold smoke-flavored fish to be air packaged should be processed 
    under one of the following sets of conditions:
        (i) The temperature in the smoking chamber does not exceed 90 
    deg.F (32  deg.C) during a drying and smoking period that does not 
    exceed 20 hours, or
        (ii) The temperature in the smoking chamber does not exceed 50 
    deg.F (10  deg.C) during a drying and smoking period that does not 
    exceed 24 hours.
        (iii) For sablefish, the temperature in the smoking chamber does 
    not exceed 120  deg.F (49  deg.C) during a drying and smoking period 
    that does not exceed 6 hours; or
        (4) Cold-process smoked fish and cold-process smoke-flavored 
    fish, to be vacuum packaged, modified atmosphere packaged, or 
    controlled atmosphere packaged should be brined to contain at least 
    3.0 percent water-phase salt in the finished product and not less 
    than 100 parts per million of sodium nitrite (where permitted by 
    Secs. 172.175 and 172.177 of this chapter) and should be processed 
    as described in section 5(a)(3)(i) or (a)(3)(ii) of this Appendix. 
    If sodium nitrite is not used, the water-phase salt content in the 
    finished product should be at least 3.5 percent.
        b. Brining and dry salting operations should be conducted in a 
    manner that will consistently result in the water phase salt content 
    or sodium nitrite level (where permitted by Secs. 172.175 and 
    172.177 of this chapter) recommended by section 5.a. of this 
    Appendix. This should be achieved by conducting or obtaining a study 
    that establishes that the appropriate salt content or sodium nitrite 
    level is always met under prescribed processing conditions. The 
    study should establish the limits of significant variables that 
    could affect the ability of the product to reach the appropriate 
    levels. These variables may include product size, product condition, 
    soak time, soak temperature, salt-to-water ratio, and product-to-
    brine ratio. An adequate study should consist of at least three 
    processing runs under the prescribed processing conditions. In this 
    case, the processor should monitor and record the prescribed 
    processing conditions identified by the study at least every 2 
    hours.
        c. The brining of all fish should take place in a refrigerated 
    area at 40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C) or lower.
        d. The temperature of the brine should not exceed 60  deg.F 
    (15.6  deg.C) at the start of brining. The temperature of the brine 
    at the start of the each brining process should be determined and 
    recorded.
        e. For dry salting, the fish should be returned to a 
    refrigerated area of 40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C) or lower immediately 
    after the application of the salt.
        f. Different species of fish and fish of dissimilar size and 
    weight should not be mixed in the same brining tank.
        g. Brines should not be reused unless they are subject to a 
    process that effectively returns them to a microbiological condition 
    equivalent to the original, unused brine made with potable water and 
    food-grade salt.
        h. Fish may be rinsed with potable water after brining.
        i. Drying of a product to be cold-smoked should be carried out 
    in a refrigerated area at 40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C) or below.
        j. Smoking operation.
        (1) Fish should be arranged without overcrowding and without 
    touching each other within the smokehouse oven or chamber to permit 
    uniform smoke absorption, heat exposure, and dehydration. Fish 
    smoked in the same smoke chamber load should be of relatively 
    uniform size and weight.
        (2) Liquid smoke, generated smoke, or a combination of liquid 
    smoke and generated smoke needs to be applied to all surfaces of the 
    product. Liquid smoke may be applied to the product before, at the 
    beginning, or during the process. If only generated smoke is to be 
    used, it needs to be applied to the fish during the first half of 
    the process. If a combination of liquid smoke and generated smoke is 
    used, the generated smoke may be applied at any stage of the 
    process.
        k. Each smoking chamber should be equipped with a temperature 
    recording device to indicate the temperature of the air and of the 
    fish within the smoking chamber. Additionally, each chamber should 
    be equipped with a temperature indicating device to indicate the 
    temperature of the air within the smoking chamber.
        l. During hot-smoking or cold-smoking, a temperature recording 
    device should be used to monitor both the internal temperature of 
    the fish and the ambient temperature of the smoking chamber. The 
    internal temperature readings should be obtained by inserting probes 
    from the temperature recording device into the thickest flesh 
    portion of three or more of the largest fish in the smoking chamber. 
    The temperature from the slowest heating fish should be considered 
    the processing temperature.
    
    6. Post-Smoking
    
        a. Cooling after smoking. After smoking, the product needs to be 
    rapidly cooled to minimize recontamination. Continuous cooling from 
    140  deg.F (60  deg.C) to achieve an internal temperature of 70 
    deg.F (21.1  deg.C) or below within 2 hours and an internal 
    temperature of 40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C) or below within an additional 
    4 hours, unless processing after smoking as described in section 
    6.b. of this Appendix, occurs during either of these time periods, 
    will effectively minimize recontamination. Other time/temperature 
    parameters may also be effective. Processors should ensure that the 
    cooling parameters are met by either:
        (1) Monitoring. Monitoring and recording internal product 
    temperatures at least every 2 hours; or
        (2) Studies.
        i. Conducting or obtaining a study that establishes that 
    appropriate cooling temperatures are always met under prescribed 
    processing conditions. The study should establish the limits of 
    significant variables that could affect the rate of cooling. These 
    variables may include product size, ambient air temperature, and 
    amount of product in the cooler. An adequate study should consist of 
    at least three processing runs under the prescribed processing 
    conditions; and
        ii. Monitoring and recording the prescribed processing 
    conditions as identified by the study in section 6.a.2.i. of this 
    Appendix at least every 2 hours.
        b. Processing after smoking. Products that will receive 
    processing after smoking should not be exposed to ambient 
    temperatures of 40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C) or higher for longer than a 
    cumulative total of 4 hours after smoking. If they are exposed to 
    such temperatures for more than 4 hours, unacceptable 
    recontamination is the likely result. Processors are required to 
    regularly monitor and record the length of time that the product is 
    exposed to temperatures above 40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C) under 21 CFR 
    123.8. FDA recommends that such monitoring and recording be done at 
    least every 2 hours.
        c. Final product cooling. To avoid microbiological hazards for 
    perishable finished products, the internal temperature of the 
    finished product should be 40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C) or below within 4 
    hours of placement in a finished product container. Processors 
    should either conduct:
        (1) Monitoring. Monitor and record internal product temperatures 
    at least every 2 hours; or
        (2) Studies.
        i. Conduct or obtain a study that establishes that the internal 
    temperature of the finished product will always be 40  deg.F (4.4 
    deg.C) or below within 4 hours of placement in a finished product 
    container under prescribed processing conditions. The study should 
    establish the limits of significant variables that could affect the 
    rate of cooling. These variables may include product size, ambient 
    air temperature, and amount of product in the cooler. An adequate 
    study should consist of at least three processing runs under the 
    prescribed processing conditions; and
        ii. Monitoring and recording the prescribed processing 
    conditions as identified by the study in section 6.c.2.i. of this 
    Appendix at least every 2 hours.
        d. Refrigerated storage.
        (1) In-process products. Refrigeration units that are being used 
    to store in-process products or finished products must operate at a 
    temperature of 40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C) or below in accordance with 21 
    CFR 123.10(a)(14).
        (2) Temperature devices. Units should be equipped with both a 
    temperature-indicating device and a temperature-recording device. In 
    lieu of a temperature-recording device, a processor may equip a 
    refrigeration unit with a high temperature alarm or a maximum-
    indicating thermometer and maintain a temperature log that notes 
    temperature with such frequency as is necessary to achieve control.
        e. Distribution. All perishable finished products should be 
    distributed in a manner that ensures that the internal temperature 
    is maintained at 40  deg.F (4.4  deg.C) or below.
    
    7. Temperature Monitoring Equipment
    
        Where reference is made in this Appendix to temperature-
    indicating devices and temperature-recording devices, the following 
    conditions should apply:
        a. Temperature-indicating devices. Temperature-indicating 
    devices should be installed where they can be easily read and 
    located to ensure that they accurately measure the warmest 
    temperature of the refrigeration equipment and the coldest 
    temperature of the smoking equipment, as appropriate. Temperature-
    indicating devices should be calibrated at the routine operating 
    temperature of the refrigeration, cooling, or smoking equipment 
    against a known accurate standard thermometer upon installation and 
    at least once a year thereafter, or more frequently, if necessary, 
    to ensure their accuracy. Records of accuracy checks for 
    temperature-indicating devices required to be maintained under 21 
    CFR 123.8 should specify the date, standard used, method used, 
    results, and person performing the test. A temperature-indicating 
    device that has a divided fluid column or that cannot be adjusted to 
    the standard should be immediately repaired or replaced.
        b. Temperature-recording devices. Temperature-recording devices 
    should be installed where they can be easily read and the sensors 
    for such devices should be installed to ensure that they accurately 
    measure the warmest temperature of the refrigeration equipment and 
    the coldest temperature of the smoking equipment, as appropriate. 
    Computerized storage of temperature data may be used in place of 
    recorder thermometer charts if the use of such a system has been 
    validated and can be shown to be substantially equivalent to the use 
    of a temperature-recording device. Each temperature-recording device 
    should be checked for accuracy at the beginning and end of each 
    production day and adjusted as necessary to agree as nearly as 
    possible with the reference temperature-indicating device. A record 
    of these accuracy checks should be maintained that specifies the 
    time, date, temperatures indicated by both devices before 
    adjustment, corrective action taken, where applicable, and person 
    performing the accuracy check.
    
    8. Packaging
    
        a. Vacuum- or modified atmosphere-packaging should be conducted 
    only within the facilities in which the product is produced.
        b. Permanently legible code marks should be placed on each 
    finished product package and shipping container. These marks should 
    identify the plant where the product was packed and the date of 
    packing.
    
    9. Corrective Action
    
        Under 21 CFR 123.7, whenever a deviation occurs at a critical 
    control point, the processor is required to segregate and hold the 
    product until a review can be made to determine the effect of that 
    deviation and take corrective action as necessary. For smoked and 
    smoke-flavored fishery products, when a deviation occurs at a 
    brining or smoking critical control point, the processor should meet 
    the requirements of Sec. 123.7 either by destroying the product; by 
    fully reprocessing, where possible, that portion of the production 
    involved, keeping full records of the reprocessing conditions; or by 
    setting aside that portion of the product involved for further 
    evaluation as to any potential public health significance. Such an 
    evaluation should be made by a process authority and should be in 
    accordance with procedures recognized by process authorities as 
    being adequate to detect any unacceptable hazard to public health. 
    Unless this evaluation demonstrates that the product had been 
    rendered safe for its intended use, the product set aside should be 
    either fully reprocessed to correct the deficiency or destroyed. A 
    record should be made of the evaluation procedures used and the 
    results. Either upon completion of full reprocessing or after the 
    determination that no significant public health hazard exists, that 
    portion of the product involved may be shipped in normal 
    distribution. Otherwise, the portion of the product involved should 
    be destroyed.
    
    10. Sanitary Zones
    
        In addition to the requirements of 21 CFR 123.10, sanitary zones 
    should be established around areas in which a smoked product is 
    handled or stored. In such areas, objects and employees that have 
    come into contact with waste, raw product, or other insanitary 
    objects are excluded. Packaging material, equipment, employees, and 
    in-process materials that enter a sanitary zone should be treated in 
    a manner that will minimize the risk of the introduction of 
    microorganisms. Air handling systems should be designed to minimize 
    the risk of airborne contamination into sanitary zones and to 
    provide positive air pressure in the sanitary zone relative to the 
    surrounding areas.
    
    11. Alternative Parameters
    
        A processor of smoked or smoke-flavored fishery products may use 
    parameters other than those provided in Appendix C, section 5.a., if 
    those parameters will achieve the following, as demonstrated by 
    adequate scientific studies:
        (1) For botulism, zero toxin production in the product through a 
    time period slightly beyond the shelf life of the product, 
    demonstrated through inoculated pack studies under normal and 
    moderate abuse conditions, and
        (2) For listeria, no detectable Listeria monocytogenes in the 
    final product. A processor using alternative parameters should have 
    on file, subject to the requirements of 21 CFR 123.8(d), a 
    description, including the results of, the scientific studies.
    
    Example 7
    
    Section VI
    
    Model HACCP Plan
    
    Establishment Name-----------------------------------------------------
    Establishment Address--------------------------------------------------
    Mailing Address--------------------------------------------------------
    
    Date and Authorization of HACCP Plan(s) Activation:
    
    Product----------------------------------------------------------------
    Critical Control Point-------------------------------------------------
        1. What is the hazard at this critical control point?
        2. Describe your control measures.
        3. What is your frequency of control?
        4. What are your critical limits?
        5. What records are kept of control measures?
        6. What corrective action will you take when the product fails 
    to meet the critical limits?
    
    [FR Doc. 94-1592 Filed 1-21-94; 4:31 pm]
    BILLING CODE 4160-01-P
    
    
    

Document Information

Published:
01/28/1994
Department:
Food and Drug Administration
Entry Type:
Uncategorized Document
Action:
Proposed rule.
Document Number:
94-1592
Dates:
Written comments by March 29, 1994. The agency is proposing that any final rule that may be issued based upon this proposal become effective 1 year following its publication.
Pages:
0-0 (None pages)
Docket Numbers:
Federal Register: January 28, 1994, Docket Nos. 90N-0199 and 93N-0195
CFR: (38)
21 CFR 123.10(a)(4))
21 CFR 123.12(a)(3)
21 CFR 123.11(a)
40 CFR 123.10(a)(14)
40 CFR 123.10(a)(14))
More ...